ISSN 0006 8241 = Bothaiia
Bothaiia
A JOURNAL OF BOTANICAL RESEARCH
Vol. 35,2 Oct. 2005
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL
BIODIVERSITY INSTITUTE, PRETORIA
Obtainable from the South African National Biodiversity Institute, Private Bag XI 01, Pretoria
0001, Republic of South Africa. A catalogue of all available publications will be issued on request.
BOTHALIA
Bothalio is named in honour of General Louis Botha, first Premier and Minister of Agriculture of
the Union of South Africa. This house journal of the South African National Biodiversity Institute,
Pretoria, is devoted to the furtherance of botanical science. The main fields covered are taxonomy,
ecology, anatomy and cytology. Two parts of the journal and an index to contents, authors and sub-
jects are published annually.
Three booklets of the contents (a) to Vols 1-20, (b) to Vols 21-25 and (c) to Vols 26-30, are available.
STRELITZIA
A series of occasional publications on southern African Bora and vegetation, replacing Memoirs of
the Botanical Survey of South Africa and Annals of Kirstenhosch Botanic Gardens.
MEMOIRS OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF SOUTH AFRICA
The memoirs are individual treatises usually of an ecological nature, but sometimes dealing with
taxonomy or economic botany. Published: Nos 1-63 (many out of print). Discontinued after No. 63.
ANNALS OF KIRSTENBOSCH BOTANIC GARDENS
A series devoted to the publication of monographs and major works on southern African flora.
Published: Vols 14-19 (earlier volumes published as Supplementary volumes to the Journal of
South African Botany). Discontinued after Vol. 19.
FLOWERING PLANTS OF AFRICA (FPA)
This serial presents colour plates of African plants with accompanying text. The plates are prepared
mainly by the artists at the South African National Biodiversity Institute. Many botanical artists
have contributed to the series, such as Fay Anderson, Peter Bally, Auriol Batten, Gillian Condy,
Betty Connell, Stella Gower, Rosemary Holcroft, Kathleen Lansdell, Cythna Petty (over 700
plates), Claire Linder-Smith and Ellaphie Ward-Hilhorst. The Editor is pleased to receive living
plants of general interest or of economic value for illustration.
From Vol. 55, twenty plates are published at irregular intervals.
An index to Vols 1^9 is available.
FLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA (FSA)
A taxonomic treatise on the Bora of the Republic of South Africa, Lesotho, Swaziland, Namibia
and Botswana. The FSA contains descriptions of families, genera, species, infraspecific taxa, keys
to genera and species, synonymy, literature and limited specimen citations, as well as taxonomic
and ecological notes.
Contributions to the FSA also appear in Bothalia.
PALAEOFLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA
A palaeoBora on a pattern comparable to that of the Flora of southern Africa. Much of the informa-
tion is presented in the form of tables and photographic plates depicting fossil populations. Now
available:
Molteno Formation (Triassic) Vol. I. Introduction. Dicroidiiun, 1983, by J.M. & H.M.
Anderson.
Molteno Formation (Triassic) Vol. 2. Gymnosperms (excluding Dicroidiiun), 1989, by J.M.
& H.M. Anderson.
Prodromus of South African MegaBoras. Devonian to Lower Cretaceous, 1985, by J.M. &
H.M. Anderson. Obtainable from: A. A. Balkema Marketing, Box 317, Claremont 7735,
R.SA.
Towards Gondwana Alive. Promoting biodiversity and stemming the Sixth Extinction, 1999,
by J.M. Anderson (ed.).
BOTHALIA
A JOURNAL OF BOTANICAL RESEARCH
Volume 35,2
Scientific Editor: G. Germishuizen
Technical Editor: B.A. Momberg
national
biodiversity
institute
S A N B I
2 Cussonia Avenue, Brummeria, Pretoria
Private Bag XlOl, Pretoria 0001
ISSN 0006 8241
Oct. 2005
Editorial Board
D.F. Cutler
B.J. Huntley
P.H. Raven
M.J.A. Werger
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, UK
National Botanical Institute, Cape Town, RSA
Missouri Botanical Garden, St Louis, USA
University of Utrecht, Utrecht, The Netherlands
Acknowledgements to referees
Archer, Dr R.H. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria, RSA.
Burgoyne, Ms P. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria, RSA.
Hartmann, Dr H.E.K. Institut fiir Allgemeine Botanik, Hamburg, Germany.
Klopper, Ms R. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria, RSA.
Meerow, Dr A.W. National Germplasm Repository, Miami, USA.
Nelson, Dr E.C. Tippitiwitchet Cottage, Hall Rd, Outwell, Wisbech, UK.
Paton, Dr A. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, England, UK.
Retief, Ms E. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria, RSA.
Robbertse, Prof. PJ. University of Pretoria, RSA.
Ronse De Craene, Prof. Dr L. Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium.
Ross, Dr J. Royal Botanic Gardens, Victoria, Australia.
Ryding, Dr O. The Botanical Museum, Copenhagen, Denmark.
Scott, Ms G. University of Cape Town, RSA.
Timberlake, Dr J.R. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, England, UK.
Van Jaarsveld, E.J. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Cape Town, RSA.
Williamson, Dr G. 26 Starke Rd, Bergvliet, Cape Town, RSA.
CONTENTS
Volume 35,2
1. Eremiolirion, a new genus of southern African Tecophilaeaceae, and taxonomic notes on Cyanella
alba. J.C. MANNING, F. FOREST and C.A. MANNHEIMER 115
2. The genus Erica (Ericaceae) in southern Africa; taxonomic notes 2. E.G.H. OLIVER and I.M.
OLIVER 121
3. Two new Plectranthus species (Lamiaceae) and new distribution records from the Pondoland Centre
of Plant Endemism, South Africa. TJ. EDWARDS 149
4. A new species of Namaquanula (Amaryllidaceae: Amaryllideae) from Namibia with notes on the
genus. D.A. SNIJMAN 153
5. Notes on African plants:
History of the Association for the Promotion of Scientific Botanical Research. D.J.B. KILLICK
and O.A. LEISTNER 163
Asphodelaceae. Gasteria tukhelensis, a new species from KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa. E.J.
VAN I AARS VELD and A.E. VAN WYK 164
Boraginaceae. Ehretia namibiensis subsp. namibiensis: a new distribution record in the Elora
of southern Africa (ESA) region. S.P. BESTER and E. RETIEF 163
Eabaceae. Acacia ormocarpoides (Mimosoideae), a new species from Sekhukhuneland, South
Africa. P.J.H. HURTER and A.E. VAN WYK 166
Lamiaceae. Aeollanthus rydingianus, a new species from northern Namibia and southern
Angola.E.J. VAN JAARSVELD and A.E. VAN WYK 157
Lamiaceae. Plectranthus porcatus, a new species endemic to the Sekhukhuneland Centre of
Plant Endemism, Limpopo Province, South Africa. P.J.D. WINTER and E.J. VAN JAARS-
VELD 169
Mesembryanthemaceae. Oscularia cremnophila, a rare new species from Western Cape, South
Africa. E.J. VAN JAARSVELD, P. DESMET and A.E. VAN WYK 160
6. Ovule and seed structure in Scolopia zeyheri (Scolopieae), with notes on the embryology of Salica-
ceae. E.M.A. STEYN, A.E. VAN WYK and G.F SMITH 175
7. Book reviews 185
8. South African National Biodiversity Institute: administration and research staff 31 March 2005, publi-
cations 1 April 2004—31 March 2005. Compiler: B.A. MOMBERG 187
9. Guide for authors to Bothalia 207
New subfamily, genus, species, combinations, status and varieties
in Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
Acacia ormocarpoides P.J.H. Harter, sp. nov., 167
Aeoilanthus rydingianus Van Jaarsv. & A.E.van Wyk, sp. nov., 157
Cyanella alba L f. subsp. flavescens J.C. Manning, subsp. nov., 119
Cyanella alba L.f. subsp. minor J.C. Manning, subsp. nov., 119
Eremiolirion J.C. Manning & F.Forest, gen. nov., 117
Eremiolirion amboense (Schinz) J.C. Manning & C.A.Mannheinier, comb, nov., 117
Erica ceraria F.G.H.Oliv. & JM.Oliv., sp. nov., 125
Erica conspicua Sol. subsp. roseoflora F.G.H.Oliv. & JM.Oliv., subsp. nov., 130
Erica croceovirens F.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv., sp. nov., 141
Erica ioXmcoa Andrews subsp. fulgens (Klotzsch) F.G.H.Oliv. & JM.Oliv., stat. et comb, nov., 124
Erica gerhardii F.G.H.Oliv. & JM.Oliv., sp. nov., 123
Erica glandulosa Thimb. subsp. bondiae (Compton) F.G.H.Oliv. & JM.Oliv., stat. et comb, nov., 144
Erica glandulosa Thimb. subsp. breviflora (Bolus) F.G.H.Oliv. & JM.Oliv., stat. et comb, nov., 144
Erica glandulosa Thimb. subsp. fourcadei (L.Bolus) F.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv., stat. et comb, nov., 144
Erica leucotrachela H.A. Baker subsp. monicae F.G.H.Oliv. & JM.Oliv., subsp. nov., 131
Erica macowanii Ciifino subsp. lanceolata (Bolus) F.G.H.Oliv. & JM.Oliv., stat. et comb, nov., 131
Erica perspicua J.C.Wendl. subsp. latifolia (Benth.) F.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv., stat. et comb, nov., 134
Erica pillansii Bolus subsp. fervida (F.Boliis) F.G.H.Oliv. & JM.Oliv., stat. et comb, nov., 136
Erica prolata F.G.H.Oliv. & JM.Oliv., sp. nov., 142
Erica stagnalis Salisb. subsp. minor F.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv., subsp. nov., 130
Erica unicoXor J.C.Wendl. subsp. georgensis F.G.H.Oliv. & JM.Oliv., subsp. nov., 140
Erica unicolor 7. subsp. mutica F.G.H.Oliv. & JM.Oliv., stat. et nom. nov., 139
Erica viridimontana F.G.H.Oliv. & JM.Oliv., sp. nov., 131
Erica viridimontana F.G.H.Oliv. & JM.Oliv. subsp. nivicola F.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv., subsp. nov., 133
Gasteria tukhelensis Van Jaarsv., sp. nov., 164
Namaquanula bruynsii Snijman, sp. nov., 153
Oscularia cremnophila Van Jaarsv., P.Desmet & A.F.van Wyk, sp. nov., 160
Plectranthus brevimentum T.J.Fdwards, sp. nov., 149
Plectranthus porcatus Van Jaarsv. & PJ.D.Winter, sp. nov., 170
Plectranthus stylesii T.J.Fdwards, sp. nov., 149
IV
Bothalia 35,2: 115-120 (2005)
Eremiolirion^ a new genus of southern African Tecophilaeaceae, and
taxonomic notes on Cyanella alba
J.C. MANNING*, F. FOREST** and C.A. MANNHEIMER***
Keywords: biogeography, Cyanella alba L.f., Cyanella L., Eremiolirion amboense (Schinz) J.C. Manning & C.Mannheimer, Eremiolirion
J.C. Manning & F.Forest, gen. nov., Namibia, South Africa, Tecophilaeaceae
ABSTRACT
The generic affiliation of Cyanella amboensis Schinz has been uncertain since the species was excluded from the genus
Cyanella L. in 1991. The species has two leaves, a divaricately branching inflorescence, ebracteolate pedicels, and acti-
nomorphic flowers with monomorphic anthers. It is endemic to the western parts of central and northern Namibia. Other
species of Cyanella have several leaves, racemose inflorescences, bracteolate pedicels, zygomorphic flowers with dimor-
phic anthers, and are endemic or near-endemic to the winter rainfall region in southwestern South Africa and southern
Namibia. These differences are consistent with the recognition of the species as a distinct genus within the family.
Phylogenetic analysis of plastid DNA sequences indicates that C. amboensis Schinz is sister to the other species of
Cyanella, a relationship that also supports its independent generic status. The monotypic genus Eremiolirion is according-
ly erected to accommodate the species. Minor differences in flower colour and vegetative morphology in Cyanella alba L.f
are shown to correlate with the three disjunct groups of populations in which the species occurs, and these populations are
recognized at the level of subspecies.
Tecophilaeaceae are a small family of geophytic peren-
nials well circumscribed by their cormous rootstock, porici-
dal anthers and semi-inferior ovary (Simpson & Rudall
1998). The flowers of all species are attractive, brightly
coloured and often fragrant (Manning et al. 2002). The fam-
ily comprises 24 species, currently distributed among eight
small genera, three of which are monotypic. The genus
Odontostomiim Torr. (1 sp.) is endemic to California,
Conanthera Ruiz & Pav. (5 spp.), Tecophilaea Bertero ex
Colla (2 spp.) and Zephyra D.Don (1 sp.) are restricted to
Chile, and the remaining four, Cyanastrum Oliv. (3 spp.),
Cyanella L. (7 or 8 spp.), Kabuyea Brummitt (1 sp.) and
Walleria J.Kirk (3 spp.), occur in sub-Saharan Africa
(Simpson & Rudall 1998). An analysis of plastid
sequence data for the rbcC gene and the trnL-F region for
all genera and most species ( 1 8), places the three Chilean
genera as sister to the Califomian-African clade and
retrieves all genera as monophyletic (Forest & Manning
2005 in prep.).
The African genera have been thoroughly mono-
graphed (Carter 1962; Scott 1991; Brummitt e/ a/. 1998).
Among them, Cyanastrum and Kabuyea are found only
in the tropics, Walleria is widely dispersed through sub-
tropical Africa, and Cyanella is almost restricted to the
winter rainfall region of South Africa in the extreme
southwest of the continent. A single species of Cyanella,
C. amboensis Schinz is found further north, in central
Namibia. This species is morphologically anomalous
among the rest of the species of Cyanella and was
excluded from the genus by Scott (1991) pending a reap-
* Compton Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Institute,
Private Bag X7, 7735 Claremont. Cape Town.
** Leslie Hill Molecular Systematics Laboratory, South African
National Biodiversity Institute, Private Bag X7, 7735 Claremont, Cape
Town & Department of Botany, University of Cape Town, Private Bag,
7701 Rondebosch. Cape Town.
*** National Herbarium of Namibia, National Botanical Research
Institute, Private Bag 13184, Windhoek.
MS. received: 2005-04-05.
praisal of its relationships within the family. A label
appended to the specimen Bean, Vlok & Viviers 1824
(BOE) indicates that at the time she had considered that
the species might be best transferred to the Chilean genus
Conanthera, with which it shares a branched inflores-
cence and symmetrical anthers, but the similarity is not
actually that close. Conanthera has numerous leaves and
a zygomorphic, blue to purple perianth, in contrast to the
bifoliate condition and actinomorphic, white perianth of
C. amboensis. Currently, therefore, the species is of
uncertain generic affinity. Molecular evidence places C.
amboensis as sister to a monophyletic clade comprising
the remaining species in the genus (six of the seven
remaining species are included in this study). This topol-
ogy offers two options for resolving the generic position
of C. amboensis'. the species can either be incorporated
within an expanded circumscription of the genus
Cyanella', or a new genus should be erected to accom-
modate it. The morphological differences between
Cyanella s. str. and C. amboensis are substantial, includ-
ing leaf number, inflorescence structure, floral symme-
try, and arrangement of the androecium. Genera in
Tecophilaeaceae as currently circumscribed are homoge-
neous assemblages of closely related species in which
floral symmetry in particular plays a defining role.
Including C. amboensis within Cyanella would not only
enlarge the circumscription of the genus to the extent that
it is no longer morphologically coherent but would ren-
der it uniquely heterogeneous in comparison to the other
genera in the family.
Cyanella s. str is circumscribed on the basis of its
tunicated corm, several to numerous leaves, zygomor-
phic flowers with dimorphic anthers, and bracteolate
pedicels. All of the species are endemic to or centred in
the winter rainfall region of southern Africa. Cyanella
amboensis, in contrast, has just two leaves, the flowers
are truly actinomorphic with monomorphic anthers, the
pedicels are ebracteolate, and the species is distributed in
summer rainfall Namibia. On the basis of these several
116
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
FIGURE 1 . — EremioHrion amhoense, Mannheimer 2510 (NBG). A, whole plant; B, llower, front view; C, inner tepal; D, outer tepal; E, androe-
cium; F, single anther, adaxial surface; G, half flower detail; H, tip of anther; I, detail of mouth of floral tube showing corona; J, capsule;
K, seed. Scale bar: A-D, .1, 10 mm; E~G, 2.5 mm; H, 3.75 mm; I, 1 mm; K, 2 mm. Artist: J.C. Manning.
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
117
morphological and ecological differences, the species is
most appropriately accommodated in a separate genus
closely allied to but distinct from Cyanella s. sir., for
which we propose the name Eremiolirion.
1. Eremiolirion J.C. Manning & FForest, gen. nov.
Species unica, a speciebus Cyanellae duobusfoliis,
pedicellis sine bracteolis, floribus actinomorphis,
antheris monomorphis distinguenda.
TYPE. — Eremiolirion arnboense (Schinz) J.C. Manning
& C.A. Mannheimer (= Cyanella arnboensis Schinz).
Deciduous geophyte with deep-seated, subglobose to
oblate tunicated corm; tunics decaying into finn-leath-
ery, coarsely netted fibres extending into neck. Cataphyll
pale membranous. Leaves 2, basal, narrowly lanceolate,
canaliculate with prominent midrib abaxially, leathery.
Inflorescence divaricately branching, paniculate cyme;
bracts subtending branches and pedicels only; pedicels
cemuous at tip, elongating slightly in fruit and straight-
ening. Flowers actinomorphic, nodding, campanulate,
white flushed abaxially with pink or maroon; tepals 6 in
two whorls, connate below into short tube with minute,
fringed corona present at mouth of tube; tepals dimor-
phic, outer oblong, inner pandurate. Stamens 6,
monomorphic, symmetrical, attached to perianth near
mouth of tube; anthers basifixed, erect and connivent
around style, narrowly lanceolate, dehiscing by oblong
apical pores. Ovaiy half inferior, trilocular; ovules sever-
al per locule; style terete, erect, straight, slightly taper-
ing; stigma minute. Capsules ovoid to globose. Seeds
ellipsoid-pyriform, blackish brown, testa surface rugose.
Distribution: a single species in central and north-
western Namibia.
Etymology^: the name is a compound of the Greek
eremios (desert or wilderness) and lirion (white lily).
Eremiolirion arnboense (Schinz) J.C. Manning &
C .A. Mannheimer , comb. nov.
Cyanella arnboensis Schinz in Bulletin de I'Herbier Boissier, ser. 2,
2: 943 (1902). Type: South West Africa [Namibia], Amboland
[Ovamboland], Ondonga. [Ondongwa], Rautenen 544 (Z. holo.!).
Plants (60-) 100-250 mm high. Conns deep-seated,
30 mm diam; tunics decaying into fimr-leathery, coarse-
ly netted fibres extending into neck. 10-60 mm long,
pale whitish brown. Cataphyll extending to ground level,
pale membranous. Leaves 2, basal, suberect, narrowly
lanceolate, (10-) 15-25 x (8-) 10-20 mm, attenuate,
canaliculate with prominent midrib abaxially, leathery.
Inflorescence divaricately branching, paniculate cyme,
(l-)3-7 -branched, up to 30-flowered; bracts subtending
branches and pedicels only, lowermost linear-attenuate,
conduplicate, up to 80 x 2 mm, becoming progressively
shorter, uppermost lanceolate, attenuate to aristate, 3 x 1
mm; pedicels cemuous at tip, 15-25 mm long, elongat-
ing slightly in fruit and straightening, ultimately 20-40
mm long. Flowers nodding, campanulate, white flushed
abaxially with pink or maroon at base of outer tepals, fra-
grant; perianth tube ±4x5 mm with fringed corona,
0. 5-1.0 mm high, at mouth of tube and forming collar
extending over ovary to surround base of style; outer
tepals spreading from base, oblong, obtuse, margins rev-
olute, 15-20 X 5-7 mm; inner tepals at first suberect but
spreading in upper half, pandurate, shortly clawed, claw
± 2 mm long, blade ovate, 13-18 x 7-10 mm, margins
crisped, apex slightly cucullate. Stamens attached to
perianth near mouth of tube; filaments terete, ± 0.25 mm
long, anthers narrowly lanceolate, 9-10 mm long; yel-
low, dehiscing by oblong apical pore, 1.5 mm long.
Ovary half inferior; ovules ± 6 per locule; style extend-
ing ± 1 mm beyond anthers, white, 10-12 mm long.
Capsules ovoid to globose, 10-12 x 8-12 mm. Seeds
ellipsoid-pyriform, 4. 0^.5 x 3. 0-3. 5 mm, blackish
brown; testa surface rugose. Figure 1.
Distribution and ecology: locally common through the
higher-lying parts of west-central and northwestern
Namibia, occurring along the better watered, western edge
of the escarpment from west of Mariental in the south to
Kaokoland in the north (Figure 2). The species typically
occurs in colonies, often numbering many individuals, in
sandy loam or heavy clay soils, especially in stony or grav-
elly situations. The flowers close up at night around 21:00,
re-opening in the morning around 09:00. They are fragrant
during the day, with a jasmine-like fragrance at first but
later smelling of stale urine, and are visited by bees and the
occasional moth {Ward, War'd & War'd 10518). The dor-
mant corms sprout only in response to good summer rains,
flowering mainly in February and March, sometimes as
early as mid-January and rarely into early April, depending
on the timing of the rains. In drier years when rainfall is
below the average annual of ± 175 mm, the species flow-
ers poorly or not at all. The extent of flowering is also
dependant on the amount of rain received. In addition, if
the rains are patchy, migratory herds of springbok and
zebra move into the areas very quickly and consume both
the leaves and the inflorescences eagerly. The conns com-
prise part of the traditional diet of the San around Etosha
(Giess, Volk & Bleissner 6039).
History: the species was first collected by Rev. Martti
Rautanen of the Finnish Missionary Society, who arrived in
Cape Town in late December 1868 with his colleagues on
their way to establish mission stations in Ovamboland in
northern South West Africa, now Namibia (Gunn & Codd
1981). Rautanen’s interest in natural history was stimula-
ted by the visit of the German botanist. Dr Hans Schinz,
118
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
who spent seven months of his botanical tour of South
West Africa [Namibia] from 1884—1887 in the vicinity of
the Olukondo Mission Station where Rautanen was based.
Schinz was greatly assisted by Rautanen and returned the
favour by naming several plant species for him. Since then
the species has been collected from numerous localities to
the south and is well known enough among locals to have
received the charming sobriquet, desert snowdrop.
Additional material examined
NAMIBIA. — 1713 (Swartbooisdrif): W of Ombazu, (-DD), 9 April
1973 (fruiting), W. Giess 12658 (WfND), fV. Giess & Van der Walt 12658
(WIND). 1813 (Ohopoho): near Ohopoho, (-BB), May 1961 (fruiting), G.
Gibson 201 (WfND); Onduvi, Orumana, (-BB), 20 February 1969 (fruit-
ing), BJ. Grobbelaar 82 (WIND). 1913 (Sesfontein): Kunene, Barab
River, (-DB), 23 March 2001, zl. Burke 7020 (WIND). 1914 (Kamanjab):
40 km E of Otjovasandu, (-BB), 3 May 1 973 (fruiting), Le Rota 52 7 (PRE,
WIND); Etendeka Mountain Camp, 1 058 m, (-DD), 28 February 2004, C.
Mannheimer 2510 (NBG, WIND). 1915 (Okaukuejo): Etosha, Adamax,
(-BB), 16 January 1974, Le Roux 597 (PRE, WIND); Etosha Pan, ± 11
miles NW of Okaukuejo, (-BB), 27 March 1963, W. Giess, O.H. Volk & B.
Bleissner 6039 (WfND); ± 1 km E of Leeubron, (-BB), 15 Eebmary 1985,
S. Brown & H. Kolberg 302 (PRE, WfND). 2013 (Unjab Mouth): Farm
Driefontein OU. 716, (-BD), 25 March 1977, M Miiller & W Giess 381
(WIND). 2014 (Welwitschia): S side of watershed Ugab/FIuab Rivers NW
of Brandberg, (-CA), 10 April 1989, CJ. Ward, J.D. Ward & M.C. Ward
10518 (PRE, WIND); Twyfelfontein area, at gate to Petrified Forest,
(-CB), 17 Febmary 1978, R Craven 633 (WIND); between Gaiais-Doros
road and Huab River ± in line with Krone, (-CC), 31 March 1984 (fruit-
ing), R. Craven 1504 (WIND); Doros, Rhinowasser, (-CD), 22 March
1984, J. Knowles 6 (PRE, WIND). 2114 (Uis): 16 miles W of Brandberg,
West Mine on road to Uis, (-AA), 20 March 1967, W, Giess 9715 (PRE,
WIND); Omaruru, S of Brandberg, (-BA), 20 March 1967, W. Giess 9708
(PRE, WIND). 2315 (Rostock): Swakopmund, W of Kuiseb Canyon,
(-BD), 10 February 1966, W. Giess 9131 (PRE, WIND); W of Kuiseb,
(-BD), 27 January 1972, W Giess & H. Hiibsch 11612 (PRE, WIND);
between Solitaire and Rostock in deep red sand, (-BD), 1 9 April 1 987, RA.
Bean. Vlok & Viviers 1824 (BOL); 30 miles W of Solitaire near Kuiseb
Canyon, (-BD), 3 April 1973, M.F Thompson 1569 (NBG, PRE); Farm
Greylingshof SW 107, (-BD), 16 February 1963 (fhiiting), W. Giess, O.H.
Volk & B. Bleissner 5158 (PRE. WIND); 1 0 miles W of Klein Tinkas along
road to Salem, (-CD), 17 March 1967, W. Giess 9642 (WIND).
Uncertain locality
NAMIBIA.— Goabis, 25 December 1908, Dinter 664 (SAM);
Grootfontein District, 19 January 1912, Dinter s.n. (SAM).
Key to the southern African genera of Tecophilaeaceae
la Corm lacking a tunic; leaves cauline, grading into floral
bracts, flowers thus axillary; seeds deeply lobed or pa-
pillate with tuft of hairs on each lobe or papilla Walleria
lb Corm with fibrous tunic; leaves basal, sharply differentiated from
bracts, tlowers thus racemose or cymose; seeds rugose:
2a Leaves (3-)5-8; inflorescence racemose, sometimes
sparsely branched; pedicels bearing a dorsal
bracteole in upper half; IJowers zygomorphic;
stamens dimorphic, in two groups (either 3+3 or
5+ 1 ) Cyanella
2b Leaves 2; inflorescence a divaricate panicle; pedicels
without bracteoles; tlowers actinomorphic; sta-
mens monomorphic, connivcnt Eremiolirion
2. Cyanella alba L.f.
The genus Cyanella comprises seven species of deci-
duous geophytes concentrated in the winter rainfall region
at the southwestern tip of southern Africa (Scott 1991).
Among them, Cyanella alha is easily the most distinctive,
distinguished from all others by its linear-filiform leaves
and contracted inflorescence axis. In this species the indi-
16° 18° 20° 22° 24°
_J I I I I
EIGURE 3. — Distribution of Cyanella alba subsp. alba, O; subsp.
jlavescens, •; subsp. minor, A.
vidual flowers are borne on elongated pedicels up to 200
mm long, and because of the highly condensed inflores-
cence axis, appear to arise singly from among the leaves.
The leaves in the remaining species are lanceolate to nar-
rowly lanceolate and the inflorescence is distinctly race-
mose, with individual flowers borne on short pedicels.
There is significant variation in flower colour within C.
alba, with the tepals varying from white to yellow, or rarely
pale pink. Scott (1991) referred to minor morphological
differences between the colour forms and suggested that
further investigation might provide a clearer picture of the
‘distribution... and infraspecific variation’ of the species.
Examination of the species in the field and in the herbari-
um indicates that the geographical distribution of the
species is strongly correlated with differences in flower
colour and some other morphological traits.
Cyanella alba is restricted to mountain renosterveld,
a sclerophyllous, evergreen shrubland dominated by the
asteraceous shrub Elytropappus rhinocerotis (L.f) Less.,
occupying fine-grained clay soils of the Bokkeveld
Series that receive moderate amounts of winter rainfall,
from 250 to 450 mm per year (Low & Rebelo 1 996). The
species has a discontinuous distribution along the moun-
tain ranges of the west coast of Western Cape, from
Nieuwoudtville in the north to Karoo Poort, east of Ceres
in the south, a distance of some 200 km. Within this arc,
the species occurs in three disjunct groups of populations
(Figure 3). The northern populations, distributed along
the Bokkeveld Escarpment, are characterized by their
white or rarely pale pink flowers flushed with darker
pink on the reverse of the tepals. The anthers are uni-
formly yellow and the upper five are either coherent or
free from one another. The plants are often well grown,
producing more than three and up to nine flowers on long
pedicels, (80-) 100-200 mm in length. Each pedicel
bears a well-developed bracteole arising at a point
between one third and three-quarters along its length.
A second group of populations occurs just south of the
Bokkeveld, in the northern Cederberg Mountains around
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
119
Clanwilliam and the Biedouw Valley. They are separated
from the Bokkeveld populations by the arid expanse of
the Doom River Valley, which supports a succulent
karoo vegetation in which C. alba does not grow. The
Cederberg populations resemble the Bokkeveld popula-
tions in stature but are distinguished from them by their
flower colour. In these plants the tepals (sometimes only
the inner whorl but usually both whorls) are pale yellow
rather than white, and the upper five anthers are invari-
ably coherent and marked on their outer (upper) face
with a prominent dark maroon or blackish blotch near the
base. Like the Bokkeveld plants, the pedicels are bracte-
olate.
A third group of populations occurs well to the south
at Karoopoort. in small patches of renosterveld that fringe
the arid Tanqua River Basin. These plants are typically
smaller in stature with fewer, up to three and often just
one flower per plant, borne on pedicels that are mostly
less than 100 mm long, rarely up to 150 mm. The flowers
are white or pale pink, flushed darker pink on the reverse,
and the upper five anthers are coherent and unifonuly yel-
low. Superficially the plants resemble small forms of the
Bokkeveld genotype, and it could be argued that they rep-
resent nothing more than depauperate fornis from mar-
ginal habitats at the edge of the distribution. However,
closer examination reveals that the bracteoles on the
pedicels have been completely suppressed and are thus
lacking. In this respect the plants are unique in the genus.
The three disjunct groups of populations of Cyanella
alba are thus morphologically distinct from one another.
These morphological distinctions point to long-standing
separation, sufficient to allow genetic drift, suggesting
that the disjunctions are interpreted to be the result of
isolation due to the intervening areas of aridity rather
than the alternative hypothesis of recent fragmentation
through farming activities also offered by Scott (1991).
Since each of the groups of populations is geographical-
ly isolated from the other, and is morphologically distin-
guishable, it is appropriate to recognize them at the level
of subspecies. The homogeneous nature of each of the
groups of populations points to genetic continuity within
each group, while the differences between them indicate
significant levels of genetic discontinuity. This is highly
significant in the context of the high levels of microgeo-
graphic speciation that characterize much of the Cape
flora (Goldblatt & Manning 2000).
Cyanella alba I,/.': 201 (1781). Type: Sheet 430/4,
Thunberg collection in herb. Linn. (LINN, lecto.; NBG,
microfiche!).
subsp. alba
Plants (80-) 100-200 mm high. Leaves linear, 1-3
mm wide. Pedicels bracteolate. Flowers 3-9, white to
pale pink. Anthers uniformly yellow.
Distribution: Northern Cape, Bokkeveld Escarpment
from just north of Nieuwoudtville southwards to Menzies-
kraal (Figure 3). The collection Stokoe SAM55591 from the
Nardouwsberg north of Clanwilliam, while certainly this
form, is doubtfully correctly localized. The Nardouwsberg
is a sandstone range that provides no suitable habitats for
the species and although it is well explored, the species
has never been collected there again. There are other
instances of mislabelling by Stokoe (Goldblatt & Manning
2000: 507).
Additional material examined
NORTHERN CAPE. — 3119 (Calvinia): N of Nieuwoudtville,
Grasberg, (-AC), 16 September 1961, W.F. Barker 9457 (NBG); top of
Van Rhyn’s Pass, (-AC), 29 November 1974, W. Wisura 2991 (NBG);
Van Rhyn’s Pass, S side, (-AC), 4 October 1962, G.J. Lewis 6126
(NBG); Nieuwoudtville Reserve, (-AC), 8 September 1983, PL. Perry
& D. Snijman 2351 (NBG); Nieuwoudtville Reserve, (-AC), 12
October 1983, PL. Peny & D. Snijman 2383 (NBG); Nieuwoudtville,
(-AC), January 1931. J.W. Mathews NBG2270/30 (BOL); near
Nieuwoudtville, (-AC), September 1941, TP Stokoe 8693 (BOL); 11
km from Nieuwoudtville in direction of Calvinia, Van Wyk’s Farm,
September 1930, (-AC), L. Bolus 19587 (BOL); ± 15 km S of
Nieuwoudtville, Matjiesfontein, (-AC). 13 September 1976, M.F.
Thompson 2902 (NBG); 15 km SSW of Nieuwoudtville. Oorlogskloof
Nature Reserve, Farm Driefontein, (-CA), 10 October 1996, W.A.J.
Pretorius 360 (NBG); Farm Lokenberg, (-CA), 4 September 1985, D.
Snijman 905 (NBG); Lokenburg, (-CA), 29 August 1941, E.
Esterhuysen 5751 (BOL); Menzieskraal, (-CA), 29 September 1933,
Markotter s.n. (NBG).
Doubtful locality’
WESTERN CAPE. — 31 18 (Vanryhnsdorp): Nardouw Pass, (-DD),
September \94\,T.P. Stokoe SAM55591 (SAM).
subsp. i\a\escens J.C. Manning, subsp. nov.
A ceteris subspeciebus habitu 120-200 mm elato, foliis
lineari-filiformibus et 1-2 mm latis, pedicellis bracteolatis,
floribus 1^ et dilute flavis vel tepalis extemis albis,
antheris superis ad basim maculatis differt.
TYPE. — Western Cape, 3218 (Clanwilliam): Biedouw-
berg, (-AA), 26 August 1896, R. Schlechter 8686 (NBG,
holo.i; BOL, PRE, iso.!).
Plants 120-200 mm high. Leaves linear-filifonu, 1-2
mm wide. Pedicels bracteolate. Flowers 1^, pale yellow
or outer tepals white. Anthers yellow, upper five macu-
late, marked with dark blotch near base.
Distribution: Western Cape, northern Cederberg,
between Clanwilliam and Wuppertal, especially common
in the Biedouw River Valley (Figure 3).
Additional material examined
WESTERN CAPE.— 3218 (Clanwilliam): Clanwilliam, (-BB), 4
August 1896, R. Schlechter 8405 (BOL); Clanwilliam, (-BB), no date,
C.L. Leipolcit 254 (SAM); Clanwilliam, (-BB), 30 August 1930 (cult.), E.
Strassbiirger s.n. (NBG); 10 km S of Clanwilliam, (-BB), 12 September
1997, P. Goldblatt & J. Manning 10741 (MO, NBG). 3219 (Wuppertal):
Biedouwberg, (-AA), 3 September 1933, FM. Leighton s.n. (BOL);
Biedouw Hill, (-AA), 1984, G. Scott 2 (NBG); Biedouw Mountain,
(-AA), 20 September 1937, G.J. Lewis s.n. (NBG); bottom of pass into
Biedouw Valley, (-AA), 24 August 1967, M.F. Thompson 352 (NBG);
bottom of hill to Biedouw Valley, (-AA), 9 August 1984, PL. Peny 3145
04BG); Welbedacht, (-AA), 20 September 1937, W.F. Barker 283 (NBG);
Koudeberg near Wuppertal, (-AA), 4 October 1897, H. Bolus 9095
(NBG); Citadel Kop, (-AA), 7 September 1953, R.H. Compton 24237
(NBG); Wuppertal, (-AA), 18 August 1938, B. Martin NBG1794/37
(NBG); near Wuppertal, (-AA), 28 August 1951, 5.£'. Martin 811 (NBG).
subsp. minor J.C. Manning, subsp. nov.
A ceteris subspeciebus habitu 80-150 mm elato, foli-
is filiformibus et 0. 5-1.5 mm latis, pedicellis ebracteo-
120
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
latis, floribus 1-3 et albis vel dilute roseis, antheris uni-
formiter flavis differt.
TYPE. — Western Cape, 3319 (Worcester): Karoopoort,
(-BA), 27 September 1944, ITE Barker 3024 (NBG, holo.!).
Plants 80-150 mm high. Leaves filiform, 0.5-1. 5 mm
wide. Pedicels ebracteolate. Flowers 1-3, white to pale pink
with darker pink on reverse. Anthers uniformly yellow.
Distribution-. Western Cape, east of Ceres at Karoo-
poort (Figure 3). Curiously, although Scott (1991: 46) did
not cite any specimens corresponding to subsp. minor, she
did provide dots indicating its distribution. The solitary^,
disjunct dot to the west of the main range of the subspecies
is an error.
Additional material examined
WESTERN CAPE.— 3319 (Worcester): Ceres, (-BA), October
1929, H. Neilson NBG 1794/29 (BOL); Hottentots’ Kloof, (-BA), 25
September 1945, Kirstenbosch Expedition NBG4 13/44 (NBG);
Karoopoort, (-BA), 19 September 1938, M.R. Levyns 6236 (BOL); 10
miles N of Karoopoort, (-BA), 19 September 1954, H. Hall 949 (NBG).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Dr Peter Bmyns very kindly provided the Latin diagnoses.
REFERENCES
BRUMMITT, R.K., BANKS, H., JOHNSON, M.A.T., DOCHERTY, K.A.,
JONES, K., CHASE, M.W. & RUDALL, P.J. 1998. Taxonomy of
Cynastroideae (Tecophilaeaceae): a multidisciplinary approach.
Kew Bulletin 53: 769^m.
CARTER, S. 1962. Revision of Walleria and Cyanastnim (Tecophilae-
aece&e). Kew Bulletin 16: 185-195.
FOREST, F. & MANNING, J.C. 2005. Systematics and biogeography of
Tecophilaeaceae: insights from plastid DNA sequences. In prepara-
tion.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2000. Cape plants. A conspectus of
the Cape flora of South Africa. Strelitzia 9. National Botanical
Institute, Cape Town & Missouri Botanical Garden.
GUNN, M. & CODD, L.E. 1981. Botanical exploration of southern Africa.
Balkema, Cape Town.
LINNAEUS, C. (fd.) 1782 (1781). Supplementum plantanim. Orphano-
tropheus, Brunswick.
LOW, A.B. & REBELO, A.G. 1996. Vegetation of South Africa, Lesotho
and Swaziland. Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism,
Pretoria.
MANNING, J.C., GOLDBLATT, P. & SNIJMAN, D.A. 2002. The color
encyclopedia of Cape bulbs. Timber Press, Oregon.
SCHINZ, H. 1902. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Afnkanischen Flora.
Haeomodoraceae. Bulletin de I 'Herbier Boissier, ser. 2, 2: 943, 944.
SCOTT, G. 1991. A revision of Cyanella (Tecophilaeaceae) excluding C.
amboensis. South African Journal of Botany 57: 34—54.
SIMPSON, M.G. & RUDALL, P.J. 1998. Tecophilaeaceae. In K. Kubitzki,
The families and genera of vascular plants: 429-436. Springer,
Hamburg.
Bothalia 35,2: 121-148 (2005)
The genus Erica (Ericaceae) in southern Africa: taxonomic notes 2
E.G.H. OLIVER* and I.M. OLIVER*t
Keywords: Erica L., new species, nomenclature, southern Africa, taxonomy
ABSTRACT
This is a continuation in the series of notes from Bothalia 32 (2002) reflecting the status of species of Erica L. recog-
nized in the Compton Herbarium. These notes cover the 43 species currently included in the section Evanthe of Flora
capensis. Five new species, E. ceraria. E. croceovirens, E. gerhardii. E. prolata and E. viridimontana and six new sub-
species are described.
INTRODUCTION
The first paper in this series (Oliver & Oliver 2002a)
dealt with the large-flowered species with tubular corol-
las that are home near the ends of extremely reduced
(almost invisible), non-leafy lateral branchlets which are
then aggregated into dense, spike-like synflorescences.
The term ‘axillary’ was applied by previous workers to
these inflorescences. The next set of species with long
tubular corollas has the flowers also borne near the ends
FIGURE 1 . — Flowers of species in the Erica patersonii/nana complex.
A. E. patersonii, Albertyn STE321I0', B, E. galpinii, Williams
1650; C, E. gerhardii, type; D, E. sacciflora. Stehle 286; E, E.
vallis-araneanim, Boucher 1249; F, E. nana. Oliver STE30I28;
G, E. foliacea subsp. yb//acea, Middelmann NBG80661; H, E.
ceraria, type. Scale bar: 4 mm. Artist: I.M. Oliver.
* Compton Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Institute,
Private Bag X7, 7735 Claremont, Cape Town; tobiit 06-07-2003.
MS. received: 2003-08-15.
of lateral branchlets but these are leafy and usually clearly
visible. These were termed ‘terminal’ inflorescences. They
may be aggregated into dense, spike-like synflorescences
or are rather loose on main branches, or scattered over the
whole plant. These species were included in ^Evanthe
according to Flora capensis (Guthrie & Bolus 1905).
We have found this grouping very unsatisfactory due
to the relationship, in our opinion sometimes very close,
between these long-tubed species and much smaller-
flowered species included in ^Ephebus, e.g. E. stagnalis
Salisb. and E. chrysocodon Guthrie & Bolus.
ERICA PATERSONll-NANA COMPFEX
This complex is characterized by 4-nate leaves, flow-
ers 4-nate on short, lateral, leafy branchlets, a relatively
short pedicel (very long in E. vallis-araneanim), a corol-
la some shade of yellow but occasionally reddish, and
usually rather hard and wax-like in texture with erect-
spreading lobes (Figure 1), anthers with long, thin
appendages, an ovary markedly emarginate and with a
bulbous placenta at the apex of the columella, and a cap-
sule of the same type with a distinctive shape and con-
struction (see Figure 2K).
The group comprises eight species (numbers
36-39) — E. patersonii (36), E. sacciflora (37), E. ger-
hardii (37.1), E. foliacea (38), E. vallis-aranearum
(38.1), E. galpinii (38.2), E. ceraria (38.3) and E. nana
(39). These are illustrated in Figure 1.
Key to species in the Erica patersonii-nana complex
la Pedicel long (± 8 mm), red E. vallis-aranearum (38.1 )
lb Pedicel short (< 2 mm), greenish/yellowish:
2a Sepals ovate with very long-attenuated apex E. patersonii (36)
2b Sepals without long-attenuated apex:
3a Sepals broad. ± as broad as long:
4a Sepals ± as long as bract and bracteoles and imbricat-
ing them E. galpinii (38.2)
4b Sepals much longer than bract and bracteoles not
imbricating E. sacciflora (37)
3b Sepals long and narrow, equal to more than twice their
width:
5a Bract and bracteoles ovate, much shorter than sepals (±
1 .5 mm long) E. gerhardii (37.1 )
5b Bract and bracteoles lanceolate, as long as sepals:
6a Corolla mouth open, lobes ± rounded E. nana (39)
6b Corolla mouth constricted, lobes rounded but with
acute tip:
7a Corolla very hard, greenish yellow; stem gla-
brous E. ceraria (38.3)
122
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
2mm
1mm
FIGURE 2. — Erica gerhardii. A,
flowering branch, x 1; B,
stem with leaves removed;
C, leaf; D, flower; E, bract;
F, bracteole; G, sepal; H,
anther, side, back and front
views; I, gynoecium; J,
ovary, Es to show placenta-
tion; K, capsule with one
valve removed; L, seed; M,
testa cells. Scale bars: B, C,
E-K, 2 mm; D, 4 mm; L, 1
mm; M, 100 pm. A-J, drawn
from the type; K-M, Kirsten
644. Artist: I.M. Oliver.
7b Corolla not very hard, yellow to yellowish orange;
stem hairy:
8a Flowers 2^-nate at ends of scattered side bran-
ches E. foliacea suhsp.foliacea (38a)
8b Flowers 4-nate in dense spike-like synflorescen-
ces E. foliacea subsp./w/gera (38b)
36. E. patersonii Andrews, Coloured engravings
of heaths: t. 43 (1795) [as pattersonia], non L. Bolus
(1928); Salter: 635 (1950); Dulfer: 41 (1965). Iconotype:
l.c. t. 43.
Note 1 : Andrews used the spelling ‘pattersonia’ on the plate and text
in 1795 but altered it to ‘patersonia’ in the Index he published in 1802
and all his subsequent publications. He did not give the etymology in the
protologue but the species is undoubtedly named after William Paterson,
horticulturist, later soldier and administrator, who mentioned seeing the
species at Cape Hangklip in October 1777 (Paterson 1789: 9) — ‘Here 1
found a species of Erica, which was quite new, with a spike of long tube-
lar [sic] flowers, the most beautiful 1 had ever seen’.
Note 2: Andrews’ specific epithets commemorating persons with
the -ia ending have been amended to the genitive -ii/-iae format. They
were originally thought to be the use of generic names in apposition but
investigations have shown that some do not reflect any known generic
name, and some were described before the corresponding genus
(Nelson & Oliver 2004).
E. patersonia Andrews var. major Andrews: t, 195 (1809). Icono-
type: l.c. t. 195.
E. ahietina sensu Benth.: 630 (1839) quoad specmn, non E. abieti-
na L.; Guthrie & Bolus: 67 (1905).
Illustrations: Andrews: t. 43 (1795); Baker & Oliver: t. 21 (1967);
Schumann & Kirsten: 53, t. 1, 2 (1992); I.M. Oliver & Oliver: t. 6 (2000).
Diagnostic features: oense compact and elongate
spike-like synflorescences; flowers 4-nate on short,
leafy, lateral branchlets; sepals long, narrow from broad
base; corolla clear yellow; capsule dehiscence sideways.
This well-known and distinctive species, the Mealie
heath, is becoming rare in the wild due to the destruction
of its habitat on the coastal flats in the Betty’s Bay-
Kleinmond-Hermanus area. Some small populations sur-
vive in the Cape of Good Hope Nature Reserve. A well-
known, chance hybrid with E. nana is known as
‘Gengold’ (see 39).
Vouchers: Albertvn STE321I0 (NBG!); Kirsten 1368 (NBGl); Parker
4498 (BOL!, NBG!); Schlecker 9551 (BMl, BOLl, NBGl, PI, PREI, W);
Thode 9359 (NBGl); Zeyher 3179 (BOLl, K!, NBGl, PI, PRE, W).
37. E. sacciflora Salisb. in Transactions of the
Linnean Society 6: 355 (1802); Benth.: 630 (1839);
Guthrie & Bolus: 67 (1905); Dulfer: 42 (1965). Type:
Hottentots Holland, Masson s.n. (BM!).
Illustrations: Schumann & Kirsten: 53, t. 3, 4 (1992).
Diagnostic features: loose to compact spike-like syn-
florescences; flowers single on ends of short, leafy, lateral
branchlets; bract and bracteoles small; sepals broadly
ovate; corolla yellow to yellow-orange with green tips;
anther appendages with a few short upward-pointing hairs.
This species is confined to the mountains around
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
123
Franschhoek. It is most closely related to the new species,
E. gerhardii under which the differences are discussed.
A small flowered collection, Esterhuysen 9614, from
Winterberg in the Wemmershoek/Du Toitskloof area is
placed here with some uncertainty. It needs further inves-
tigation before any definite taxonomic position can be
assigned to it.
Vouchers: Krie! sub Bolus 6333 (BM!, BOL!, K!, NBG!, PRE!);
Haynes 653 (NBG!, PRE!); Lewis 5280 (MO!, NBG!, NY!); MacOwan
Herb. Norm. 958 (BM!, K!, PRE!, SAM!); Siehle 286 (NBG!, PRE);
Winter 31 (NBG!, PRE).
37.1. E. gerhardii E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.OIiv., sp.
nov., affmitate E. sacciflorae sed synflorescentibus
nonullis vel sparsissimis floribus 1- vel 2-natis erectis ad
suberectis, bractea bracteolisque parva ovata, sepalis
lanceolatis, corolla viridiflava parum quadrangular!,
antherae calcaribus pilis reflexis dignoscenda. Figura 2.
TYPE. — Western Cape, 3419 (Caledon): Klein River
Mtns WNW of Stanford, ridge just W of Boskop on
Morning Star 630, 620 m, (-AD), 14 August 1999,
E.G.H. & I.M.Oliver 11277 (NBG, holo.; K, PRE).
Shrubs sparsely branched, erect, 1.0-1. 5 m tall, sin-
gle-stemmed reseeder. Branches: few main branches
normally with continuous apical growth, rarely ending in
a florescence, secondary branches occasional (not every
node), ± 3-30 mm long, intemodes ±1.5 mm long with
inffafoliar ridges; stems glabrous with very occasionally,
a few short gland-tipped hairs in grooves. Leaves 4-nate,
suberect incurved, imbricate, very narrowly lanceolate,
8-10 X 0.8 mm, triangular in section, margins acute, flat
adaxially, with distinct small acute tip, glabrous, sulcus
narrow, closed at base; petiole ± 1 mm long, glabrous,
with occasional marginal hairs. Inflorescence: flowers
l(2)-nate at ends of side branches, rarely main branches,
mostly suberect, occasionally spreading to slightly pen-
dulous, not in spike-like synflorescence; pedicel ± 3 mm
long, glabrous; bract partially recaulescent near base of
pedicel, ovate-triangular, 1. 5-2.0 x 0.7 mm, glabrous,
acute, pale yellow-green, margin with or without short,
gland-tipped hairs, sulcus present or absent; bracteoles 2,
± in middle of pedicel, ovate to obovate, acute, 2-3 x 1 .2
mm, glabrous, pale yellow-green, glabrous margin
entire, sulcus in upper 'A narrow. Calyx 4-partite, ovate-
lanceolate, ±7x2 mm, slightly imbricate laterally, mar-
gins entire, sulcus narrow ± A3 length of segment, slight-
ly keeled, pale green, darker around sulcus. Corolla 4-
lobed, broadly tubular, 16-17 x 5 mm, slightly 4-angled
in t/s, slightly curved, slightly contracted below mouth,
greenish yellow, hard when fresh, glabrous; lobes ± 2 x
2.5 mm, rounded, entire, erect to slightly spreading.
Stamens 8, free, included; filaments ± 12 mm long with
apical sigmoid curve, glabrous, white; anthers bilobed,
appendiculate, dorsally attached ± 'A way up, narrowly
ovate in adaxial view, thecae erect, adpressed, slightly
curved-oblong, ± 1.2 x 0.6 in lateral view, strigose api-
cally, dark brown, appendages narrowly lanceolate, ± 1 .4
X 0.15 mm, subpendulous, covered with short upwardly
pointing strigae; pore ± 'A length of theca; pollen shed in
tetrads. Ovary 4-locular, oblate, ± 2.5 x 3.0 mm, deeply
emarginate, glabrous, nectaries apparently absent, ovules
± 12 per locule spreading from small bulbous placenta in
upper half of columella; style included, ± 12 mm long,
slightly curved, glabrous; stigma capitate. Fruit a dehis-
cent capsule, broadly obovoid, ±4x5 mm, hard and
woody, valves laterally splitting to base, septa remaining
attached to columella. Seeds ellipsoid, ± 1 x 0.7 mm,
shallowly alveolate, brown; testa cells rectangular to
somewhat square, ± 100 x 100 pm, anticlinal walls jig-
sawed, inner periclinal wall with numerous small pits.
Figure 2.
Diagnostic features: no noticeably spike-like synflor-
escence, inflorescences more scattered; flowers 1- or 2-
nate at ends of short to long, leafy lateral branches, most-
ly erect to suberect; bract and bracteoles small ovate;
sepals relatively long lanceolate; corolla greenish yellow,
slightly 4-angled; anther appendages long with numer-
ous upward-pointing short hairs.
This new species falls within the E. patersonii-sacci-
flora-nana alliance with its 4-nate leaves, hard yellow-
green corolla, long anther appendages and similar ovary
and fruit (Figure 1). It appears to be most similar to E.
sacciflora due to the few-flowered inflorescences, and
the small and more remote bract and bracteoles. The lat-
ter differs in having spike-like synflorescences with
flowers spreading to pendulous, shorter, broader sepals,
± 3.5 X 3.5 mm (not 5x2 mm), and shorter leaves, 4-5
mm long (not 8-10 mm) and hairy stems. E. sacciflora
occurs some 60 km to the northwest in the Franschhoek
Mountains.
Erica gerhardii is very localized on the mountains
above Stanford; we saw only 24 plants in one population
(Figure 3). These grew on a steep southeast-facing slope
in very old, moist fynbos vegetation. The mountain was
subsequently burnt in the summer of 2001. The most
noticeable feature of the plants in the wild was the
growth form — tall, erect, very sparsely branched, with
the leaves confined to the uppennost parts and the erect
to suberect, greenish yellow flowers.
The species was first collected by Niven two hundred
years ago and then turned up again by Gerhard Kirsten
h 93 1-2000), the co-author of the finely illustrated book.
Ericas of South Africa (Schumann & Kirsten 1992), who
was unable to be with us when the type material was col-
lected due to illness, but gave us directions to find the
population. We name this species in honour of his dedi-
cation to the collection and study of Erica over a period
of 25 years. He is also commemorated in E. kirstenii
E.G.H.Oliv. (Oliver & Oliver 2000a).
FIGURE 3. — Known distribution of Erica gerhardii, O; and E. cer-
aria, •.
124
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
Paratype material: WESTERN CAPE. — 3419 (Caledon): Klein
River Mtns. Glenhart, (-AD), 3-12-1977 (fruiting), Kirsten 644
(NBG); ibid,, 26-08-1978, Kirsten 675 (BM, NBG); ibid., 11-08-1995,
Kirsten 1379 (NBG); ibid., overlooking Stanford-Hermanus, 500 m,
28-07-1989. Schumann 692 (NBG); Kleinrivierberg, Morning Star,
1600 ft [490 m], (-AD), 4-09-1978, Vogelpoel NBG 1 1 6862 (NBG);
Klein River (without precise locality), alpine places, Niven 263 (BM).
38. E. foliacea Andrews, Coloured engravings of
heaths: t. 235 (post 1822-pre 1825); Andrews: t. 263 (±
1828). Iconotype: l.c.: t. 235.
Note: the larger plate in Andrews’ Coloured engravings of heaths,
t. 235, must have been published later than 1822 since in the text
accompanying the plate he cites plants he had seen in 1822, but the vol-
ume is dated 1805 — the publication cannot be dated accurately
(Cleevely & Oliver 2002). See discussion under E. colorans (63)
regarding dating these works.
Diagnostic features-, synflorescence loose to dense,
flowers 2^-nate on short, leafy side branches; bract and
bracteoles long; sepals relatively short, lanceolate; corol-
la yellow and orange-red, appendages long. The intern-
odes are longer than in the related species, ± 1 .5—4.0 mm
long and are finely hairy.
The plate of Andrews clearly does not depict the plant
that was until now known as E. foliacea — it is now being
described as E. ceraria. His protologue notes — ‘flowers
nearly an inch long (=E 25 mm), yellow, and transparent’.
The many collections currently recognized under this
name have flowers which are ± 18 mm long, yellowish
green and very hard, smooth and wax-like in texture, not
the pure yellow with longitudinal stripes/ridges and do
not have the ovary with bulbous upper lobes, as illustrat-
ed by Andrews. Guthrie & Bolus (1905) had only one of
these collections. Bolus 6870, to which Andrews’ name
was applied thus setting the identification of all subse-
quent collections. All this material is here described as E.
ceraria (38.3).
Andrews’ iconotype matches reasonably well the few
collections that, until now, have been identified as E.
foliacea \ax fitlgens. This latter name in fact refers to a
distinct variant based solely on the density of the synflor-
escences, the flowers being identical in all the collections
of the species. These variants are recognized here at sub-
specific level.
38a. subsp. foliacea
Benth.: 630 (1839); Guthrie & Bolus: 68 (1905) p.p.; Dulfer: 42
(1965) p.p.
Illustrations: Andrews: t. 235 (post 1822-pre 1825); Schumann &
Kirsten: 54, t. 5 (1992).
Diagnostic features', loose synflorescence with 2^
flowers on occasional leafy side branches; corolla entire-
ly yellow or yellow below and orange-red above where
facing the sun (in wild-collected material).
The typical subspecies is known only from a few col-
lections on the Paardeberg west of Houwhoek/Bot River.
This material has flowers shorter than Andrews’ 25 mm
in the range 1 5-20 mm, all of them do not have the sin-
gle colour of the iconotype. Andrews (± 1 824) shows the
ovary with exaggerated thickened apical processes and
these are present in the Middelmann collections from
floningklip. These are very similar to the bulges occur-
ring in E. curviflora (45).
Vouchers: Bolus s.n. (BOL!, PREl); Micldelmann NBG69881 ,
NBG8066I (NBG!).
38b. subsp. fulgens (Klotzsch) E.G.H.Oliv. &
I.M.Oliv., stat. et comb. nov.
E. foliacea war. fulgens Klotzsch, Linnaea 12: 507 (1838b); Guthrie
& Bolus: 68 (1905); Dulfer: 42 (1965). Type: Prom. b. sp. in montibus
altit. IV-V ad flumen ’Palmietrivier’ prope villain 'Grietjiesgat' inter
ttumina 'Palmiet- et Steenbrassensrivier’ (Prov. Stellenbosch), Jun.,
[Mtns at Palmiet River near house/farm Grietjiesgat between Palmiet
and Steenbrass Rivers, June], Ecklon & Zeyher s.n. (Bt. holo.; NBGI,
SAM!; TCD!); as 46 (MEL!). Lectotype selected here: locality as cited
above (56.6), Ecklon & Zeyher s.n. (SAM!).
Note 1 : Klotzsch quoted 'E. fulgens Klotzsch’ in synonymy as a manu-
script name that he must have written on his type specimen in B prior
to deciding to describe it as the variety of E. foliacea.
Note 2: there is among the other collections of this species, a con-
siderable mix-up as to who the collectors were. Guthrie gives his No.
3551 to a collection in NBG ‘made for C.Grisbrook’, i.e. Charles
Southey Grisbrook, his brother-in-law, on 9/1895. He gave a sheet to
SAM, but said he had not yet assigned a collecting number to ‘a few
good specimens’. Bolus sent a collection of the same date to Medley
Wood in NH (now in NBG) attributing the collection to ‘C.H.G’ who
would be the father of the above, Charles Hewson Grisbrook, but who
died in 1876! A specimen at Kew and another BOL specimen are
labelled as 'Grisbrook sub Guthrie 3766' and the BM material as
'Guthrie sub Bolus s.n.' — all collected 9/1895.
Diagnostic features-, long, dense, spike-like synflores-
cences on long main stems; flowers 4-nate on short lat-
eral branchlets borne at eveiy node; corolla red-orange
and yellow. The main branches appear to be fewer and
much longer with longer intemodes (2-A mm).
This subspecies is apparently extinct, having been last
collected by Guthrie/Grisbrook/Bolus and Schlechter in
the 1 890s and never again despite searches in the area by
ourselves. It must have been a very striking plant with its
‘very pronounced red-orange and yellow flowers’ (noted
by Guthrie). Klotzsch gave the diagnostic character as
'-corollis lateritis' (with corollas brick red like roof tiles)
that he must have seen on the recently collected Ecklon
material since Ecklon never recorded colour on his col-
lections.
The locality must have been on the moist southern side
of Sir Lowry’s Pass (Gantouws Pass) where Grietjiesgat
was a known stop-off point for hungry, thirsty travellers
after the arduous ascent up the pass. This whole area has
been under alien pine plantations for many years.
Guthrie must have travelled that route many times to and
from his family home at Caledon to which he had retired
from Cape Town and Bolus went many times to the
Houw Hoek estate which was owned by Guthrie’s broth-
er-in-law, C.S. Grisbrook, where they met and discussed
plants, especially Erica (L. Bolus pers. comm. 1963).
The collection by Schlechter as ‘Koue Bokkeveld’
and the excellent one by MacOwan as ‘Zwartebergen,
Caledon’ are certainly incoiTect localities. MacOwan
collected several species from that locality which we
have found to be incorrect (see E. inacowanii No. 57).
Vouchers: Guthrie 3551 (BOL!, NBGI, PRE, SAM!); MacOwan
sub Herb. Norm. 1720 (BM!, K!, SAM!); Schlechter 8925 (BM!,
BOL!, K!, P!, PRE!, SAM!).
38.1. E. vallis-aranearum E.G.H.Oliv. in The
Flowering Plants of Africa 42: t. 1680 (1973). Type:
3418 (Simonstown): head of Spinnekopsneskloof,
Kogelberg area, south-facing slopes, 1 066 m, (-BB), 21
April 1970, Oliver 3112 (STE [NBG], holo.; BOL, K,
MO, NY, PRE, S, W).
Illustrations: Oliver l.c.: t. 1680 (1973); Schumann & Kirsten: 54,
t. 8,9(1992).
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
125
Diagnostic features: sparse or very reduced synflores-
cence; flowers pendulous 1 or 2 on very short lateral
branchlets; pedicel 10-13 mm long, red; sepals relative-
ly long, narrow, lanceolate; corolla quadrangular, yellow;
anthers distinctly prognathous at base.
This very distinct species is allied to E. ceraria and to
E. nana — all three occurring in the Kogelberg area but
with this one being highly restricted and very rare.
Vouchers: Boucher 1249 (NBG!, PRE); Oliver 3112 (BOL!, K!,
MO!, NBGI, NY!, PRE!, S!, W!).
38.2. E. galpinii TM.Salter in Journal of South
African Botany 1: 35 (1935). E. foliacea Andrews var.
galpinii (T.M. Salter) Dulfer; 42 (1965). Type: Caledon
Dist.; Maanschyn Kop, Hermanns, on moist slope near
summit, alt. 2900 ft [884 m], April 1934, Galpin 12661
(BOL!, holo.; BMl, Ki, PRE).
Illustrations: Schumann & Kirsten: 55, t. 10, 11 (1992).
Diagnostic features: short to long, dense, spike-like
synflorescence; flowers 3- or 4-nate on short, leafy, lateral
branchlets; bract and bracteoles large and broad like sepals;
sepals short and broadly ovate; corolla bright yellow.
This species has sepals similar to those of E. sacci-
flora but has a very dense, longer synflorescence and the
plants are taller and sparsely branched and the bract and
bracteoles lanceolate. It is confined to the mountains
above Hermanns. The pale sepals are very noticeable on
the dried material.
Vouchers: Rourke 1345 (BOL!, NBG!); Vogelpoel sub Baker 3045
(BOL!, NBG!); Williams 1650 (NBG!).
38.3. E. ceraria E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.OIiv., sp. nov.,
sine synflorescentibus distinctis, floribus (3)4(5)-natis in
extremis ramulis lateralibus foliferibus, bractea bracteo-
lis sepalisque longa, corolla dura ceraria flavovirenti,
antheris base parum prognathis, ramis glabris dignoscen-
da. Figura 4.
TYPE. — Western Cape, 3418 (Simonstown),
Kogelberg, ridge east of peak, 1 100 m, (-BB), 25 May
1989, Oliver 9138 (NBG, holo.).
£■. /o/;acca Andrews, sec. Guthrie & Bolus: 68 (1905), p.p., quoad
Bolus 6870.
Illustrations: Baker & Oliver: t. 23 (1967); Schumann & Kirsten:
54. t. 6, 7 (1992) [all as E. foliacea].
LIGURE 4. — Erica ceraria. A. flowering branch, x 1; B, stem with leaves removed; C, leaf; D, flower, E, bract; L, bracteole; G, sepal; H, anther,
side, front and back views. I, J, ovary: J, 1/s to show placentation. K, L, capsule: L, one valve removed to show placenta. M, seed; N, testa
cells. Scale bars: B, C, E-L, 2 mm; D. 4 mm; M, 1 mm; N, 100 pm. A-J, drawn from the type; K-N, Maguire 2657. Artist: I.M. Oliver.
126
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
Woody, somewhat sparse, erect shrub, 0.25-1.0 m
tall, single-stemmed. Branches: main branches 100-300
mm long with continuous apical growth with ± 2-6 sec-
ondary branches, ± 10-30 mm long, recurving, ending in
a florescence; stems with infrafoliar ridges, intemodes ±
1.5 mm long, glabrous; bark on old stems noticeably
scarred with tightly packed, old leaf scars. Leaves 4- or
5-nate, imbricate, ± 10 x 1 mm, linear-oblong, acute,
incurved, erect, flattened on both sides with entire acute
hyaline margins, glabrous, sulcus narrow, open at base;
petiole ± 1 mm long, ciliate. Inflorescence: flowers (3)4-
or 5-nate in 1 whorl at ends of secondary branches, pen-
dulous; pedicel 1. 5-2.0 mm long, glabrous; bract partial-
ly recaulescent in middle of pedicel, narrowly lanceolate,
± 9 X 1.3 mm, glabrous green, margins entire with a few,
short, pendulous, gland-tipped hairs, sulcus ± 'h length
of bract; bracteoles 2, placed just below sepals, ±8x1
mm, otherwise like bract. Calyx 4-partite, segments not
imbricate, narrowly ovate, ± 8.0 x 2.5 mm, acute,
glabrous, yellow along edges, green towards sulcus, mar-
gins straight or slightly serrated with or without a few
small hairs and glands, sulcus ± V3 length of segment,
closed. Corolla 4-lobed, ±18x8 mm, broadly tubular,
sometimes slightly arcuate, mouth slightly contracted,
glabrous, greenish yellow, thick and wax-like; lobes ± 2
X 3.5 mm, broad and rounded, entire. Stamens 8, includ-
ed; filaments ± 12 mm long, linear-oblong, with small
apical S-bend, white, glabrous; anthers bilobed, dorsally
attached just above base, oblong-lanceolate in adaxial
view, appendiculate; thecae erect adpressed, ± 1.6 x 0.8
mm, ovate in lateral view, with slight basal adaxial nose,
dark brown, smooth, appendages ± 2 mm long, narrow,
straight or slightly undulate, projecting out abaxially,
pore length of theca; pollen in tetrads. Ovary 4-
locular, broadly obovoid, ± 3.5 x 3.5 mm, very deeply
emarginate, glabrous, green, with small basal nectaries;
ovules ± 25 per locule spreading from a central to apical
placenta; style included, ± 13 mm long, cylindrical,
glabrous white; stigma capitate. Fri/it a dehiscent cap-
sule, ±4x5 mm, valves splitting free to the base later-
ally, septa remaining attached to columella and 100% on
valves; placenta small, rounded, ± 1 mm long. Seeds
ellipsoid, ± 1 x 0.6 mm long, brown, testa reticulate, cells
± 100 X 76 pm, with slightly undulate anticlinal walls,
periclinal walls densely pitted. Figure 4.
Diagnostic features: no marked spike-like synflores-
cence, flowers (3)4- or 5-nate on ends of leafy lateral
branches; bract, bracteoles and sepals relatively long,
lanceolate; corolla hard and wax-like in texture, yellow-
ish green; anthers slightly prognathous at base; ovary
broadly obovoid; stems glabrous.
This species is the taxon currently well known as "E. foli-
acea\ It is closely allied to E. foliacea, E. nana and E.
galpinii but is the only one with 5-nate flowers (3-5-nate),
slightly prognathous anthers and glabrous stems. The calyx
is also hidden by the imbricate leaves and the greenish yel-
low corolla is very hard and wax-like in texture and not
transparent nor ridged. E. foliacea has hairy stems. In E. foli-
acea subsp. fulgens, nearly every node on the main branch-
es bears a short, secondary branchlet, terminating in a flor-
escence and is therefore very spike-like, as in E. galpinii.
Guthrie & Bolus (1905) had a single unlocalized spec-
imen of this species which they placed under E. foliacea
{Bolus 6H70). This was the first collection of E. ceraria.
The name is derived from cerarius, of wax, waxy
(Latin), in allusion to the hard, wax-like texture of the
flowers.
This species is confined to the rocky peaks and ridges
around Kogelberg Peak down the west side of the
Biosphere Reserve to above Betty’s Bay (Figure 3).
Paratype material (selection from numerous specimens): WEST-
ERN CAPE. — 3418 (Simonstown): summit of Steenbraskop NW of 5
Beacon Ridge, 1 060 m, (-BB), 13-04-1983, Le Maitre 371 (NBG!,
PRE); slopes of Kogelberg, 09-1953, (-BB), 09-1953, Stokoe
SAM57872 (NBG! SAMI); Voorberg, 1500 ft [457 m], (-BD), 19-09-
1959, Baker 1429 (BMI, NBGI); Porter Reserve, 06-1960, (-BD), Baker
in PRE30134 (PRE) [voucher for Baker & Oliver: t. 23]; Hangklip, 1000
ft [304 m], (-BD), 5-09-1942, Compton 13528 (BOLI, NBGI); Pringle
East Peak, 2000 ft [609 m], (-BD), 16-09-1951, Etiterhuysen 18849
(BOLI, NBGI, PRE); Platberg, top of ridge, 2800 ft [853 m], (-BD), 16-
09-1967, Taylor 7147 (NBGI, PRE). Without precise locality: Hottentots
Holland, Stokoe 6397 (BOLI, Kl, SAM!). Without locality: Bolus 6870
(BOLI, K!, PRE); Pillans 8283 (BOL!).
39. E. nana Salisb. in Transactions of the Linnean
Society 6: 355 (1802); Benth.: 631 (1839); Guthrie &
Bolus: 68 (1905); Dulfer: 42 (1965). Type: Hottentots
Holland, Masson s.n. (BM!).
Illustrations: Baker & Oliver: t. 24 (1967); Schumann & Kirsten:
55, t. 12, 13 (1992),
Diagnostic features: loose grouping of inflorescences
not arranged into a synflorescence; flowers (3)4-nate at
ends of leafy side branches; sepals long, broadish lan-
ceolate; corolla bright yellow; intemodes almost absent.
The plants are low, compact, much-branched, spreading
shmblets, covered with numerous inflorescences. They
grow hanging over rocks. This habit is the most distinctive
in this group of species. The flowers when young are
greenish yellow but soon turn bright yellow at anthesis.
A chance hybrid E. nana x E. patersonii occurred in
the Harold Porter National Botanical Garden at Betty’s
Bay and has been subsequently propagated and given the
cultivar name ‘Gengold’. It has slightly larger flowers
than E. nana and is more floriferous. Subsequent back-
crosses onto E. nana have been made in Germany (H.
Kramer pers. comm.) and these have even longer flowers.
Vouchers: Oliver in STE30I28 (BOL!, NBG!, NY!, PRE!); same
collection, as Oliver sub Baker 2595 (BM!, K!, NBG!),
NOTE ON ORDER OF REMAINING SPECIES
The numbering order given by Guthrie & Bolus
(1905) and added to by Dulfer (1965) does not reflect the
correct relationships between the remainder of the
species in this paper. We have deviated here from this
order and placed the species in what we postulate are
their more natural alliances. The original numbers have
been retained for cross-referencing, only the order is
changed here.
ERICA CURVIFLORA-PERSPICUA GROUP
This group of species is characterized by 4-nate
leaves, loose to dense, leafy synflorescences, a long,
tubular, hairy corolla (except E. ignita) with spreading
recurved lobes, short pedicel (except in E. conspicua),
anthers lacking appendages or sometimes possessing the
remnants of appendages, ovary 4-8-locular, mostly
obovoid and a capsule opening widely (Figure 5).
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
127
The group contains the following species: E. xanthina
(40), E. ignita (40.1), E. bibax (44), E. kogelbergensis
(44.1) , E. curviflora (45), E. stagnalis (45.1), E. con-
spiciia (48), E. densifolia (49), E. wendlandiana (50), E.
macowanii (57), E. leucotrachela (57.1), E. cremea
(57.2) , E. viridimontana (57.3), E. latitiiba (57.4), E.
perspicua (62) and E. diilcis (62.1) (Figure 6). These
species are, in our opinion, not the only ones in this
alliance, since there are numerous small-flowered
species in the section Ephebus which are clearly closely
related to several of the above species.
Erica curviflora is by far the most widespread species
occurring from the Gifberg in the north to the Cape
Peninsula and eastwards as far as Grahamstown. All the
other species have much more limited ranges and in
some cases are very localized in the region between the
Hottentots Holland Mtns and Klein River Mtns.
Several species were described by Andrews in his
Coloured engravings of heaths (1794- ± 1830) using
cultivated material that bore flowers on short, lateral,
leafy branches arranged in loose to dense, spike-like
synflorescences and had tubular, hairy corollas that were
pink and white. These look similar to the form and
arrangement in currently recognized species such as E.
perspicua^ E. macowanii, E. leucotrachela and E. latitu-
ba known from the wild. With the specific differences
based among others on microcharacters of ovary com-
plement and seed structure that are not shown in
Andrews’ drawings, it is not possible to identify them
with any certainty. Also, with numerous cultivated vari-
ants and hybrids being raised in England at the time
(Nelson & Oliver 2004), we are very hesitant to ascribe
these names to currently known wild populations. We
have therefore decided to regard them as cultivars or arti-
ficially raised hybrids. Among these are Andrews’ E. lin-
naea, l.c.: t. 106 (1801), E. linnaea siiperba, l.c.: t. 243
(post 1828) and £. linnaeoides, l.c.: t. 107 (1803).
40. E. xanthina Guthrie & Bolus in Flora capensis
4: 69 (1905); Dulfer: 43 (1965). Type: Caledon Div.;
Genadendal, Alexander 5 (K, holo.!; BOL, fragm.!; sub
s.n. PRE!).
E. parviilisepala H. A. Baker: 31 (1969). Type: Caledon and
Robertson Districts, Riviersondereinde Mtns above Greyton between
Kanonberg and Galgeberg, marshy places at 4000 ft [1 220 m] and
above, Baker 2801 (NBG, holo.!; BOLI).
Illustrations: Baker l.c.: t. 3 (1969); Schumann & Kirsten: 67, t. 63
(1992).
Diagnostic features: dense, short to long synflores-
cence; flowers 1- or 2-nate on ends of short, leafy side
branchlets; bract and bracteoles minute; sepals small,
ovate; corolla very finely hairy, cream to salmoifpeach
pink; ovary 4-locular (Figure 6C).
The species is confined to small seepage areas at the
heads of kloofs along the western end of the
Riviersonderend Mountains. Baker overlooked E. xan-
thina when describing his species.
Vouchers: Baker 2801 (BOLI, NBGI); Oliver 10745 (NBGI);
A.S.Schelpe 739 (BOLI, NBG!).
40.1 E. ignita E.G.H.Oliv. in Yearbook of the
Heather Society 2000: 67 (2000). Type: 3419BB,
Riviersonderend Mtns, Pilaarkop, moist S-slopes below
ridge WNW of peak, ± 4800 ft [1 460 m], 28 October
1997, Oliver 10944 (NBG, holo.; BM, BOL, K, MO, NY,
P, PRE, S).
Illustrations: Oliver l.c.: t, 1,2, 3.
Diagnostic features: a very dense, long, spike-like
synflorescence; flowers mostly 4-nate on ends of short,
leafy side branchlets; sepals short, ovate with elongate,
acute apex; corolla glabrous, dull brick-red flushed with
orange; ovary (5)6(7)-locular (Figures 5B; 6A).
This striking species is highly restricted in its distri-
bution, being confined to a few steep slopes near the
summit of the Riviersonderend Mountains above the
town.
Vouchers: Oliver 10944 (BM!, BOL!, K!, MO!, NBG!, NY!, P!,
PRE!, S!).
42. E. xpallens Andrews, Coloured engravings of
heaths: t. 194 (1806); Benth.: 635 (1839); Guthrie &
Bolus: 70 (1905); Dulfer: 43 (1965). Type: l.c.: t. 194.
This taxon is regarded as a hybrid of garden origin in
England. No material matching Andrews’ plate has been
located in the wild in South Africa.
43. E. xdubia Rach in Linnaea 26: 776 (1853);
Guthrie & Bolus: 70 (1905); Dulfer: 43 (1965). E. cylin-
drica J.C.Wendl.: f 11, t. 7 (1802) non Thunb. 24 (1785).
Type: l.c.: t. 7.
This taxon is regarded as a hybrid of garden origin in
Germany. No material matching Wendland’s plate has
been located in the wild in South Africa.
44. E. bibax Salisb. in Transactions of the Linnean
Society 6: 358 (1802); Benth.: 633 (1839); Guthrie &
Bolus: 70 (1905); Dulfer: 43 (1965). Type: growing nat-
urally beside Palmiet Rivier, Masson s.n. (holo.?).
Neotype: Sir Lowry’s Pass, 1300 ft, 5. v. 1896, Schlechter
7813 (NBG; isotypes, BM!, BOL, Ki, PRE, W, Zi).
, Note: there are no collections annotated by Salisbury in either BM
or K.
E. citrx’iflora sensu Thunb.: sp. 30 (1785) non L. Type: Thimberg
s.n. (UPS, holo.; microfiche!).
Illustrations: Schumann & Kirsten: 56, t. 16, 17 (1992).
Diagnostic features: loose to dense, long, spike-like
synflorescences; flowers 1-nate on very short, non-leafy
side branchlets; bract smaller than bracteoles; sepals
elongate, lanceolate; corolla very finely hairy, pale yel-
low with white tips; anther base running into filament
even though subbasally attached, no appendages; ovary
4-locular, slightly stipitate (Figures 5 A; 6H).
Erica bibax occurs in the area between Kogelberg and
Sir Lowry’s Pass on streambanks and in seeps.
Vouchers: Kirsten 943 (NBG!, NY!); MacOwan Herb. Norm. 712
(BM!, K!, NBG!, W); Schlechter 7813 (BM!, K!, NBG!, PRE, W).
44.1. E. kogelbergensis E.G.H.Oliv. in Yearbook
of the Heather Society 1996: 3 (1996). E. serratifolia
Andrews var. subnuda Bolus: 158 (1910); Dulfer: 47
(1965). Syntypes: Caledon Div., mountains between
Caledon and Hermanns, fl. May, Sept., N.S.Pillans 228
8c 1334 (BOLI). Lectotype selected here: Cape Colony,
Caledon Division, mountains between Caledon and
Hermanns, May, [near Hermanuspetersfontein, bought
fresh in Cape Town, 2 May 1908], Pillans 1334 (BOL,
lecto.; NBGI, PRE!, SAM!).
128
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
FIGURE 5. — Capsules of some species in the Erica ciirviflora-perspiciia group. A, E. bihax, whole and with one valve removed, drawn from
Kogelberg, Grisbwok 3552; B. E. ignita, drawn from Pilaarkop, the type; C, E. ciirvifJora, with front and back valves removed, drawn
from Ruitersberg, Vlok 1731; D, E. perspiciia whole and with one valve removed, drawn from Hermanns, Walters 1148; E, E. stagnalis
with one valve and whole, drawn from F. Kruger 36. Scale bar: A-E, 2 mm. Artist: I.M. Oliver.
Illustrations: Schumann & Kirsten: 61, t. 38, 39, 40 (1992), as E.
xserratifolia; Oliver l.c.: t. 1, 2, 4 (1996).
Diagnostic features', flowers 1^-nate at ends of short,
lateral branchlets arranged in a dense, spike-like inflores-
cence, 40-100 mm long; corolla veiy finely hairy, plain
yellow or bicoloured (red with yellow apex); sepals elon-
gate, lanceolate; anthers dorsally attached near base, with
small decurrent appendages on apex of filament; ovary
4(-6)-locular; leaves hard in texture (Figure 6G).
The localities given for the syn types are clearly emo-
neous information derived from the flower sellers. It is pos-
tulated that this was done purposely to protect their sources.
Vouchers: lectotype and Oliver 9/37 (BM!, K!, MO!, NBGI, PREI).
45. E. curviflora L., Species plantarum, edn 1, 1:
354 (1753); Benth.: 633 (1839); Guthrie & Bolus: 71
(1905); Dulfer: 43 (1965). Syntypes; L., Hort. Cliff.: 148
(1737); Seba, thesaurus: t. 19, f 5 (1735); Plukenet, man-
tissa: t. 346, f 9 (1700). Lectotype selected here by Oliver
& Cafferty: Herb. Clifford: 148, Erica sheet no. 10 (BM!).
E. .sulcata Benth.: 632 ( 1 839); Guthrie & Bolus: 72 ( 1 905). E. ciin’i-
flora var. sulcata (Benth.) Dulfer: 45 (1965). Type: in colonia Capensi,
Niven s.n. (Kl). Note: specimen in K is labelled — Devil’s Head,
George, Niven 190.
E. biirchellii Benth.: 632 (1839). E. curviflora var. biirchellii
(Benth.) Bolus: 71 (1905); Dulfer: 44 (1965). Type: in Prov. George et
Albany?, Burchell 6023 as a glahriflora (Kl).
E. curviflora var. versatilis Bolus: 71 (1905); Dulfer: 44 (1965).
Syntypes: Worcester Div., Goudini, Schlechter 9948 (BOLI); Caledon
Div., mtns near the Zondercinde River, 4500 ft [1 400 m]. Bolus in
Herb. Guthrie 4595 (BOLI).
E. curviflora var. diffusa Bolus: 72 (1905); Dulfer: 44 (1965).
Syntypes: Paarl Div., mtns around French I lock, MacOwan Herb.
Norm. 957 (BOLI); ibid., Schlechter 9264 (BOLI); Caledon Div., Klein
Houw Hoek, Niven 10 (?K).
Illustrations: Baker & Oliver: t. 28 (1967); Schumann & Kirsten:
56, t. 18. 19 (1992).
Diagnostic features', flowers 1-nate on leafy lateral
branches in a loose arrangement up main branches;
corolla mostly hairy with long, distinct hairs or glabrous,
pink to orange to red, spreading to slightly recurved;
sepals varying from 0.4-1. 2 mm long; anthers manifest
to just exserted, dorsally attached, with appendages dis-
tinct and short or just visible as remnants on apex of fila-
ment; ovary 4-[8]-locular, emarginate, with apical part
having distinctive enlarged callous-like bosses (Figures
5C; 6N).
This is the most widespread and variable of the
species in this group, occurring from the Gifberg near
Vanrhynsdorp, throughout the Cape Floral Region as far
east as Grahamstown. There is much variation in the
size, colour and indumentum of the flowers and in the
size of the leaves. In corolla indumentum there are some
distinct variants confined to certain localities but also
variable within a locality. We have found no reliable
characters that can be used to subdivide the species. The
most distinctive variant is one with very long leaves (up
to 18 mm) which are covered with very long simple
hairs. It occurs in the Kogelberg area and surprisingly
also in the mountains above George.
Vouchers: Bolus 8668 (BOLI, NBGI, PRE); Brusse 4890 (NBGI,
PRE); Gillett 3357 (NBGI, NY!); Goldblatt 1785 (MO, NBGI, PRE);
Hanekoin 2984 (NBGI); Kerr STE30086 (NBGI, NY!, PRE) [voucher
for Baker & Oliver, l.c.]; Oliver 567 (BMl, NBG!), 346. 3058 (NBGI,
PRE!), 5863, 73 9 7 (NF3G!), 8462 (NBG!, PRE!), 11846 (NBG!);
Oliver & Falser /-/ (K!, NBG!); Parker 3853 (NBG!); Rourke 299
(NBG!, NY!); Schlechter 4810 (NBG!, PRE), 10223 (NBG!), 10379
(BM!, K!, NBG!, P!, PRE, W); Sieber 76 (NBG!, PRE, W).
45.1. E. stagnalis Salish. in Transactions of the
Linnaean Society 6: 359 (1802). Type: without locality,
(l)Roxhitrgh s.n. (K!).
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
129
E. sulphurea Andrews, Coloured engravings of heaths: t. 278 (post
1 8 1 6-pre 1 825); Benth.: 634 (1839) as "sidfwea . E. cwviflora L. var. sul-
phurea (Andrews) Bolus: 71 (1905); Dulfer: 44 (1965). Type: l.c.: t. 278.
Note: the larger, fuller (quano) painting by Andrews in Coloured engrav-
ings of heaths appeared only in vol. IV with an unknown date which
makes precise dating impossible (Cleevely & Oliver 2002). However,
investigations of the octavo edition. The Heathery, indicate that the vol-
umes were likely published complete and that vol. V, containing t. 241,
was published as a unit not before 1816 and probably around 1828
(Cleevely et a!. 2003). See under E. colorans (63).
45.1a. subsp. stagnalis
Illustration: Andrews l.c.: t. 278.
Diagnostic features: corolla tubular, 20-24 mm long
(Figure 6L).
The typical subspecies occurs in the mountains from
the Houw Hoek Mtns, the Hottentots Holland to the
Fransehhoek Pass area.
Diagnostic features: similar to E. curviflora but corolla vouchers: Compton 22928 (BOL!, NBG!); Esterhuvsen 9724,
bright yellow and more sparsely hairy with shaggy hairs; 33932 (BOL!); Kruger 298 (NBGI); Oliver 10274, 10765 (NBGI);
ovary 8-locular, broadly obovoid with no apical bosses. Salter 2835 (BOLl); Schlechter 9264 (NBGI, pre, W).
FIGURE 6. — Erica curvifloral-perspicua group showing a flower, anther and ovary. A, E. ignita, 5-8 locules, Oliver 10944', B, E. colorans, 4-6
locules, Oliver 5880', C, E. xanthina, 4 locules, Schelpe 739', D, E. cremea, 4 locules, Esterhuysen 30774', E, E. viridimontana, 4 locules,
type; F. E. leucotrachela subsp. leucotrachela, 4—7 locules, Taylor 7062', G, E. kogelbergensis, 4-6 locules, Oliver 9137', H, E. bibax, 4
locules, Schlechter 7813', I, E. verticillata, (4), 7, 8 locules. Bolus 2965', J, E. perspicua suhsp. perspicua, 8 locules, Oliver 95', K, E. macow-
anii subsp. maco'wanii, 8 locules, Oliver 8604', L, E. stagnalis subsp. stagnalis, 8 locules, Oliver 10274', M, E. chrysocodon, 4 locules. Pool
76; N, E. curviflora, 4(8) locules, Brusse 4890; O, E. conspicua subsp. conspicua, 4 locules, Hanekom 2988; P, E. conspicua subsp. roseo-
flora, 4 locules, Esterhuysen 34307. Scale bars: flowers, 4 mm; ovaries and anthers, 2 mm. Artist: I.M. Oliver.
130
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
45.1b. subsp. minor E.G.H.Oliv. & l.M.Oliv.,
subsp. nov., corolla 12 ad 15 mm longa dignoscenda.
TYPE. — Western Cape: 3419 (Caledon), Lebanon
Forest Reserve near Elgin, steep south-facing slopes in
moist patches, 3500 ft [1 065 m], (-AA), 31 October
1969, Oliver 3010 (NBG, holo.; PRE).
Diagnostic features: corolla tubular-infundibulifonn,
12-15 mm long.
This new subspecies is restricted to the Groenlandberge
which are just east of Viljoen’s Pass and the populations of
the typical subspecies. A single collection, Stehle 272, from
just east of Sir Lowry’s Pass is west of the ranges of both
subspecies. The subspecies is very similar to E.
chysocodon (141), a highly restricted endemic near
Franschhoek Pass, but that has 4-celled ovaries. Further
investigations, including molecular analyses need to be
done to assess their relationship.
Paratype material: WESTERN CAPE. — 3418 (Simonstown):
Rooskraal Nature Reserve, 2600 ft [790 m], (-BB), 11-09-1969, Stehle
272 (NBG). 3419 (Caledon): Houw Hoek Mtn towards Mt Lebanon,
(-AA), 28-09-1975, Esterhiiysen 33982 (BOL!); Lebanon,
Jakkalsrivier Catchment lb, 3700 ft [1 127 m], (-AA), 19-09-1969,
Haynes 212 (NBG); Grabouw area. Groenlandberg, S side of neck E of
Graskop, 1 030 m. (-AA), November 1994, fruiting, Oliver 10597
(NBG); Mt Lebanon, (-AA), 2-11-1975, Wisiira 3563 (NBG). Without
locality: Caledon Wildflower Show, 9-09-1939, Compton 7716 (NBG).
46. E. sulcata Benth. — see E. curviflora (45).
47. E. macropus Guthrie & Bolus — see E. haema-
tosiphon (68).
48. E. conspicua Sol. in Hortus kewensis 2, edn 1 :
22 (1789); Benth.: 633 (1839); Guthrie & Bolus: 73
(1905). Type: Cape of Good Hope, Masson s.n. (BM!).
E. splendens J.C.Wendl.: 5 (1800). E. cnrx’iflora L. var. splendens
(J.C.Wendl.) Dulfer: 44 (1965). Iconotype: l.c.: 5 (1800).
Diagnostic features: flowers l(^)-nate on occasional
short, lateral branches; sepals always glabrous, hard and
cartilaginous, broadly ovate; corolla with loose, long,
sparse hairs; anthers prognathous at base (chin and nose).
Two subspecies are recognized based on the corolla length
and colour. Both share the distinctive sepals of the species.
48a. subsp. conspicua
Illustrations: Schumann & Kirsten: 58, t. 20, 21 (1992).
Diagnostic features: corolla 24-36 mm long, orange
(Figure 60).
Subsp. conspicua has the longest flowers among the tubular-
flowered species — up to 36 mm long, and is second only to E.
junonia var. junonia in the genus with its flowers 40-50 mm
long. In the Cold Bokkeveld where this subspecies grows in
seeps with the similar looking E. curviflora, a few plants of
obvious hybrid origin have been recorded, Oliver 11518 (NBG).
The subspecies occurs in the Franschhoek Mtns, near
Wolesley and in the Cold Bokkeveld.
Vouchers: Barker 8874 (NBG, NY); Bolus 5169 (BM); Compton
8177 (NBG); llanekom 2988, 2989 (NBG); Hardy 1640 (NBG, PRE);
Oliver 629 (NBG), 639 (BM, NBG); Schlechter 9320 {BM, K, NBG).
48b. subsp. roseoflora E.G.H.Oliv. & l.M.Oliv.,
subsp. nov., a subspecie typica corolla 8-15 mm longa
pallide rosea differt. Figura 6R
TYPE. — Western Cape, 3319 (Worcester); Keerom,
at NE base of the Keeromsberg, in marshes and on
stream-bank along stream flowing from E end of
Keeromsberg, 3500^000 ft [1 060-1 220 m], (-DA), 30
May 1976, Esterhuvsen 34307 (BOL, holo.; BM, K, MO,
NBG, NY, PRE).
Diagnostic features: corolla 8-15 mm long, pale pink
(Figure 6P).
At first investigation, the material cited below seemed
to be an obvious new species, but in the process of writing
up the taxa for these notes it was decided to regard it as a
subspecies of E. conspicua, the sepals and prognathous
anthers having the distinctive features of the species.
The subspecies is known only from two small areas,
the Keeromsberg, with shorter flowers (8-10 mm) and
the Langeberg above Robertson, with longer flowers
(13-15 mm).
Paratype material: subsp. roseoflora. WESTERN CAPE. — 3319
(Worcester): Keeromsberg, E slopes, 4000 ft [1 220 m]. (-DA), 5-09-
1965, fmiting, Esterhuysen 31131 (BOL, NBG); ibid., ex hort
Kirstenbosch, Hitchcock 603/87 (NBG); western Langeberg above
Koo, headwaters of Dieprivier above Farm Versameling, 4900 ft [1 490
m], (-DB), 1-03-1997, Helme 1248 (NBG).
57. E. macowanii Cufino in Bullettino della Societa
Botanica Italiano 1903: 290 (1903); Guthrie & Bolus: 77
(1905); Dulfer: 48 (1965). Type: Caput Bonae Spei: In
montibus Zwarsbergen [Swartberg] pone Caledon; floret
maio. s.n. {MacOwan} (FI, holo.; BOL!, fragm.).
Diagnostic features: flowers erect-spreading; corolla
with broad tube, ± 22-25 mm long, with no subapical
bulge and large, more spreading lobes, yellow or red, with
yellow or white apical portion; bract, bracteoles and sep-
als relatively large and broad; ovary 8-locular, seeds al-
veolate, finely pitted, without small scales; leaves large, ±
1 mm broad, no scale-like leaves below the flowers.
E. macowanii var. latifolia Benth. is transferred to E.
perspicua subsp. latifolia (62b).
This forms a complex with the following six species
and their subspecies and only careful examination and
dissection will provide correct identifications. This
species complex should be re-evaluated when molecular
studies have been undertaken of all the relevant popula-
tions in order to ascertain the true relationships of all the
taxa. The delimitation provided here is the best we can
find in the currently available material based solely on
morphological grounds.
57a. subsp. macowanii
Illustrations: Schumann & Kirsten: 62, t. 41, 42, 43 (1992).
Diagnostic features: hairs on corolla fine; sepals ellip-
tic-ovate, ± 9 mm long (Figure 6K).
The typical subspecies occurs at higher altitudes on
most of the mountains in the Kogelberg Biosphere
Reserve.
Vouchers: Baker 1407 (BMI, NBG!); Esterhuysen 18848 (BOLI,
PRE); Herb Bolus 6899 (BOLI, Kl, NBG!, PRE); Oliver 23. 8604
(NBG!); Rveroft 1447 (BOL!, NBG!, PRE); Schumann 165 (NBG!);
Tavhr 7234 (NBG!).
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
131
57b. subsp. lanceolata (Bolus) E.G.H.Oliv. &
I.M.Oliv., stat. et comb. nov.
E. perspicua J.C.Wendl. var. lanceolata Bolus, Flora capensis 4: 80
(1905). Type: Caledon Div., Zwartberg, Miss Borcherds in Herb Bolus
6286 (BOU, K!, SAM!).
Diagnostic features: hairs on corolla longer and shag-
gy; sepals narrow-lanceolate, ± 5 mm long.
This taxon is confined to the upper reaches of the
Klein River Mtns above Hermanus where two closely
related taxa also occur, E. latituba at higher altitudes and
E. perspicua subsp. latifolia on the flats.
Vouchers: Oliver 11290 (NBGI); Stokoe SAM55341 (SAMI);
Williams 2724. 2920. 3860 (NBGI).
The types of both subspecies are reported to have come
from the Swartberg at Caledon where the species has never
been recorded. These localities are therefore suspect.
57.1. E, leucotrachela H.A. Baker in Journal of
South African Botany 26: 75 (1960); Dulfer: 48 (1965).
Type: Caledon Div., in large colonies usually above 2000
ft. on steep, marshy slopes on the seaward side of all major
peaks from Rooiels to Palmiet River. Not found below the
mist of cloud belt characteristic of this district. Baker 1415
(BOL, holo.!; BM!, NBGI, PRE!, W).
Note: no precise locality was cited for the holotype, only general dis-
tributional details for the holotype and the five paratypes given above.
Diagnostic features: flowers 16-18 mm long with
bulbous subapical zone; bract-like leaves usually on the
flowering branchlet just below the flower; seeds with
scale-like flaps and with the normal small pits coalescing
into long, snake-like pits; corolla dark purplish/cerise
pink with white apical portion, hairy (Figure 6F).
57.1a. subsp leucotrachela
Illustrations: Baker l.c.: t. 1 ( 1960); Schumann & Kirsten: 62, t. 44,
45. 46(1992).
The typical subspecies occurs at higher altitudes on
the mountains west of the Palmiet River in the Kogelberg
Biosphere Reserve.
Vouchers: Andreae 861 (NBGI, PRE); Boucher 132 (NBG);
Compton 7702 (NBGI); Esterhirysen 18857 (BOLI, NBGI, W); Rycroft
2111 (NBGI, Ki); Wood sub Baker 1342 (BMI, BOLI).
57.1b. subsp. monicae E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv.,
subsp. nov., a subspecie typica foliis minoribus ± 4-5 x
1 mm corolla pilis longioribus hirsutis differt.
TYPE. — Western Cape, 3419 (Caledon): Kleinmond,
Honey Rock Kloof, 4 June 1951, Monica Cloete
SAM60960 (NBG, holo.).
Diagnostic features: leaves mostly shorter, ±5x1
mm; corolla with longer, more shaggy hairs.
This subspecies is confined to the upper reaches of the
Paardeberg Mtn northeast of Kleinmond where it grows
alongside streams or in seeps.
Paratype material: WESTERN CAPE. — 3419 (Caledon): Bot
River Mtns, (-AA/AC), 04-1909, Marloth 4725 (NBG) [as Palmiet
River Mouth in PRE]; Perdeberg on Isaacs Rivier 548, 500 m, (-AC),
Feb. 2004, Oliver 12229 (NBG); Highlands Forest Reserve, E of hik-
ing trail above Kleinmond, 500 m, (-AC), J July 1984, Schumann 228
(NBG); Paardeberg Mtns, (-AC), 03-1950, Stokoe SAM65398 (SAM).
Without precise locality ex Caledon: 05-1900, Tyson 3359 (SAM).
57.2. E. crcmca Dulfer in Annalen des Natur-
historisches Museums, Wien 66: 21 (1963). Type: Paarl-
Worcester Div., Upper Wellington Sneeukop above
Tijgerkloof, 5500 ft. [1 676 m], 11-11-1956, Esterlmysen
26486 (W, holo.; BOL!, KI, NBG!, PRE!).
Illustration: Schumann & Kirsten: 63, t. 47 (1992).
Diagnostic features: flowers on very short, lateral
branchlets arranged in loose, long, spike-like synflores-
cences; corolla short, ± 12 mm long, pale cream, with
very fine short hairs; bract, bracteoles and sepals small,
broad-ovate; ovary 4-locular (Figure 6D).
This species is known only from the Bain’s Kloof
Mtns where it is rather far removed from the other close-
ly related species in the group.
Vouchers: type collection & Schumann 579 (NBG!) [voucher for
illustration, l.c. (1992)].
57.3. E. viridimontana E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv.,
sp. nov., floribus 1-natis dispersis, foliis parvis bracteo-
sis sub inflorescentibus, bractea bracteoleis sepalisque
ovatis vel ellipticis, corolla pilis brevissimis, ovario 4-
loculato, seminibus squamis lacunis elongatis dignoscen-
da. Figura 7.
TYPE. — Western Cape, 3419 (Caledon): Grabouw
area, Groenlandberg, collected for Caledon Wildflower
Show, (-AA), 3 September 1998, Pitte sub Oliver 11114
(NBG, holo.; BM, BOL, K, MO, NY, PRE, S).
Shrubs erect to semi-decumbent, bushy, ± 750 x 750
mm, single-stemmed reseeders. Branches: numerous
main branches (50-) 100-200 mm long with vegetative
apices and a few scattered secondary branchlets, 3-10
mm long, tenninating in a florescence, occasional to rare
tertiary branchlets, 2-5 mm long, with terminal flores-
cence; stems downy, sometimes with long, spreading,
simple hairs, becoming glabrous; intemodes on main
branches ± 100 long, on secondary branchlets, 2-8 mm
long. Leaves 4-nate, linear, 5. 0-0. 9 x 0.9 mm, spreading
to subspreading, flattened, adaxially glabrous to a few
hairs, abaxially sparsely hirsute, sulcus narrow, closed
basally; petiole adpressed, ± 0.9 mm long, ciliate.
Inflorescence: flowers 1-nate at ends of secondary and
tertiary branchlets with 1 or 2 whorls of minute, bract-
like leaflets on stem below the flower; pedicel ± 0.5 mm
long, pubescent; bract partially recaulescent, median in
position but appearing approximate to calyx, ovate to
broadly elliptic, ± 1 x 0.8 mm, glabrous, ciliate, orange;
bracteoles 2, same as bract. Calyx 4-partite, lobes imbri-
cate, broadly elliptic, ± 2.8 x 2.5 mm, acute, glabrous,
ciliate, orange. Corolla 4-lobed, curved tubular-
infundibuliform, 18-30 mm long, 4 mm wide in middle
up to 6 mm wide below apex, with slight bulbous apex,
finely puberulous, yellow-orange to red-orange or bright
crimson especially at apex; lobes spreading to slightly
recurved, broadly triangular, entire. Stamens 8, free,
included; filaments narrowly linear, ± 1 6 mm long, with
slight apical bend otherwise straight, white to orange,
glabrous; anthers bilobed, dorsifixed near base, slightly
inclined adaxially, oblong in adaxial view, appendicu-
late; thecae narrowly ovate-oblong and ± 1.5 x 0.6 mm
in lateral view, glabrous, dark brown, pore ± 'A length of
theca, appendages minute decurrent along upper portion
of filament; pollen shed as tetrads. Ovaiy 4-locular, 8-
lobed/ridged, broadly and shortly cylindrical, ± 2 x 2.8
132
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
FIGURE 7, — Erica viridimontana subsp. viridimontana. A, flowering branch, x 1 ; B, stem; C, leaf; D, flower; E, bract; F, bracteole; G, sepal; H, sta-
men, side, front and back views; I, gynoecium; J, ovary opened laterally to show placenta and ovules; K, upper part of style and stigma; L,
capsule; M, seed; N, testa cells. Scale bars: B, C, E-Fl, K.-M, 1 mm; D, 1, J, 2 mm; N, 100 pm. All drawn from the type by I.M. Oliver.
mm, emarginate, with basal nectaries, glabrous, orange;
ovules ± 50 per locule, lateral from a complete placenta;
style included, becoming exserted, straight glabrous
except for small stiff hairs below apex, orange; stigma
simple truncate, sometimes appearing subcapitellate.
FruU a dehiscent capsule, valves splitting open halfway
and remaining ± vertical, septa on valves only, placenta
broadly ellipsoid. Seeds angled-ellipsoid, ± 0.6 x 0.4
mm, grey-white or pink-brown, deeply alveolate, cells
elongate hexagonal, ± 70-100 x 50 |dm, anticlinal walls
slightly undulate, inner periclinal walls with large slit-
like or round pits. Figures 6E; 7.
Diagnostic features: flowers 1-nate on short, leafy, lat-
eral branchlets sometimes one per node, arranged in very
loose, spike-like system; bract-like leaves on stem below
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
133
FIGURE 8. — Known distribution of Erica viridimontana: subsp.
viridimoiitana, •; subsp. nivicola. O; and E. latitiiba, □.
florescence; bract, bracteoles and sepals short and broadly
ovate; corolla very finely and shortly hairy, yellow-orange;
ovary 4-locular; seeds with targe scales and slit-like pits.
E. viridimontana belongs in the E. ciirviflora-per-
spicua complex on the grounds of the 4-nate leaves, hairy
tubular corolla, similar anthers and ovary (but 4-celled).
The peculiar seeds clearly ally it to E. lencotrachela and
E. latitiiba. Superficially the flowers look similar to those
of E. cremea and E. xanthina due to the similar, short,
broad, adpressed sepals and very finely hairy corollas, but
these species have dense, spike-like synflorescences.
The species is divided into two subspecies based on
differences in the corolla and seed.
57.3a. subsp. viridimontana
Diagnostic features: corolla yellow-orange, 1 8-24 x 4
mm; seeds with large slit-like pits and large scales, grey-
white.
The typical subspecies was first recorded at the
Caledon Wildflower Show in 1991 with no reliable local-
ity details. Then it appeared at the Flora 93 Wildflower
Show in Cape Town with details provided to us by the
supplier, Mr B. Morkel of Vyeboom and again at the
Caledon Show due to the collecting of Mr Pitte who
informed us of the exact locality.
It is confined to the summit regions of the Groen-
landberg east of Grabouw (Figure 8), hence the specific
epithet — viridis, green, montanus, of mountains (Latin);
Groenlandberg (Afrikaans), green-land-mountain.
Unfortunately all the range was burnt off in December
1999 and we will have to wait a few more years for the
plants to grow to full maturity.
Paratype material. WESTERN CAPE. — 3419 (Caledon):
Groenlandberg. ex Flora 93 Wildflower Show, Villiersdorp exhibit,
(-AA), 7-09-1993, B. Morkel STE321II (NBG); without locality, said
to be Riviersonderend Mtns. ex Caledon Wildflower Show, 12-09-
1991. Oliver 9890 (NBG).
57.3b. subsp. nivicola E.G.H.Oliv. & l.M.Oliv.,
subsp. nov., a subspecie typica corolla vivido-carminea
22-30 X 5 mm, seminibus lacunis grandis rotundatis sine
squamis, roseobrunneis differt.
TYPE. — Western Cape, 3418 (Simonstown):
Somerset Sneeukop, 5000 ft [1 524 m], (-BB),
November 1934, Stokoe 4023 (BOL, holo.; NBG).
Diagnostic features: corolla bright crimson, 22-30 x
5 mm; seeds with large, round pits and no scales, shiny,
pink-brown.
This taxon was last collected in 1948 by Thomas
Stokoe. Several attempts to re-collect it have not been
successful despite the reasonably small but rugged area
of Somerset Sneeukop. Unfortunately several fires in
rather close succession have ravaged the Hottentots
Holland Mtns during the last 10 years.
In the Cape herbaria the material cited below was
identified as E. bibax, E. macowanii and E. leucotra-
chela. It has the flower colour of E. lencotrachela and
general facies of that species but does not have the very
characteristic seeds with their scales and slit-like pits
which are also found in subsp. viridimontana. We have
thus placed this material as a subspecies of E. viridimon-
tana rather than in E. lencotrachela.
It is confined to the highest reaches of the Hottentots
Holland Mtns, mainly on Somerset Sneeukop (Figure 8),
hence the epithet, nix/nivis, snow, -cola, dweller (Latin).
Paratype material. WESTERN CAPE. — 3418 (Simonstown);
Hottentots Holland Mtns. Somerset Sneeukop, 5000 ft [1 524 m],
(-BB), 11-1938, Stokoe 6683 (BOL, NBG); ibid., 5000 ft [1 524 m],
11-1039. Stokoe SAM55189A (SAM); between Somerset Sneeukop &
Landrostkop, (-BB), 1-6-11-1938, Stokoe SAM53958 (SAM);
Landdrostkop, (-BB), Stokoe 6303 (BOL, NBG). Without precise
locality: Hottentots Holland Mtns, 12-1948, Stokoe SAM55189B
(SAM).
57.4. E. latituba L.Bolns in Annals of the Bolus
Herbarium 4: 16 (1925). E. viridescens var. latitiiba
(L. Bolus) Dulfer: 47 (1965). Type: Cape Province:
South-Western Region; Caledon Div.?; obtained at the
Caledon Wildflower Show, Sept. 1908, N.S.Pillans 1451
(BOL!).
Diagnostic features: flowers (l)2^-nate at ends of
short, leafy, lateral branches, spreading to subpendulous,
± 16 mm long, without small, bract-like leaves below the
inflorescence; sepals long and narrow, leaf-like, from a
dilated, pinkish, semitransparent, small basal portion
hardly visible; corolla with stiffish scattered hairs, lobes
erect, mouth not widened; ovary 5-8-locular; seeds with
slight scales, pits small not coalescing; no bract-like
leaves below the flowers (Figure 9).
This species belongs in the E. cnrx’ifora/perspicna
complex due to the 4-nate leaves, hairy corolla, anther
shape and ovary details of shape and variable number of
locules. Unlike most of the group with 1-nate flowers,
this has (l)2^-nate flowers. The shape of the sepals is
similar to E. cnnnfora which, however, always has cal-
losities on the ovary, and to E. perspicna subsp. latifolia
which has a corolla with an open mouth. Both of these
species have the 1-nate flowers. The seeds with small
scales are similar to those of E. lencotrachela but the pits
do not coalesce as in the species. E. lencotrachela also
differs in having small, bract-like leaves on the stems just
below the inflorescence.
The species was known only from the unlocalized
type collection until our studies and was misunderstood
by both L. Bolus and Dulfer — the former likened it to E.
colorans and E. glandnlosa. We therefore include here
detailed drawings of the species (Figure 9). The material
collected in the latter half of the last century clearly con-
stituted a distinct species that we were planning to
describe, until examination of the type and only codec-
134
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
FIGURE 9. — Erica latitiiba, Kirsten
1398b. A, flowering branch,
X 1 ; B, stem with leaves
removed; C, leaf; D, flower;
E, bract; F, bracteole; G,
sepal; H, stamen, side, front
and back views; I, gynoeci-
um; J, capsule; K, seed; L,
testa cells. Scale bars; B, C,
E-J, 2 mm; D, 4 mm; K, 1
mm. Artist: I.M. Oliver.
tion of E. latitiiha revealed its true identity. Fortunately,
a seed found in the flower dissected, showed the charac-
teristic testa cells. A figure is published here to highlight
the existence of this taxon that was otherwise very poor-
ly understood.
The material figured by Andrews and named by him
as E. litmaeoides {Coloured engravings of heaths: t. 107,
1 805) looks very much like this species in general facies.
However, the sepals are shown as lanceolate, not the dis-
tinctive linear from a small dilated base, and the distinc-
tive seeds are not illustrated. Bentham (1839) suggested
this was a hybrid of garden origin.
Materia! examined'. WESTERN CAPE. — 3419 (Caledon):
Hermanus. in mtn stream, 500 ft [150 m], (-AD), 26-04-1955, Baker
686 (NBG); top of hill above Stanford, (-AD), 12-1976, Baker 1801
(NBG); Hermanus area, Glenhart, S slopes towards Maanskynkop,
3000 ft [914 m], (-AD), 25-08-1996, Kirsten 1398b (NBG); Klein
River Mtns WNW of Stanford, ridge just W of Boskop on Morning Star
630, 620 m, (-AD), 14-08-1999, Oliver 11298 (NBG); Klein River
Mtns near Stanford, 3000 ft [914 m], (-AD), 14-4-1952, Stokoe
SAM66699 (NBG, SAM); Hermanus, Vogelgat near Peter’s Pass,
Beacon Head, 500 m, (-AD), 4 August 1993, Williams 3869 (NBG).
62. E. perspicua J.C. Wendl., Ericarum icones: f 1,
7 (1798). Benth.: 634 (1839); Guthrie & Bolus: 79:fl,
(1905); Dulfer; 50 (1965). Iconotype: l.c.: 7.
Diagnostic features: corolla finely but perceptibly hairy
with narrow tube, ± 22 mm long, having no distinct sub-
apical bulge, white to pink with white tips; flowers erect-
spreading; leaves small, ± 4.5 x 0.5 mm (Figure 5D).
The species forms a variable complex with E. inacow-
anii (57) and E. leucotrachela (57.1 ). All three occur in
the Betty’s Bay/Kleinmond area with the latter two on
the mountains. Only careful examination of the flowers
can provide the distinguishing characters with corolla
colour being a problem — easily noticed in fresh materi-
al, but not always recorded in dried herbarium material.
The species is commonly known as the Prince of
Wales heath.
62a. subsp. perspicua
Illustrations: Wendland l.c.: t. 7 (1798); Schumann & Kirsten: 66, t.
57, 58 (1992).
Diagnostic features: flowers mostly 1 -nate, occasion-
ally 2-nate, on short, lateral branches; anthers with hairs
(Figure 6J).
The typical subspecies occurs abundantly in marshy
places on the coastal flats from Rooiels to Kleinmond.
However, one collection in BOL, Bunn an 978, is record-
ed from Onrust Mtn.
Vouchers: Goldblatt 1594 (MO, NBG!, PRE); Oliver 31 (NBG!,
PRE), 7421 (NBG!); Oliver & Falser 58 (NBG!, PRE); Parker 4521
(K!, NBG!); Sclilechter 9426 (BM!, BOL!, K!, NBG!, P!, PRE, W).
62b. subsp. latifolia (Benth.) E.G.H.OIiv. &
l.M.Oliv., stat. et comb. nov.
E. perspicua J.C.Wendl. var. latifolia Benth. in DC., Prodromus 7:
634 (1839); Guthrie & Bolus: 80 (1905). Type: Swellcndam, Masson
[Niven] s.n. (Kl). Note: Bentham incorrectly labelled and quoted sev-
eral numbered specimens as Masson collections when they were actu-
ally made by Niven with the labels in his own hand. The type is ‘marsh
plains near mouth of Klein River, Niven 50’.
Diagnostic features: flowers l(-3)-nate on short later-
al branches; anthers glabrous.
This subspecies is confined to the lowland flats
between Hermanus and Stanford.
Bothalia 35.2 (2005)
135
Vouchers: Maguire 1258 (NBG!, NY!, PRE); Martin 320 (BMI,
NBG!); Oliver 3793 (NBGI); Williams 3545 (Kl, NBGI, PRE).
62.1. E. dulcis L. Bolus in Annals of Bolus
Herbarium 2: 154, t. lOD (1918); Dulfer: 50 (1965).
Type: South-Western Region, bought fresh in Cape
Town, Oct., H. Bolus 13407 (BOL!).
Illustrations: Bolus l.c.: t. lOD (1918); Schumann & Kirsten: 66, t.
60 (1992).
Diagnostic features', corolla funnel-shaped, 8-13 mm
long, pink with white mouth; filaments length of
corolla; ovary 8-locular.
This species has sometimes been regarded as a short-
tubed variant of E. perspiciia. It also has, in our opinion,
close relationships with E. octonaria (62.2), E. tri-
chophora Benth. (142) and E. propendens Andrews
(139) — all have 8-locular ovaries. We are unable at this
stage to take any decisions on their relative statuses.
Further research including DNA analyses may help
unravel this complex.
Most herbarium collections of this species have been
derived from flower shows or flower sellers with no
locality details being provided which complicates the
assessment of diversity of regional populations in this
species complex.
Voucher: Rourke 1627 (NBGI).
62.2. E. octonaria L. Bolus in Journal of Botany
72: 45 (1934); Dulfer: 50 (1965). Type: Caledon Div.,
exact locality uncertain, [Hermanns area]. Sept. 1933, W.
Paterson in BOL20850 (BOL!).
Diagnostic features: corolla broadly funnel-shaped to
obconical, ± 6 mm long, dark to pale pink; filaments V3
length of corolla; ovary 8-locular; stems pilose; leaves
rather flat.
This species is clearly very closely allied to E.
propendens (139) and E. trichophora (142). See discus-
sion above under 62.1. It is known only from the Klein
River Mtns.
Vouchers: type; Kirsten 674 (NBG!); Oliver 11281 (NBG!).
63. E. colorans Andrews, Coloured engravings of
heaths 4: t. 223 (post 1814-pre 1825); The Heathery 5: t.
209 (± 1816); Benth.: 634 (1839); Guthrie & Bolus: 80
(1905); Dulfer: 51 (1965). Iconotype: l.c.: t. 209.
Note: the larger format plate was published by Andrews in vol. IV
of Coloured engravings of heaths which is impossible to date accurate-
ly: it is unfortunately one of those undated plates in the last two vol-
umes. The date of The Heathery plate is also uncertain. Following the
researches of Cleevely et al. (2003) — ‘As a consequence, it can be con-
cluded that most, if not all, of H.C. Andrews’ new names for Erica
species were first published in Coloured engravings of heaths', we ty-
pify the name with t. 223.
Illustrations: Andrews l.c.: t. 223; Schumann & Kirsten: 67, t. 61,
62 (1992).
Diagnostic features: flowers 1-nate on short, leafy,
side branches arranged in long, sometimes dense synflor-
escences on main branches; corolla long, delicate, trans-
parent with expanded, bulbous apex below spreading
lobes; glabrous or hairy, white turning pink or totally
deep pink; sepals broadly lanceolate; anther with
appendages minute decurrent or muticous; ovary (4— )6-
locular, with slight stipe; bract and bracteoles not
approximate, narrow and leaf-like (Figure 6B).
The species occurs in the area from Stanford to Elim
and is not sympatric with E. perspiciia.
E. colorans var. breviflora H. A. Baker is transferred to
E. plena L. Bolus (265.3). We regard this as a species dis-
tinct from, but close to, E. colorans and not just as a
short-tubed variant, since the flowers have a different
shape and the anthers a different position.
Vouchers: Baker 1155 (BM!, NBG!); Bolus 6760 (BOL!, NBG!,
PRE); Oliver 4239 (BM!, K!, NBG!, PRE!); Oliver & Falser 82 (K!,
NBG!, PRE!); Schlechter 7693 (BM!. BOL!, K!, NBG!, P!, PRE, W).
64. E. verticillata P.J.Bergius, Descriptiones plan-
tarum ex Capite bonae spei: 99 (1767); Guthrie & Bolus:
81 (1905); Dulfer: 51 (1965). Neotype: Caput bonae
spei, Grubb s.n. (SBT!).
Note: in the protologue Bergius cites only ‘HERM. Afi\ 8’, pre-
sumably a collection by Hermann which we have not been able to
locate. There is, however, a good specimen in his own herbarium com-
municated to him by Michael Grubb, a director in the Swedish East
India Company. This is determined by himself and undoubtedly pro-
vided all the details for his full description in the protologue. It is
selected here as the neotype.
E. concinna Sol.: 23 (1789); Benth.: 636 (1839). Type: Masson s.n.
(BM!).
Illustrations: Schumann & Kirsten: 68, t. 64, 65 (1992); I.M. Oliver
& Oliver: 7 (2000).
Diagnostic features: flowers 2^-nate on leafy side
branches arranged in bunches along main stems often
with long, almost naked areas in between and long eon-
tinuous growth; corolla finely hairy, rosy purple; anthers
dorsally attached in midregion, filaments with distinct
cobra-like stance; ovary (4-)7 or 8-celled, obconical,
with erect apical calluses (not bulging laterally as in E.
curviflora) (Figure 61).
This species is extinct in the wild having formerly
been collected only on the sandy Cape Flats (I.M. Oliver
& Oliver 2000). It is still cultivated in several botanical
gardens, in South Africa and Europe, and from nurseries
in Australia and western USA. It can be grown very eas-
ily (Hitchcock 2003).
Vouchers: Bolus 2965 (BM!, BOL!, K!, NBG!, PRE); Bolus Herb.
Norm. 14 (BM!, BOL!, K!, NBG!, P!); Dimmer 210 (NBG!); Thode
7973 (NBG!).
66.1. E. pillansii Bolus in Transactions of the
Royal Society of South Africa 1: 158 (1909); Dulfer; 52
(1965). Type: Cape Colony, Caledon Div., fl. May-Jan.,
Pillans 585 (BOL!).
Diagnostic features: flowers l-3(4)-nate on short, lat-
eral, leafy branches, densely aggregated along main
branches; corolla finely hairy, bright scarlet, narrow tube
6-16 mm long; anthers with small basal appendages;
ovary 4-locular, with erect hairs on upper half.
There is considerable variation in the length of the
corolla with most of the long-tubed variants flowering in
late summer/autumn and the short-tubed variants flower-
ing in spring/early summer.
66.1a. subsp. pillansii
Illustrations: Baker & Oliver: t. 27 (1967); Schumann & Kirsten:
68, t. 68, t. 69; 69, t. 70(1992).
136
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
Diagnostic features: flowers in a spike-like synflores-
cence, 120-260 mm long; corolla 12-16 mm long, tube
not narrowed below the mouth.
Pillans said (pers. comm.) that he had never seen this
species in the wild, only in flower sellers’ buckets in
Cape Town and was told that the material came from the
Caledon District.
The typical subspecies occurs in the Kogelberg Bio-
sphere Reserve from low to middle altitudes from the Plat-
berg area to near Kleinmond and flowers mainly in autumn.
Vouchers: Baker 1297 (BM!, NBG!); Boucher 310 (NBG!, PRE);
Compton 13506 (NBG!); Kirsten 1193 (NBGI); Oliver 10604 (NBGI),
STE30043 (NBGI, PRE!) [voucher for Baker & Oliver l.c.].
66.1b. subsp. fervida (L. Bolus) E.G.H.Oliv. &
l.M.Oliv., stat. et comb. nov.
E. fervida L. Bolus in Annals of the Bolus Herbarium 3: 173, t. 9A
(1923); Dulfer: 52 (1965). Type: ?Caledon Div., sold in Cape Town, fl.
Oct., Bolus 13408 (BOL!, K!).
E. pyrantha Bolus: 157 (1909); Dulfer 49 (1965). Type: Cape
Colony, South-western Region, reported to come from the Caledon
Div., and sold fresh in the streets of Cape Town, fl. Aug. (1908), Miss
A.M. Krige sub BOL13023 (BOL!).
Illustrations: L.Bolus: t. 9A(1923); Oliver: t. 1C (1986); Schumann
& Kirsten: 69: t. 71, 72 (1992).
Diagnostic features: flowers in a spike-like synflores-
cence, 60-120 mm long; corolla 6-8(-10) mm long, con-
stricted below the mouth.
The protologue of E. pyrantha gives the corolla
length in the Latin diagnosis as 5 mm [0.5 cm] long but
in the description, as 10 mm [1 cm] long. Bolus referred
to this species as ‘unlike any known to me’ and surpris-
ingly did not refer to E. pillansii which he described in
the same paper. It is known only from the type collection.
There is a possibility that E. pyrantha may be a ehance
hybrid between subsp. pillansii or sxibs'p. fervida and the
yellow-flowered E. campanularis, since the corolla is
described as ‘orange with a red base’ and the anthers are
much lower down in the corolla tube as in that species,
with several other floral characters being similar in both
species. It is tentatively placed in synonymy under this
subspecies. The types of all three taxa were ‘collected’ in
flower-sellers’ buckets in Cape Town.
This subspecies also occurs in the Kogelberg
Biosphere Reserve but mainly at middle altitudes from
Kogelberg to above Betty’s Bay. It flowers mainly in
spring. In two well-separated populations, hybrids have
been recorded between this subspecies and E. fastigiata
and were described under the name, E. Xvinacea L.Bolus
(L.Bolus 1928; Oliver 1986).
Vouchers: Haynes 695 (NBG!, PRE); Kirsten 894 (NBG!); Oliver
8610 (BM!, NBG!), 8798 (NBG!, PRE!); Schumann 168 (NBG!)
[voucher for Schumann & Kirsten l.c.].
66.2. E. fervida L.Bolus — see E. pillansii (66.1).
66.3. E. humidicola E.G.H.Oliv. in Bothalia 30:
149 (2000c). Type: Western Cape, 3418 (Simonstown):
Kogelberg Reserve, Spinnekopsneskloof, west-facing
lower slopes below Dwarsrivierberg, 180 m, (-BD), 22
September 1999, Oliver 11353 (NBG, holo.; BM, K,
MO, NY, PRE, S).
Illustration: l.c.: t. 150.
Diagnostic features: corolla ± 4.5 x 3 mm, broadly
campanulate, finely and shortly hairy, dark pink; flowers
1-3-nate on short, leafy, side branehes crowded along
main branches into loose spike-like synflorescences;
anthers with distinct large basal appendages.
This species occurs in the central part of the Kogel-
berg Biosphere Reserve, in Spinnekopsneskloof. In one
population of mixed plants of E. humidicola and E. cam-
panularis, a single undoubted hybrid plant was reeorded.
Voucher: type collection.
49. E. densifolia Willd., Carol! a Linne species
plantarum 2: 359 (1799); Guthrie & Bolus: 73 (1905);
Dulfer: 45 (1965). Type: Herb. Willdenow (B!).
E. iihria Andrews: t. 141 (1802); Benth.: 628 (1839). Iconotype:
l.c.: t. 141.
Illustrations: Andrews l.c.: t. 141 (1802); Baker & Oliver: t. 19
(1967); Schumann & Kirsten: 58, t. 22, 23 (1992).
Diagnostic features: flowers mostly single on ends of
short, lateral, leafy branchlets, aggregated into short,
spike-like synflorescenees below ends of main branehes;
sepals with sessile glands on adaxial surface; corolla
shortly hairy, pink to red with green tips; anthers with
long appendages; ovary 4-locular, long, narrow and not
emarginate; the style slightly swollen at base.
There is considerable variation in a number of ehar-
acters — length of the pedicel (0.8-10 mm), position of
the braet and braeteoles, sepal shape, texture and indu-
mentum (narrow to broadly lanceolate, glabrous to
lanate, simple to gland-tipped hairs, leaf-like to very hard
and rigid). Some nine variants (Figure lOA-I) have been
noted, but not named, since additional research, includ-
ing DNA analyses, needs to be done on the species.
The species ranges from the Grootvadersbosch area on
the Langeberg, eastwards to Humansdorp and inland on
the Kammanassie and eastern Groot Swartberg ranges.
Vouchers: Acocks 21749 (K!, NBG!, PRE); Bolus 8669 (BOL!, K!,
NBG!, PRE); Compton 23339 (MO!, NBG!), 23498 (BM!, NBG!,
NY!); Fourcade 3843 (NBG!, PRE); Kerr STE30041 (K!, NBG!,
PRE); McDonald 1257 (NBG!, PRE); Oliver 11809, 11887 (NBG!);
Rourke 1337 (NBG!, NY!, PRE); Schlechter 5837 (BM!, BOL!, K!,
NBG!, PRE, W); ThodeA2412 (NBG!, PRE).
50. E. xerophila Bolus — see E. wendlandiana
(below).
50. E. wendlandiana Klotzsch in Linnaea 9: 652
(1835); Benth.: 629 (1839); Guthrie & Bolus: 82 (1905);
Dulfer: 52 (1965). Type: Prom. b. sp., Mundt & Maire
s.n. (B|, holo.; K!). Lectotype selected here: Mund &
Maire s.n. [ex B, det. Klotzsch] (K!).
E. xerophila Bolus: 74 (1905); Dulfer: 45 (1965). Type: Ladismith
Div.; slopes of the Klein Zwartberg Range, near Ladismith, about 2000
ft [610 m], Marloth 2935 (BOL!).
Illustrations: Schumann & Kirsten: 58, t. 24, 25 [as E. xerophila]
(1992).
Diagnostic features: flowers 1 or 2(3)-nate on ends of
leafy, lateral branchlets, scattered over plant or sometimes
aggregated into loose, spike-like synflorescences; corolla
sparsely and finely hairy, pale orange; ovary 4-locular, long
and narrow, not emarginate, with very distinctive large
bulge at base of style, sometimes wider than ovary.
The identity of E. wendlandiana was formerly uncer-
tain and it was regarded as a possible variant of E. cur-
viflora until we examined the lectotype at Kew. The dis-
Bothalia 35.2 (2005)
137
FIGURE 10. — Erica demifolia variants. A-I, variations in pedicel, bract, bracteoles and calyx; A, Grootvadersbos, McDonald I642\ B,
Grootvadersbos, Van der Merwe 91\ C, Garcia’s Pass, Bohnen 8426; D, Robinson Pass, Paterson-Jones 797; E, Outeniqua Pass, Compton
23498; F, Coldstream. Humansdorp, Compton 23339; G. Prince Alfred’s Pass. Middlemost 2007; H, Kammanassie, Viviers & Vlok 20; I,
Eastern Swartberg, Hagas, Vlok 2535. J, flower; K. leaf; L, sepal, adaxial view showing patch of sessile glands; M, ovary; N, anther, side,
back and front views. J-N, drawn from Doomrivier, Outeniqua Mtns, Oliver 11887. Scale bars; A-J, 4 mm; K-N, 2 mm. Artist: l.M. Oliver.
tinctive base of the style pointed straight to the known E.
xerophila.
The species occurs in dry areas, often rocky habitats,
on the mountains of the western Little Karoo from near
Laingsburg and Touwsrivier to the eastern Swartberg and
Baviaanskloof Mtns.
Vouchers: Esterhuysen 29539 (BOL!, K!, NBG!, PRE, W); Marloth
11334 (NBG!. PRE); Oliver 9729, 10079, 10342 (NBGI); Schumann
547 (NBG!) (voucher for Schumann & Kirsten l.c.); Steyn 274 (BM!,
BOL!, NBG!, NY!); Wurls 1257 (BOL!, K!, NBG!).
50.1. E. annalis E.G.H.Oliv. & l.M.Oliv. in Bothalia
32: 178 (2002b). Type: Western Cape. 3322 (Oudtshoom):
Kammanassie Mountains, Perdekloof, northern foothills of
Mannetjiesberg above Buffelsklip, 820 m, 3 September
2001, E.G.H. & l.M. Oliver 11929 (NBG, holo.; BOL, K,
NY, PRE).
Illustration: l.c.: t. 12 (2002b).
Diagnostic features; leaves 4-nate; corolla hairy with
distinct swelling at base; bract and bracteoles small and
remote; anthers well exserted, muticous, long and nar-
row; sparse hairs on filaments and style; pedicel relative-
ly long (10-15 mm) with small, sticky red glands; ovary
densely hairy, cylindrical.
Vouchers: type and De Jaar 508 (NBG! ).
41. E. maximilianii Guthrie & Bolus in Botanische
Jahrbiicher 27: 173 (1900); Guthrie & Bolus: 69 (1905);
Dulfer: 43 (1965). Type: Koudeberg, near Wupperthal,
Clanwilliam, 3700 ft [1 127 m], fl. Aug., Schlechter 8739
(B|, BM!, BOL!, K!, NBG!, P!, W). Lectotype selected
here: Schlechter 8739 (BOL).
Illustrations: Schumann & Kirsten: 56, t. 14, 15 (1992).
138
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
Diagnostic features: open groupings of flowers to
long, rather open, spike-like synflorescences; flowers 1-
nate on short, leafy, side branchlets or 3-nate on ends of
main to long side branches; leaves and sepals glabrous to
woolly; corolla glabrous, pale yellow to greenish yellow;
anthers included to exserted, long and narrow with long,
thin appendages; ovary 4-locular, hairy.
This species is widespread on the inland mountains
from the Cederberg to the Klein Swartberg.
Vouchers: Bolus 8683 (BOL!, K!, NBG!); Oliver 5344, 5443 (K!,
NBG!, PRE!), 10380a (NBG!); Schlechter 8739 (BMI, BOLI, Kl,
NBGI, PI, W).
ERICA DISCOLOR-VERSICOLOR-UNICOLOR GROUP
There is a group of long, narrowly tubed species that
has proven very problematic to identify, due to the con-
siderable variation in most organs. They all have similar
ovules and seeds flattened laterally in the vertical plane,
and the testa has a similar warty structure on the outer
periclinal walls. They occur mainly in the southern part
of the Cape Floral Region particularly the southern
coastal mountain ranges of the Langeberg-Outeniqua-
Tsitsikamma and the adjacent foothills and coastal plain.
They were introduced into horticulture in Europe in
the late 1700s from which several plants were described
by Andrews as distinct species. The oldest name in the
complex is his E. discolor of 15 October 1794.
There has been much confusion among the taxa in this
group. We have found considerable variation to the extent
that we retain four common and widespread species, E.
discolor, E. versicolor, E. unicolor and E. diaphana, note
several variants under the first one, and describe two new
species, E. croceovirens and E. prolata.
Key to species in the Erica discolor-versicolor group
la Leaves 4-nate:
2a Leaves, bract, bracteoles and sepals covered with nu-
merous stalked glands on margins and abaxial sur-
face E. croceovirens (55.1)
2b Leaves, bract, bracteoles and sepals not covered on adaxi-
al surface with stalked glands;
3a Filaments distinctly widened and usually spoon-
shaped at base E. versicolor (58)
3b Filaments not distinctly widened at base:
4a Corolla green; sepals long (± 1 1 mm), ± ‘A length
of corolla, narrow; anther appendages long
E. unicolor suhs'p. unicolor (55a)
4b Corolla bicoloured; sepals 5-1 1 mm long:
5a Leaves 5-6 mm long; sepals 5-7 mm long; anther
appendages absent E. unicolor subsp. mutica (55b)
5b Leaves 7-1 1 mm long; sepals ± 1 1 mm long; anthers witlt
or without appendages . . .E. imicolor subsp. georgensis (55c)
lb Leaves 3-nate:
6a Anther appendages long, narrow, ± V3 as long as theca,
rarely only ‘A or as long as theca
E. discolor complex [discolor/speciosa/hebecalyx] (53)
6b Anther appendages absent or very short:
7a Ovary finely and densely hairy E. prolala (59.1)
7b Ovary glabrous:
8a Sessile glands scattered over adaxial surface of sep-
als; filaments spoon-shaped at base versicolor (58)
8b Sessile glands packed densely together on adaxial sur-
face of sepals; filaments not expanded at base:
9a Leaves broad and short (± 3 mm long); sepal sulcus
short, ± 'A length of sepal E. herzelioides (59)
9b Leaves elongated (± 7 mm long); sepal sulcus long,
± V3 length of sepal E. diaphana (60)
5\.E. spcciosa Andrews — see E. discolor complex (53).
52. E. hebecalyx Benth. — E. discolor complex (53)
53. E. discolor complex
Diagnostic features: shrubs single-stemmed or multi-
stemmed; leaves 3-nate; main branches with usually every
node producing lateral branches in the flowering zone;
flowers (l-)3-nate on ends of leafy side branches in short
to long, spike-like synflorescences; sepals from ovate to
lanceolate-acuminate, glabrous to hairy all over; corolla
glabrous, often viscid, pink to red with greenish or yel-
lowish tips, occasionally totally green; anthers with long,
thin, pendulous appendages ± V3 length of theca, rarely
only V2 as long or as long as theca, often kinked, thecae
sometimes prognathous at base either bluntly or sharply
so; ovary 4-locular, slightly emarginate, glabrous.
This is a very common, widespread and highly variable
complex. It used to consist of two very well-known and
widespread species, E. discolor and E. speciosa, both
Andrewsian names and the more localized E. hebecalyx.
Despite their apparently well-known status as species,
many persons had difficulty in assigning a name to plants
from this complex, even finding it problematic to separate
them from E. versicolor or E. unicolor (viridescens) and
its variants. With the large amount of collections at our
disposal we have found no satisfactory morphological
characters to separate the variants at species level and felt
that they all belonged to one large, widespread and com-
mon species with E. discolor being the oldest name and
having three, rather indistinct variants. A, B & C, that need
further investigation in the field and DNA studies to assess
correctly for subspecific status. We are not prepared at this
stage to give them any formal taxonomic ranking with
new combinations or new names. This should be done
when the above studies have been completed.
The structure of the main branches in the flowering
region seemed to be a useful character to subdivide this
complex — lateral flowering branches at every node with
no intervening leafy nodes versus lateral flowering
branches not at every node with few to many leafy nodes
in-between. Many specimens fitted these characters in
conjunction with the other one of elongated vegetative
growth or not, but there were exceptions — the iconotype
of E. discolor being one of these.
We hope that collectors will take note of all these
problems when accurately noting population and plant
details in the field.
VARIANT A: E. discolor Andrews, Coloured
engravings of heaths 1: 20 (1794); Benth.: 629 (1839);
Guthrie & Bolus: 75 (1905); Dulfer: 46 (1965).
Iconotype: l.c.: t. 20 (15 Oct. 1794).
E. cupressiformis Salisb.: 354 (1802), nom. illeg. Type: as above.
Illustrations: Schumann & Kirsten: 59, t. 30, 3 1 (1992) as E. discolor.
Plants that were associated with this name have main-
ly a bushy growth coming from a multi-stemmed base
and the main branches not usually continuing with long
vegetative growth beyond the flowering zone. This is
seen in wild populations in the region from Betty’s Bay
to Agulhas. We surmise that the occasional elongated
vegetative growth with a more floriferous flowering
zone would attract a collector more readily than the more
sparsely flowering, short branches, hence the presence of
this feature in a number of herbarium collections.
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
139
The iconotype of this name has the main branches
continuing with vegetative growth beyond the inflores-
cence zone, several whorls of leaves between the lateral
flowering branches (i.e. flowering branches not at every
node), both of which can be found in some collections.
We feel that this condition may have arisen due to very
favourable growing conditions of unbumt young plants
in England. The other variants, B & C, listed below, all
have this clear growth. The ovate, glabrous sepals with a
short sulcus, ± V3 the length of the sepal and paler
coloured flowers of the iconotype, match those of mate-
rial from the western part of the distribution from Betty’s
Bay to Agulhas.
The leaves also tend to be shorter in this variant, 2-4
mm long.
This variant is widespread, occurring from Betty’s
Bay along the southern coastal lowlands to Humansdorp.
It is more common in the west.
Vouchers: Baker 211 (NBG!, NY!); Barker 8896 (Kl, NBGI); Bolus
6761 (BOLI, NBGI, PRE); Ecklou & Zeyher locality 56.6 (NIBGI, Pi,
W); Esterhuysen 28769 (BOLI, NBGI); Goldblatt 3786 (MO, NBGI);
Lewis SAM65395 (BMI, SAMI); Oliver 3353, 4191, 8474 (NBGI,
PRE!); Oliver & Falser 80 (NBG!, PRE!); Zeyher 3159 (NBG!, P!,
PRE, W).
VARIANT B: ‘speciosa’
E. Andrews, Coloured engravings of heaths: t. 133 ( 1804)
non Scheenv.: 1, t. 3 (1792); Benth.: 630 (1839); Guthrie & Bolus: 75
(1905); Duller: 45 (1965). Iconotype: l.c.: t. 133. Note: the plate is
dated ‘Dec. 1st 1804’.
£. Ah'ta Andrews: t. 101 (1804) non Thunb. (1785). £. s-pec/oja var.
hirta (Andrews) Duller: 46 (1965). Iconotype: Andrews l.c.: t.lOl.
Note: the plate is dated ‘Feb, 1st 1804’.
Illustrations: Andrews l.c.: t. 133; Schumann & Kirsten: 59, t. 26,
27 (1992).
This variant is usually a single-stemmed reseeder and
has the main branches continuing with elongated vegeta-
tive growth beyond the flowering zone on every plant.
The leaves are 6-10 mm long and the sepals narrower,
4-8 X 1-2 mm, with an attenuate apex. The corolla is
always bicoloured, from dark pink to orange-red with
green or yellowish tips. We have seen only single-
stemmed plants, but have had reports of multistemmed
resprouters in some inland populations.
A minor variation of this variant has slightly longer
leaves and sepals which are either hairy or glabrous.
Superficially it looks rather like E. unicolor subsp. geor-
gensis (55c), which, however, has 4-nate leaves. It
occurs along the coastal plains east of George from
Knysna to Humansdorp.
Variant B is also common and widespread, mainly
along the coastal mountain ranges from George to
Humansdorp, but extends onto the much drier inland
mountains of the Little Karoo from Laingsburg to
Willowmore.
Vouchers: Acocks 20392 (NBG!, PRE); Baker 325, 2449 (BM!,
NBG!); Oliver 3065, 3134, 10033 (NBG!, PRE!); Rycroft 2977 (NBG!,
NY!).
VARIANT C; E. hebecalyx Benth. in DC.,
Prodromus 7; 630 (1839); Guthrie & Bolus: 75 (1905);
Dulfer: 46 (1965). E. speciosa Andrews var. tomentosa
Klotzsch; 656 (1835). Type: Prom. b. sp. [Cape of Good
Hope], Miind & Maine s.n.. (Bf, holo.; K!, W).
Illustrations: Schumann & Kirsten: 59, t. 28, 29 (1992).
The tomentose sepals were regarded by Guthrie &
Bolus (1905) as giving this variant ‘a distinct appear-
ance’ and referred to those plants occurring in the moun-
tains above George. Subsequent collections have shown
populations with tomentose sepals in the Kammanassie
Mtns and as far afield as the northern side of
Seweweekspoort. It forms single-stemmed plants with
the main branches producing elongated vegetative
growth in the George area where the flowers are a pale
yellow-green, occasionally reddish pink with green tips.
We have not studied the other populations in the field.
Vouchers: Barker 8192 (NBG!, NY!); Marsh 1414 (K!, NBG!);
Middlemost 2117 (NBG!, PRE!); Oliver 9247, 11834 (NBG!);
Schlechter 2268 (BM!, BOL!, K!, NBG!; P!, W).
54. E. dichrus Spreng. — see E. iinicolor subsp.
miitica (55b).
55. E. unicolor J.C.Wendl., Ericarum icones et
descriptiones: f 25, 7, t. 3 (1819); Guthrie & Bolus: 76
(1905). Iconotype: l.c.: t. 233 (1818).
E. viridescens Lodd.: 3, t. 233 (1818); Dulfer: 47 (1965), nom.
nudum. Iconotype: l.c.: t. 233. Note: in most cases Loddiges’s plates
were not accompanied by either a diagnosis nor a description and are
therefore invalid according to Art. 32.1 of the International Code of
Botanical Nomenclature (2000) (Nelson & Oliver in prep.).
E. hirta Andrews var. viridiflora Andrews: t. 173 (post 1805-pre
1809); Andrews: t. 166(± 1807). Iconotype: l.c.: t. 173. See under typi-
fication of E. colorans (63) for a discussion on dates.
Diagnostic features: leaves 4-nate; no glandular hairs
on the vegetative parts; flowering lateral branches not at
every node, sometimes arranged in clusters on main
branches; filaments not widened and spoon-like at base.
55a. subsp. unicoior
Illustrations: Schumann & Kirsten: 60, t. 36, 37 (1992).
Diagnostic features: leaves 6-10 mm long, villous;
sepals ± 1 1 mm long, ± V3 length of corolla; corolla uni-
coloured, yellow-green; anther appendages 1.3-1. 7 mm
long, usually slightly kinked.
This subspecies occurs on the southern slopes of the
Outeniqua Mtns between Robinson Pass and George.
Vouchers: Acocks 20580 (K!, NBG!, PRE); Compton 19602
(NBG!); Esterhuysen 22804 (BOL!, PRE); Goldblatt 1782 (MO,
NBG!, PRE); Oliver 10427 (NBG!); Schumann 344 (NBG! voucher for
Schumann & Kirsten l.c.); Taylor 9395 (NBG!, NY!).
55b. subsp. mutica E.G.EI.Oliv. & l.M.Oliv., stat.
et nom. nov.
E. bicolor Andrews, Coloured engravings of heaths: t. 79 (1804)
non Thunb, (1785), E. dichrus Spreng.: 179 (1825); Benth.: 631
(1839); Guthrie & Bolus: 76 (1905). Iconotype: l.c.: t. 79.
Illustrations: Schumann & Kirsten: 60, t. 32. 33 (1992).
Diagnostic features: leaves 5-6 mm long, glabrous to
sparsely hirsute; sepals 5-7 mm long, ± 'A length of
corolla; corolla bicoloured, red with green tips; anthers
muticous or occasionally with very short appendages.
Subsp. mutica occurs on the lowlands south of the
Outeniqua Mtns in the Herbertsdale/Mossel Bay area
and lower southern and northern slopes of the mountains
from Herbertsdale to George.
Vouchers: Barker 7942 (NBG!); Compton 23507 (NBG!, NY!);
Galpin 3579 (NBG); Killick 3467 (NBG!, PRE); Middlemost 2020 (K!,
140
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
FIGURE 1 1 . — Erica croceovirens . A, flowering branch, x 1 ; B, stem with leaves removed; C, leaf; D, flower; E, bract; F, bracteole; G, sepal, abax-
ial view on left and adaxial view on right showing small patch of sessile glands; H, anther, side, front and back views. 1, J, ovary: J, opened
laterally to show ovules and placenta. K, capsule with one valve removed; L, seed; M, testa cells. Scale bars: B, C, E-K, 2 mm; D, 4 mm;
L, 1 mm; M, 100 pm. All drawn from the type collection by l.M. Oliver.
NBG!); Murray sub Baker 1220 (BM!, NBG!); Oliver 9111, 10835
(NBG!); Van Wijk 863 (NBG!); Wells 2822 (NBGI, PRE).
55c. subsp. georgensis E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv.,
subsp. nov., foliis longis 7 ad 1 1 mm, sepalis plusmi-
nusve 1 1 mm longis antheris calcaribus ad 2 mm longis
vel sine calcaribus dignoscenda.
TYPE. — Western Cape: 3322 (Oudtshoorn), George
District, Outcniqua Pass, S side near summit, 790 m,
(-CD), .January 1979, Oliver 7402 (NBG).
Diagnostic features: leaves 7-11 mm long, glabrous
and sparsely ciliate; sepals ± 11 mm long; corolla
bicoloured, shades of pink-red with green/yellow tips;
anthers muticous or with thin straight appendages up to
2 mm long.
This subspecies is confined to the mountains above
George where it can be sympatric with E. discolor vari-
ant C {E. hehecalyx). Hybrids have been noted by us on
the northern side of the Montagu Pass. Some collections
exhibit ciliate corolla lobes.
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
141
Paratype material (selection from numerous specimens): WEST-
ERN CAPE. — 3322 (Oudtshoom): George District, Montagu Pass,
(-CD), 14-01-1897, Bolus 4353 (NBG!); ibid., 29-09-1939, Compton
7536 (NBG!); ibid., 06-1927, Fourcade 3251 (NBG!); ibid., 09-1932,
Fourcade 4747 (NBG!); ibid., 24-06-1943, Fourcade 6016 (NBG!);
Outeniqua Pass, (-CD), 14-07-1964, Baker 2322 (NBG!); ibid., 15-04-
1952, Barker 7935 (NBG!); ibid., 15-04-1952, Lewis SAM66702
(NBG!, SAM!); Klein Swart River, (-CD), 8-10-1928, Gillett 1220
(NBG!); George, near the town, (-CD), 13-01-1897, Guthrie 4352
(NBG!); Blanco, (-CD), 04-1930, Meyer STE 10963 (NBG!); Gwyon
[Gwaing] River, (-CD), 1880, Young BOL5519 (NBG!).
55.1. E. croceovirens E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv., sp.
nov., Ericae imicolori affinis sed indumento pilorum
crassorum glandulosorum cum pills simplicibus bre-
vioribus in ramis, folds, pedicellis, bracteis, bracteolis
sepalibusque differt. Figura 11.
TYPE. — Western Cape, 3322 (Oudtshoom): Outeni-
qua Mtns, north side; Groot Doringrivierkloof Wilder-
ness area, Modderaas Kloof 133, 600 m, (-CD), 8 March
2000, E.G.H & I.M. Oliver 11889 (NBG, holo.; BM,
BOL, K, MO, NBG, NY, PRE).
Shrubs scraggy, sparse, up to 1.5 m tall with a few
long, upright, main branches and bushy, twiggy, lower
growth, multistemmed resprouters or sometimes single-
stemmed reseeders. Branches-, few main erect branches
varying considerably in length, 200-500 mm, with or
without continuing vegetative terminal growth, sec-
ondary branches 20-30 mm long in groups of 4-8 at
every 5-10 nodes; intemodes on main branches 2-6 mm
long, on secondary branches ± 2 mm long; stems with
short, dense, spreading, simple hairs and scattered, long,
mainly reflexed, gland-tipped hairs. Leaves 4-nate,
spreading-recurved, broadly oblong, 4-10 mm long,
rounded on both sides with rounded margins but acute
towards base, abaxially covered with very short simple
hairs and scattered, longer, gland-tipped hairs, adaxially
with eglandular hairs, margin with long, relatively stout,
gland-tipped hairs, sulcus slightly open, open at base;
petiole ± 0.7 mm long, short, simple, longer, stouter,
gland-tipped hairs. Inflorescence', flowers 4-nate in a sin-
gle whorl at ends of secondary branches; pedicel 2. 8-3. 2
mm long, covered with short, simple, longer, stouter,
gland-tipped hairs; bract partially recaulescent approxi-
mate to calyx, broadly lanceolate, ± 4.5 x 1.7 mm, green
and leaf-like; bracteoles 2, approximate to calyx, lanceo-
late, ± 5.7 X 1.2 mm, otherwise like bract. Calyx 4-par-
tite, segments lanceolate, ±7x1.3 mm, with adaxially at
base a triangular patch of sessile viscid glands, ± V3
length of segment, otherwise like bract. Corolla 4-lobed,
tubular, 23-28 x 5 mm, straight to very slightly curved
when young, more so when older, glabrous, viscid,
bright orange in lower V3 apically yellow-green, slightly
narrowed towards mouth; lobes erect to slightly spread-
ing, ± 2.5 X 3 mm, broadly rounded, erose. Stamens 8,
free, included to subexserted; filaments linear, ± 2 1 mm,
with slight sigmoid bend near apex, glabrous, white;
anthers bilobed, erect, oblong in adaxial view, muticous,
orange, smooth; thecae oblong, ± 2.6 x 0.5 mm in later-
al view, adpressed with apices slightly spreading; pore
elongate, ± 1.5 mm long, Y3 length of theca; pollen shed
in tetrads. Ovary 4-locular, broadly cylindrical to ellip-
soid, 2 X 1. 5-2.0 mm, apically rounded and emarginate,
glabrous, green, with distinct large nectaries around
base; ovules 35-60 per locule from a placenta the com-
plete length of columella, laterally flattened; style exsert-
ed, from 1-3 mm long, white; stigma simple, truncate to
minutely widened, dark green. Fruit a dehiscent capsule,
± 4.3 X 4.3 mm, hard and woody, valves splitting ± V5
their length to 30°, septa variable with basal portion
mostly on valve to upper portion equally on valve and
columella, placenta convoluted and warty, elongate,
lobed towards base. Seeds ± obovoid but subangular and
laterally flattened, alveolate, brown, testa cells ± hex-
agonal, anticlinal walls thick, straight, outer periclinal
walls with numerous bumps, inner periclinal walls with
numerous small pits. Figure 11.
Diagnostic features', leaves 4-nate; stout, gland-tipped
hairs on stems, leaves, pedicel, bract, bracteoles and
sepals together with much shorter, finer indumentum of
simple hairs; corolla bicoloured, orange with upper third
yellow-green; anthers muticous.
This new species is related to the group of tubular-
flowered species (E. unicolor, E. discolor complex, E.
versicolor, E. diaphana, E. berzelioides) which all have
the same seed structure and arrangement of bract, bracte-
oles and sepals and viscid corollas caused by sessile
glands on the inner, adaxial surface of the sepals. It is
most closely related to E. unicolor m the 4-nate leaves,
narrow sepals and muticous to appendiculate anthers.
The flowers are yellow-green to green in subsp. unicolor
to bicoloured, orange-red and green/yellow in subsp.
mutica and subsp. georgensis. The latter differs in having
only simple hairs when these are present. The other
species listed above all have 3-nate leaves.
E. croceovirens has distinctively orange flowers with
the upper third of the tube being yellow-green, hence the
epithet: croceus, saffron orange; virens, green (Latin).
There is little variation in this colour combination other
than in the intensity of the orange.
The species is confined to the Doringrivier
Wilderness Area on the northern slopes of the Outeniqua
Mountains (Figure 12) where it grows on sandy, dry flats
or rocky, north-facing slopes with short fynbos vegeta-
tion. In the area, scattered plants of the glandular E. glan-
dulosa occur, as well as plants of E. discolor with its
flowers being more pink. The species could well be over-
looked as being another form of E. glandulosa but it is
easily distinguished on closer examination and assess-
ment of the characters mentioned above. This probably
explains its somewhat recent discovery by Jan Vlok.
Paratype material. WESTERN CAPE — 3322 (Oudtshoom):
Doringrivier Wilderness Area, N slopes of Outeniqua Mtns, 1500 ft
[460 m], (-CC), 28-08-1989, Kirsten 1207 (NBG); ibid., 2000 ft [610
m], 9-02-1989. Vlok 2129 (NBG); Groot Doringrivierkloof Wilderness
area, Modderaas Kloof 132, SE of Brookesbosberg, 660 m, (-CC), 8-
03-2000, E G. FI & I.M. Oliver 11893 (NBG); Groot Doringrivier
Valley, N slopes of Outeniqua Mtns, 1950 ft [595 m], (-CD), 27-08-
1989, Oliver 9249 (K, NBG, PRE); Doringrivier West, (-CD), 23-07-
1994, Van Wijk 827 (NBG).
56. E. xserratifolia hndxQSNS, Coloured engravings
of heaths: t. 58 (1798); Benth.: 631 (1839); Guthrie &
Bolus: 77 (1905); Dulfer: 47 (1965). Iconotype: l.c.: t.
58.
Andrews described the plants as having 4-nate leaves
with flowers 2- or 3-nate but shows in the drawing, five as
2-nate, 13 as 3-nate and two as 4-nate. He says the flow-
ers are ‘orange yellow’ but shows in his painting the open
flowers with a distinct, red base (V4-V3) and clear yellow
upper portion, therefore bicoloured, and the buds all dis-
142
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
FIGURE 12. — Known distribution
of Erica croceovirens, •;
and E. prolata, O.
tinctly green-tipped (V4), tricoloured. This material we
regard as a hybrid of garden origin in England with E. uni-
color subsp. mutica (55b) possibly as one of the parents.
E. serratifolia var. subnuda Bolus has been deseribed as E. kogel-
hergensis (44.1). The figures and text in Schumann & Kirsten (1992:
66) refer to this species.
58. E. versicolor Andrews, Coloured engravings
of heaths, t. 67 (1796). Benth.: 631 (1839); Guthrie &
Bolus: 78 (1905); Dulfer: 48 (1965). Iconotype: l.c. t. 67.
Note: the plate is dated ‘June 1st 1796’.
E. versicolor var. ciliata J.C.Wendl.; 115, t. 43 (1809); Dulfer: 49
(1965). Iconotype: l.c.: t. 43.
E. versicolor var. longiflora Andrews: t. 249 (± 1816); Dulfer: 48
(1965). Iconotype: l.c.: t. 249.
E. versicolor var. monticola Bolus: 78 (1905); Dulfer: 49 (1965).
Syntypes: Worcester Div.; Matroosberg, 3500 ft. Bolus in Herb.
Guthrie 3951 (BOL!); Swellendam Div.; Shand in Herb. Bolus (BOL!).
Illustrations: Schumann & Kirsten: 63, t, 48, 49 (1992).
Diagnostic features: lateral branchlets not at every
node; leaves 3- occasionally 4-nate; sepals with nar-
rowed leafy apex, often slightly spreading; filaments
spoon-shaped at base; anthers often with sharp project-
ing point at base, muticous.
This is a variable species especially in the habit and
habitat, the indumentum, the leaf arrangement, colour of
the corolla and in the base of the anthers. Bolus’ var.
monticola, although growing in inland, rocky, dry areas
from Matroosberg to near Citrusdal, has no morphologi-
cal features to distinguish it from typical E. versicolor
from the moist Langeberg range. The Shand collection,
syntype of var. monticola, is clearly the Langeberg vari-
ant and not the gnarled inland variant. Detailed work is
required to ascertain whether these variants should
receive taxonomic status.
The species occurs from Citrusdal to the Anysberg
(Laingsburg) and along the Langeberg and western
Outeniqua Mtns and the coastal plains from Swellendam
to Gouritz River.
Vouchers: Bohnen 8063 (K!, NBG!, PRE!); Galpin 3574 (NBG!,
PRE!), 3581 (BOL!, Kl, NBG!, PRE!); Oliver 4149, 7602, 7606, 8648,
10545 (NBG!); Schlechter 1981 (BM!, BOL!, K!, NBG!, PRE!);
Taylor 5924 (NBG!); Van Zyl 3393 (NBG!).
59. E. berzelioides Guthrie & Bolus in Flora capen-
sis 4; 78 (1905); Dulfer: 49 (1965). Type: Bredasdorp Div.;
Mierkraal, 200 ft, Schlechter 10530 (BOL!).
Illustration: Schumann & Kirsten: 63, t. 50 (1992).
Diagnostic features: lateral branchlets not at every
node; leaves 3-nate, elliptic/ellipsoid, short, ± 3 mm
long; flowers 1-3-nate, scattered; corolla red-pink in
lower half with white upper half; sepals with sessile
glands on adaxial surface densely packed; anther
appendages small; ovary 4 locular, emarginate, glabrous.
This species is restricted to flats and calcareous ridges
south of Bredasdorp. Indications are that it could be a
resprouter.
Vouchers: Kirsten 852 (NBG!); Oliver 8823 (NBG!); Schumann
225 (NBG!).
59.1. E. prolata E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv., sp. nov.,
habitu ramorum principalium perlongorum prolato-
rumque flores ferentibus ex parte basali fruticosaque,
ovario pubescent! dignoscenda. Figura 13.
TYPE. — Western Cape, 3420 (Bredasdorp): Heidel-
berg Dist., Rondekop above Melkhoutkraal, NW of
Duivenhoks River mouth, 200 m, (-BD), 4 September
2001, E.G.H. c6 l.M. Oliver 11935 (NBG, holo.; BM,
BOL, K, MO, NY, P, PRE, S).
Very sparse, slender, erect shrub up to 3(^) m tall
with 3-5 erect main branches arising from bushy, ± 0.5
m tall base, single-stemmed. Branches: main branches
leafy for upper 100-500 mm, with continuous apical
growth, secondary branches few, 10-200 mm long,
either vegetative or ending in a florescence; tertiary
branchlets occasional, very short, 10-20 mm long, end-
ing in a florescence; stems covered with very short,
dense, retrorse hairs and a few very short-stalked glands;
intemodes 1-5 mm long. Leaves 3-nate, oblong to occa-
sionally narrowly ovate, ± 4.2 x 1.2 mm, erect to
suberect, abaxially rounded, adaxial ly flattened with
margins acute, glabrous, margins of young leaves with
sessile glands, sulcus narrow, open at base; petiole ± 1
mm long, glabrous margins with short hairs and glands.
Inflorescence: 3 flowers in 1 whorl at ends of secondary
branches and occasionally tertiary branchlets, suberect to
pendulous; pedicel 4-6 mm long with same indumentum
as stem; bract partially recaulescent, approximate to
calyx, ovate, ±2.5x2 mm, glabrous, green, margin with
sessile glands, sulcus narrow, ± V2 length of bract;
bracteoles 2, approximate to calyx, ± 2.8 x 1.2-1. 8 mm,
otherwise like bract. Calyx 4-partite, segments ovate, ±
3.5 X 2.2 mm, apex suddenly tapering into subacute
point, green glabrous, margins with sessile glands, adax-
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
143
ially most of basal area covered with very sticky, sessile
glands, suleus narrow, ± V3 length of segment. Corolla 4-
lobed, tubular with slight bulge near mouth, very slight-
ly contracted below lobes, 25-35 mm long, glabrous,
very viscid and shiny, purplish pink, lobes ±1.5x2 mm,
rounded, erose, erect to suberect. Stamens 8, included
near the mouth, free; filaments ± 24 mm long, narrow
with slight sigmoid bend below anthers, glabrous white;
anthers bilobed, dorsally attached, muticous; thecae
adpressed, narrowly oblong in adaxial view, ± 2.2 x 0.6
mm, oblong in lateral view with slight basal adaxial
nose, smooth, brown, pore ± V4 length of theca, narrow;
pollen in tetrads. Ovary’ 4-locular, broadly oblong, ± 2.5
X 3 mm, emarginate, 8-lobed, covered with dense, short
hairs, with small nectaries around base, ovules ± 100 per
locule, spreading to pendulous, arranged in perpendicu-
lar rows, flattened laterally, placenta large, covering
upper half of columella; style ± 28 mm long, narrow, just
exserted, white glabrous; stigma simple truncate. Fruit a
dehiscent capsule, ±5x6 mm, hard and woody, valves
opening to 30° for V4 their length; septa totally on valves,
placenta length of columella. Seeds ellipsoid, ± 1 . 1 x
0.7 mm, slightly flattened, cells slightly sunken, anticli-
nal walls straight, thick, periclinal walls with dense pits
and bladder-like protuberances. Figure 13.
Diagnostic features: habit of a few, very long, erect,
subnaked stems, bearing the flowers and arising from a
bushy, leafy base; main stems with occasional side
branches (not every node); leaves 3-nate; anthers muti-
cous; ovary densely and finely hairy.
The species is most similar to E. diaphana and E.
berzelioides but differs mainly in the marked dimor-
phism of the branching system — the other species having
rounded, open to closed, bushy habits. It is the only
species in this complex with a hairy ovary.
E. prolata has an unusual and distinctive growth form
which is similar to that found in E. banydalensis (285.1)
from the northern slopes of the Langeberg near
Barrydale. The single-stemmed shrub forms a rounded.
(pTnTmy
FIGURE 13. — Erica prolata. A, flowering branch, x 1; B, stem with leaves; C, flower; D, bract; E, bracteole. F, G, sepal: F. abaxial view; G. adax-
ial view showing sessile glands. H, anther, side, front and back views; I, gynoecium; J, ovary opened laterally to show ovules and placen-
ta; K, capsule with one valve removed; L, seed; M, testa cells. Scale bars: B. D-K. 2 mm; C, 4 mm; L, 1 mm. All drawn from the type col-
lection by I.M. Oliver.
144
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
much-branched, leafy, bushy base up to about 0.5 m
high. From this ‘bush’ there arise 3-5 vigorous, erect
main branches growing up to 4 m tall in old plants. These
branches are almost devoid of leaves in their lower
regions and bear the short, lateral, leafy, flowering side
branches. No flowers occur on the bushy basal part of the
plant. The name, derived from prolatus, extended, elon-
gated (Latin), refers to the remarkable, very long, main
flowering branches.
Material of this species has been variously identified
as E. versicolor or E. diaphana.
The species is known from the coastal lowlands from
near Swellendam to the mouths of the Breede and
Duivenhoks Rivers and eastwards to the region south of
Riversdale (Figure 12). In this range it occurs on various soil
types from sandy gravel inland near Swellendam to sand
associated with calcareous deposits near the coast. Plants in
the type locality were visited by sunbirds; the stout main
branches providing an ideal perch for the foraging birds.
Paratype material. WESTERN CAPE. — 3420 (Bredasdorp):
Swellendam, Bontebok National Park, 100 m, (-AB), 09-1962,
Liebenberg 6476 (NBG, PRE); ibid., 16-11-1966, Grobler 583 (NBG);
ibid., 25-09-1961, Oliver 1514 (NBG, PRE); ibid., 26-09-1961, Rvo-o/r
2303 (NBG, NY); between Kenko [Kinko] and Buffeljagts Rivier,
(-BA), 10-183?, Zeyher 3156 (K, PRE, SAM, W); Breede River
mouth, (-BD), 21-05-1928, Marloth 13185 (NBG, PRE); lower Breede
River, (-BD), 05-1928, Mrs A. A. Tomlinson sub Marloth 13185 (BOL,
NBG); Rondekop, NW of Duivenhoks River mouth, 1 80 m, (-BD), 20-
03-1985, 3421 (Riversdale): 12 miles [19 km] S of Riversdale, (-AC),
22-09-1959, Lewis 5626 (NBG).
60. E. diaphana Sprang., Systema vegetabilium 2:
178 (1825); Guthrie & Bolus: 79 (1905); Dulfer: 49
(1965). Type: Andrews l.c.: t. 283 [as E. transparens].
E. transparens Lodd.: t. 177 (1818), nomen nudum, non P.J.Bergius
(1767); Benth.: 631 (1839); Andrews: t, 283 (post 1820, pre 1828).
Iconotype: l.c.: t. 177.
Illustrations: Dyer: t. 1042 (1948); Schumann & Kirsten: 64, t. 51,
52 (1992).
Diagnostic features: leaves 3-nate; main stems with
occasional secondary branches; flowers scattered or
occasionally in spike-like clusters; bract and bracteoles
approximate; sepals thick with a deep-set, long sulcus;
corolla viscid, shades of purple to pink sometimes with
paler lobes; anthers muticous or with short appendages;
ovary glabrous.
This species occurs from George to Uitenhage at low
and high altitudes. Plants can be robust, up to 1.5 m tall
and very floriferous at low altitudes to small and gnarled
shrublets in rock crevices near the summit of peaks.
Vouchers: Acocks 13724 (NBG!, PRE); Compton 23340 (NBG!,
NY!), 23899 (BM!, NBG!, S!); Esterhuysen 6739 (BOL!, BOL!, K!,
PRE); Oliver 3436, 9958 (NBG!); Schlechter 5993 (BOL!, NBG!,
PRE); Taylor 9839 (BM!, NBG!, PRE); Thode A925 (K!, NBG!);
Wistira 963 (NBG!, P!).
61. E. glandulosa Tlninh., Dissertatio botanica de
Erica: 25 (1785); Guthrie & Bolus: 79 (1905); Dulfer: 49
(1965). Type: without locality, Thitnherg s.n. (UPS,
microfiche!).
Diagnostic features: leaves (3)4-nate; long, gland-
tipped hairs on all parts except corolla and internal floral
organs; flowers 4-nate on short to longish, leafy, side
branches, bunched into loose spike-like groups on main
branches; bract and bracteoles approximate; sepals nar-
row linear; corolla ± 20-30 mm long, semi-transparent,
mostly glabrous, rarely hairy, with marked red veins and
often longitudinal ridges.
This widespread species displays much variation in
the length of side branches, leaf shape and corolla size
(Figure 14). This variation range warrants the reduction
of several formerly described species to synonymy and
the recognition of subspecific categories.
61a. subsp. glandulosa
Illustrations: Baker & Oliver: t. 20 (1967); Schumann & Kirsten:
64, t. 53, 54 (1992).
Diagnostic features: leaves narrowly sulcate, ± 5-7 mm
long; corolla ± 20-30 mm long; shrubs single- or multi-
stemmed, erect, bushy, up to 1.5 m tall (Figure 14D).
This is the most widespread subspecies occurring
from the eastern Langeberg as far east as Port Elizabeth
and inland to the eastern Great Swartberg.
Vouchers: Acocks 19910 (GRA, NBG!, PRE); Fourcade 2726 (K!,
NBG!, NY!), 3882 (K!, NBG!); Galpin 3591 (BOL!, GRA, NBG!,
PRE!); Keet 876 (NBG!); Kerr STE30085 (K!, NBG!, PRE); Oliver
4626, 10811 (NBG!); Schlechter 5858 (BM!, BOL!, GRA, K!, NBG!).
61b. subsp. fourcadei (L.Bolus) E.G.H.Oliv. &
I.M.Oliv., stat. et comb. nov.
E. fourcadei L.Bolus in Kew Bulletin 1933: 185 (1933); Dulfer: 50
( 1 965). Type: Humansdorp Dist., near Witte Els Bosch, Fourcade 2975
(BOL!, NBG!).
Illustrations: Schumann & Kirsten: 64, t. 55, 56 (1992).
Diagnostic features: leaves widely to narrowly open-
backed, ± 7-10 mm long; corolla ± 20-30 mm long;
shrubs laxly branched (Figure 14C).
This subspecies occurs along the coast from
Sedgefield to Kareedouw.
Vouchers: Chater s.n. (NBG!); Fourcade 3005 (NBG!, PRE); Gillett
1324 (BOL!, NBG!); O’Callaghan, Fellingham & Van W\’k 119 (NBG!).
61c. subsp. bondiae (Compton) E.G.H.Oliv. &
I.M.Oliv., stat. et comb. nov.
E. bondiae Compton in Journal of South African Botany 9: 153
(1943). E. glandulosa var. bondiae (Compton) Dulfer: 49 (1965). Type:
Uniondale Div.: Mannetjeberg [Mannetjiesberg] (Kamanassie Mts),
1000 m, 1 Feb. 1941, Bond 925 (NBG!, holo.).
Illustration: Compton l.c.: t. 6 (1943).
Diagnostic features: leaves narrowly sulcate; corolla
± 10 mm long, glabrous (Figure 14A).
This subspecies occurs at low altitudes on the
Kammanassie Mtns and western Langkloof near
Haarlem.
Vouchers: Oliver 9395 (NBG!); Rourke 371 (BM!, NBG!); Wells
2529 (NBG!, PRE!).
6 Id. subsp. breviflora (Bolus) E.G.H.Oliv. &
I.M.Oliv., stat. et comb. nov.
E. glandulosa var. breviflora Bolus in Flora capensis 4: 79 (1905);
Dulfer: 49 (1965). Type: Humansdorp Div.; between Gamtoos River
and Leuwenbosch River, Burchell 4803 (BOL!, K!).
Diagnostic features: leaves narrowly sulcate; corolla
± 10 mm long, glandular hairy (Figure 14B).
This subspecies occurs NW of Humansdorp and we
feel must be regarded as distinct from the glabrous-flow-
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
145
FIGURE 14. — Erica glandiilosa. A, subsp. bondiae. Roiirke 371. flower, leaf and anther; B, subsp. breviflora. Oliver 9376. flower, leaf and anther.
C, suhs'p. fourcadei: O'Callaghan 564. flower, sulcate leaf and anther; Geldenlntys 1066. open-backed leaf D, subsp. glandidosa. Oliver
7953, leaf, flower, sepal, anther and ovary. Scale bars; flowers, 4 mm; leaves, sepals and anthers, 2 mm. Artist: l.M. Oliver.
ered subsp. bondiae. We postulate that it evolved as a
short-tubed variant from a local glandular-flowered
subsp. glandidosa independently from subsp. bondiae.
Vouchers; type and Oliver 9376 (NBG!; PRE!).
6 1 . 1 . £■. pyrantha Bolus — see E. pillansii (66. 1 ).
61.2. E. etheliae L. Bolus in Annals of the Bolus
Herbarium 2: 154, t. IOC (1918); Dulfer: 49 (1965).
Type; South-Eastern Region, near Port Elizabeth, Ethel
West 295 (BOL!).
Illustration: l.c.: t. IOC.
Diagnostic features: like E. glandidosa but anthers
differently shaped and subbasally attached, with longer
decurrent appendages; flowers borne more terminally on
main branches.
This is known only from the type collection, the local-
ity of which is rather vague. No additional collections
have been made. With the areas of unspoiled indigenous
vegetation now virtually absent on the sandy flats west of
Port Elizabeth due to the spread of housing, farming and
alien plants (Australian Acacia spp.) the likelihood of
finding material to match the type is very small.
We postulate that this material could have been of
hybrid origin with the parent species being E. glandidosa
and E. chloroloma both of which have been recorded in
the Port Elizabeth area.
61.3. E. fourcadei E. Bolus — see E. glandidosa
fourcadei (61b).
65. E. xmertensiana J.C.Wendl. ex Klotzsch in
Linnaea 9: 659 (1835); Benth.: 635 (1839); Guthrie &
Bolus: 81 (1905); Dulfer: 51 (1965). Type: ex hort. angli-
canis. Herb Wendland s.n. (?). This taxon is regarded as
a hybrid of garden origin in England.
66. E. cruenta Sol. in Aiton, Hortus kewensis, edn
1, 2; 16 (1789); Benth.; 629 (1839); Guthrie & Bolus: 82
(1905); Dulfer: 51 1965). Type: Cape of Good Hope,
Masson s.n. (BM!).
E. cruenta var. miitica Bolus; 82 (1905); Dulfer; 51 (1965). Type;
Caledon Div., Houw Hoek, 1000 ft. [300 m], Guthrie 4590 (BOL!).
E. cruenta var. buccimda Bolus: 82 (1905); Dulfer; 51 (1965).
Syntypes: Caledon Div., Palmiet River, 800 ft [244 m], Guthrie 2297
(?), 3553 (BOLI), & 4163 (BOL!).
Illustrations; Schumann & Kirsten; 68, t. 66, 67 (1992).
Diagnostic features: leaves 3-nate; flowers 1-3-nate
on short, leafy branchlets at each node, often aggregated
into loose to dense, spike-like synflorescences; corolla
glabrous, dark red; anthers with high dorsal attachment,
muticous with long appendages; ovary 4-locular, with
slight stipe, not emarginate.
This species is variable in corolla length, 10-24 mm,
with collections at the lower end having been described
as var. buccimda. There is no clear-cut distinction in this
range to warrant taxonomic recognition.
E. cruenta occurs on heavy shale soils at low altitudes
where it is often found in renosterveld or such-like arid
vegetation and as such is the only species of Erica with
this habitat preference. It grows from Grabouw to
Riversdale.
E. cruenta var. campanulata Bolus is transferred to E.
elimensis L. Bolus (261.2).
Vouchers; Oliver 3259 (K!, NBG!, PRE!); Schlechter 7783 (BM!,
BOL!, K!. NBG!, P!, PRE!); Zeyher 3155 (K!; NBG!, P!, PRE!),
67. E. wendlandiana Klotzsch — this species has
been moved to No. 50, p. 136.
68. E. haematosiphon Guthrie & Bolus in Flora
capensis 4: 83 (1905); Dulfer: 52 (1965). Syntypes; coast
region, from 1700-5500 ft [520-1 680 m]: Clanwilliam
Div.; without precise locality, Leipoldt 622 (BOE!);
Ceres Div., near Ceres, Guthrie 3182 (BOL!); Gydouw
Mountain, Schlechter 10045 (BMI, BOL!, W); Wor-
146
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
cester Div., Matroosberg, Bolus in Herb. Guthrie 3946
(BOL!). Lectotype (selected by Dulfer): Schlechter
10045 (W).
Note: the lectotype was not seen by the authors.
E. macropiis Guthrie & Bolus: 72 (1905); Dulfer: 45 (1965). Type:
Clanwilliam Div.; near Clanwilliam, Mader 2180 (BOL!) [Mader
SAM40600 (ShM\)].
E. coralliflora Compton: t. 551 (1934); Dulfer: 52 as ‘corallifera’
(1965). Type: Ceres Division, in Mitchell’s Pass among boulders and in
rock crevices at the top of the Pass, about a mile from Ceres, at 1 600 ft
[488 m] altitude, 24th February, 1932, Compton & Archer sub Compton
3950 (BOL, holo; Kl, PRE).
Note: Esterhuysen (1963) suggested that the above two species
were synonymous with E. haematosiphon.
Illustrations: Compton l.c.: t. 551 (1934); Baker & Oliver: t. 26
(1967); Schumann & Kirsten: 69, t. 73, 74 (1992).
Diagnostic features: leaves 4-nate; flowers 1^-nate
on ends of very short to longer lateral branchlets, some-
times aggregated at ends of main branches but not spike-
like; pedicel hairy; bract and bracteoles small, remote;
corolla glabrous, dark red, shiny; anthers with very small
appendages; ovary emarginate, with slight stipe,
glabrous.
This species occurs in rocky areas or on rocks in the
Cold Bokkeveld and Cederberg.
Vouchers: Beyers 124 (NBGI); Esterhuysen 2457 (BOLI, Kl,
NBGI, PRE); Oliver 671 (BMi, NBGI), 10618 (NBGI); Schlechter
10045 (BMI, BOLI, Kl, NBGI, PRE); Vogelpoel sub Baker 2439 (BMI,
NBGI); Williams 1985 (NBGI, PRE).
68.1. E. coralliflora Compton — see E. haema-
tosiphon (68).
69. E. chloroloma Lindl. in Botanical Register
1838: t. 17 (1838); Benth.: 629 (1839); Guthrie & Bolus:
83 (1905); Dulfer: 52 (1965). Iconotype: l.c.: t. 17.
Illustrations: Lindley: t. 17 (1838); Baker & Oliver: t. 22 (1967);
Schumann & Kirsten: 70, t. 75, 76 (1992).
Diagnostic features: leaves 4-nate; flowers 1-4 on
ends of scattered, leafy side branches; pedicel hairy;
bract and bracteoles small, median to approximate;
corolla glabrous, red with green-tipped lobes; anther
appendages long; ovary 4-locular, not emarginate,
glabrous, with naked area on placenta.
This is an eastern species occurring on coastal dunes
and limestone from Wilderness to the Fish River mouth.
Vouchers: Acocks 18326 (NBGI, Kl, PRE); Booysen STE30042
(voucher for Baker & Oliver l.c.) (BOLI, Kl, MOI, NBGI, NYI, PRE);
Fourcade 2161 (BOLI, Kl, NBGI, NYI); Williams 1780 (BMI, NBGI,
PRE).
69.1. E. abelii E.G.H.Oliv. in South African
Journal of Botany 3: 268 (1984). Type: Cape Province:
Uitenhage District, Perdekloof in the Elandsrivier Forest
Reserve, 1600 ft [487 m], Oliver 8407 [NBG(STE),
holo.; BOL, GRA, K, NY, PRE].
Illustrations: Oliver l.c.: t. 1 (1984); Schumann & Kirsten: 60, t. 34,
35 (1992).
Diagnostic features: corolla lime-green, very finely
hairy; ovary narrow, cylindrical, seated on large nectarif-
erous basal disc, style with slightly swollen base.
The species is a very localized endemic to the moun-
tains just NW of Uitenhage.
Vouchers: type and Abel 9 (NBGI).
70. E. brachialis Salisb. in Transactions of the
Linnean Society 6: 367 (1802); Benth.: 635 (1839);
Guthrie & Bolus: 84 (1905); Dulfer: 52 (1965). Type:
Hottentots Holland, Masson s.n. (?). Lectotype selected
here: Herb. Salisb., determined as "brachialis' by
Salisbury (K!).
Illustrations: Baker & Oliver: t. 25 (1967); Schumann & Kirsten:
70, t. 77-79 (1992); Oliver I.M. & Oliver: t. 15 (2000).
Diagnostic features: shrubs very woody; corolla hairy
internally and externally, yellowish green; bract and
bracteoles approximate; sepals with adaxial central patch
of sessile glands; anthers relatively large with or without
very small, upward-pointing appendages.
This is a very distinctive species with possible
alliances in the E. discolor complex. It is restricted to
rocky areas close to the sea near Cape Point and across
False Bay from Rooi Els to Hangklip. The shrubs are low
but very woody with trunks as much as 100 mm in diam.
and in some cases growing just above the spray zone of
the waves.
Vouchers: Bolus Herb. Norm. 347 (BMI, BOLI, Kl, NBGI, PI,
SAMI); Oliver STE30026 (BOLI, NBGI, Kl, PREI); Parker 4455
(BOLI, KI.NBGI).
70.1. E. inordinata H.A.Baker in Journal of South
African Botany 35: 25 (1969). Type: Cape Province.
Uniondale Dist., Mannetjiesberg, southern slopes to
West of main peak ± 4500 ft [1 370 m], 18 Sept. 1967,
J.P.Rourke 859 (NBG!, holo.; BOL!, PRE!).
Illustrations: Baker l.c.: pi. 1, t. 1 (1969); Schumarm & Kirsten: 70,
t. 80, 81 (1992).
Diagnostic features: sepals broad, thick and hard in
texture with adaxial sessile glands; corolla subterminally
and basally inflated and slightly flattened laterally,
extremely viscid, bright orange-red.
This is a very distinctive species with unclear rela-
tionships. It was placed next to E. brachialis by Dulfer,
but is in our opinion totally unrelated to that species and
very far removed geographically — occurring at high alti-
tudes from the Kammanassie Mtns to the central Kouga
Mtns. We suggest a possible relationship with E. nubige-
na Bolus (No. 277) which has small, purple-pink, viscid
flowers.
Vouchers: Esterhuysen 6476 (BOLI, Kl, PRE); Oliver 9934, 11825
(NBGI); Williams 1075 (NBGI, PRE).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This paper was written before my wife died in July
2003. Since then I have had to change and add a few
things. I have also incorporated many valuable sugges-
tions received from one of the referees. Dr E. Charles
Nelson, Cultivar Registrar for the Heather Society in
Britain for which I am most grateful.
REFERENCES
ANDREWS, H.C. 1794- ± 1830. Coloured engravings of heaths. 4
volumes. The author, London.
Bothalia 35.2 (2005)
147
ANDREWS, H.C. ‘ 1804’-* 1809’ [1805-1828], The Heathery: or a
monograph of the genus Erica. 6 volumes. The author, London.
BAKER, H.A. 1960. A new Erica from Voorberg, Cape District.
Journal of South African Botany 26: 75-79.
BAKER, H.A. 1969. Three new species and a new variety of Erica.
Journal of South African Botany 35: 25-33.
BAKER, H.A. & OLIVER, E.G.H. 1967. Ericas in southern Africa.
Purnell, Cape Town.
BENTHAM, G. 1839. Erica. In A.P. De Candolle, Prodromus:
580-733. Treuttel & Wiirtz, Paris.
BERGIUS, P.J. 1767. Descriptiones plantarum ex Capite bonae spei.
Salvius. Stockholm.
BOLUS, H. 1905. Erica in Guthrie & Bolus. In W.T. Thiselton-Dyer.
Flora capensis 4,1: 4-315. Reeve. London.
BOLUS, H. 1909. Contributions to the African flora. Transactions of
the Royal Society of South Africa 1,1: 147-162.
BOLUS, H.M.L. 1918. Novitates africanae. Annals of the Bolus Her-
barium!: 153-162.
BOLUS, H.M.L. 1923. Novitates africanae. Annals of the Bolus Her-
barium 3: 159-184.
BOLUS, H.M.L. 1925. Novitates africanae. Annals of the Bolus Her-
barium 4: 1-30.
BOLUS, H.M.L. 1928. Novitates africanae. Annals of the Bolus Her-
barium A: 123-136.
BOLUS, H.M.L. 1933. Erica fourcadei. Kew Bulletin 2: 157.
BOLUS, H.M.L. 1934. Novitates africanae. Journal of Botany 72: 45.
CLEEVELY, R.J., NELSON, E.C. & OLIVER, E.G.H. 2003. More
accurate publication dates for H.C. Andrews’ The Heathery,
particularly volumes 5 and 6. Bothalia 33: 195-198.
CLEEVELY, R.J. & OLIVER, E.G.H. 2002. A preliminary note on the
publication dates of H.C. Andrews; Coloured engra\’ings of
heaths (1794—1830). Archives of natural history 29: 245-264.
COMPTON, R.H. 1934. Erica coralliflora. The Flowering Plants of
South Africa 14: t. 551.
CUFINO, L. 1903. Una nuova specie di Erica dell’ Africa australe.
Bullettino della Societa Botanica Italiano 1903: 290, 291.
DULFER, H. 1963. Neue Arten und Varietaten der Gattung Erica L.
aus Sud-Afrika. Annalen des Natiirhistorisches Museums. Wien
66: 19-33.
DULFER, H. 1965. Revision der siidafrikanischen Arten der Gattung Erica
L. Annalen des Natiirhistorisches Museums. Wien 68: 25-177.
DYER, R.A. 1948. Erica diaphana. The Flowering Plants of South
Africa 21: t. 1042.
ESTERHUYSEN, E.E. 1963. Notes on South African species of Erica.
Journal of South African Botany 29: 51-58.
GUTHRIE, F. & BOLUS, H. 1900. Ericaceae; plantae Schlechterianae
novae vel minus cognitae describuntur. Botanische Jahrhiicher
27: 172, 173.
GUTHRIE, F. & BOLUS, H. 1905. Erica. In W.T. Thiselton-Dyer,
Flora capensis 4,1: 4—315. Reeve, London.
HITCHCOCK. A. 2003. Erica verticillata is brought back from the
brink of extinction. Yearbook of the Heather Society 2003:
45-50.
KLOTZSCH, J.F. 1835. Ericearum a cel. Adelberto de Chamisso
descriptarum. Pars addita. Linnaea 9: 643-707.
KLOTZSCH, J.F. 1838a. Ericearum genera et species. Linnaea 12:
211-247.
KLOTZSCH, J.F. 1838b. Additamenta et emendata in Tribus
Clavaefloras, Intestinifloras, Scoliostomata et Limbatas. Ericae
generis. Linnaea 12: 500-543.
LfNDLEY, J. 1838. Erica chloroloma. Botanical register 1838: t. 17.
LINNAEUS, C. 1737. Hortus Cliffortianus . Amsterdam.
LfNNAEUS, C. 1753. Species plantarum. edn 1. Salvius, Stockholm.
LODDIGES, G. 1818. Erica viridescens. Botanical Cabinet 3: t. 233.
NELSON, E.C. & OLIVER. E.G.H. 2004. Cape heaths in European
gardens: the early history of South African Erica species in cul-
tivation, their deliberate hybridization and the orthographic
bedlam. 34: 127-140.
NELSON, E.C. & OLIVER, E.G.H. in prep. Notes on Erica
(Ericaceae): nomenclature and orthography. Bothalia.
NELSON, E.C. & OLIVER, E.G.H. in prep. On the validity of Erica
names published in Loddiges’s The botanical cabinet
(1817-1833).
OLIVER, E.G.H. 1973. Erica vallis-aranearum. The Flowering Plants
of Africa 42; t. 1680.
OLIVER, E.G.H. 1984. Studies in the Ericoideae. IV. New species and
some taxonomic and nomenclatural changes in the Cape Flora
Region. South African Journal of Botany 3: 267-284.
OLIVER. E.G.H. 1986. The identity of Erica vinacea and notes on
hybridisation in Erica. Bothalia 16: 35-38.
OLIVER, E.G.H. & OLIVER, I.M. 1996. Studies in the Ericaceae
(Ericoideae), XX. A rare new species of Erica from South
Africa. Yearbook of the Heather Society 1996: 1-5.
OLIVER, E.G.H. & OLIVER, I.M. 2000a. Erica kirstenii, a new rock-
loving species from South Africa. Yearbook of the Heather
Society 2000: 57-62.
OLIVER, E.G.H. & OLIVER, I.M. 2000b. Erica ignita, a showy new
species from South Africa. Yearbook of the Heather Society
2000: 63-68.
OLIVER, E.G.H. & OLIVER, I.M. 2000c. Three new species of Erica
(Ericaceae) from Western Cape, South Africa. Bothalia 30:
147-153.
OLIVER, E.G.H. & OLIVER, I.M, 2002a. The genus Erica
(Ericaceae) in southern Africa: taxonomic notes 1 . Bothalia 32:
37-61.
OLIVER. E.G.H. & OLIVER, I.M. 2002b. Six new species and one
new subspecies of Erica from Western Cape, South Africa.
Bothalia 32: 167-180.
OLIVER. I.M. & OLIVER, E.G.H. 2000. Field guide to the ericas of
the Cape Peninsula. Protea Atlas Project, Cape Town.
PATERSON, W. 1789. A narrative of four journeys into the country of
the Hottentots and Caffraria. Johnson, London.
PLUKENET, L. 1700. Almagesti botanici mantissa. London.
RACH, L. 1 853. Die Ericaceen der Thunberg’schen Sammlung vergle-
ichen mit dene Kdniglichen Herbariums zu Schonberg bei
Berlin. Linnaea 26: 767-792.
SALISBURY. R.A. 1802. Species of Erica. Transactions of the
Linnean Society 6: 316—388.
SALTER, T.M. 1935. Plantae novae africanae. Journal of South
African Botany 1: 33-39.
SALTER, T.M. 1950. Ericaceae. In R.S. Adamson &. T.M. Salter, Flora
of the Cape Peninsula: 626—662. Juta, Cape Town.
SEBA, A. 1735. Locupletissimi rerum naturalium thesauri.
Wetstenium, Amsterdam.
SCETNEEVOOGT, G.V 1 792. leones plantarum rariorum, fasc. 1 : t. 3.
SCHUMANN, D, & KIRSTEN, G. 1992. Ericas of South Africa.
Femwood Press, Vlaeberg, South Africa,
SOLANDER. D.C. 1789. In W. Aiton, Hortus kewensis vol. 2, edn 1.
Nicol, London.
SPRENGEL, K. 1825. Systema vegetabilium, vol. 2. Gottingen.
THUNBERG, C.P. 1785, Dissertatio botanica de Erica (J.B. Struve):
1-62. Edman, Uppsala.
WENDLAND, J.C. 1798. Botanische Beobachtungen. Gebriidem
Hahn. Hannover.
WENDLAND, J.C. 1798-1823. Ericarum icones et descriptiones.
Gebriidem Hahn, Hannover.
WILLDENOW, C.L. 1799. Caroli a Linne species plantarum, vol. 2.
Nauk, Berlin.
INDEX TO SPECIES
Numbers in brackets according to Guthrie & Bolus (1905)
and Dulfer (1965)
Erica L., 121
abelii E.G.H.Oliv., (69.1), 146
abietina sensu Benth., 122
armalis £'.G.//.(9//v. & I.M.Oliv.,(50.\), 137
berzelioides Guthrie & Bolus, (59), 142
bibax Salisb., (44), 127
6;co/or Andrews, 139
bonc/iae Compton, 144
brachialis Salisb., (70), 146
burchellii Benth., 128
ceraria E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv, sp. nov., (38.3), 125
chloroloma Lindi, (69), 146
co\oxBlUS Andrews, (63). 135
concinna Sol., 135
conspicua Sol., (48), 130
subsp. conspicua, (48a), 130
subsp. roseoflora E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv., subsp. nov., (48b), 130
coralliflora Compton, (68.1), 146
ctsmstL Dulfer, (57.2), 131
croceovirens E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv, sp. nov., (55.1), 141
cmenta Sol, (66), 145
var. buccinula Bolus, 145
var. mutica Bolus, 145
cupressiformis Salisb., 138
148
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
Erica L. (cont.)
curviflora L., (45), 128
var. burchellii (Benth.) Bolus, 128
var. diffusa Bolus, 128
var. splendens (J.C.Wendl.) Dulfer, 130
var. sulcata (Benth.) Dulfer, 128
var. sulphurea (Andrews) Bolus, 129
var. versatilis Bolus, 1 28
curviflora L. var. sulphurea (Andrews) Bolus, 129
curviflora sensu Thunb., 127
c//tWn'ca J.C.Wendl., 127
densifolia Willd., (49), 136
diaphana Spreng., (60), 144
dichrus Spreng., (54), 139
discolor 138
discolor complex, (53), 138
var. A, disco\oT Andrews, 138
var. B, ‘speciosa’ E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv., 138, 139
var. C, hebecalyx Benth., 138, 139
xdubia Rach. (43), 127
dulcis L. Bolus, (62. 1 ), 135
etheliae L. Bolus, (61. 2), 145
fervida L. Bolus, (66.2), 136
foliacea Andrews p.p., 125
{o\iace^ Andrews, (38), 124
subsp. foliacea, (38a), 124
subsp. fulgens (Klotzsch) E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv.,
stat. et comb, nov., (38b), 124
var. fulgens Klotzsch, 124
var. galpinii (T.M. Salter) Dulfer, 125
fourcadei L. Bolus, (61.3), 144, 145
galpinii T.M.Salter, (38.2), 125
gerhardii E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv., sp. nov., (37.1), 123
glandulosa Thunb., (61), 144
subsp. bondiae (Compton) E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv., stat. et comb,
nov., (61c), 144
subsp. breviflora (Bolus) E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv., stat. et comb,
nov., (6 Id), 144
subsp. fourcadei (L. Bolus) E.G.H.Oliv. c& I.M.Oliv., stat. et comb.
nov., (61b), 144
subsp. glandulosa, (61a), 144
var. bondiae (Compton) Dulfer, 144
var. breviflora Bolus, 144
haematosiphon Guthrie & Bolus, (68), 145
hebecalyx Benth., (52), 138, 139
Andrews, 139
var. viridiflora Andrews, 1 39
humidicola £'.G.//.0//v., (66.3), 136
ignita £'.G.//.0/)v., (40.1), 127
mordmaVa H. A. Baker, (1Q.\), 146
kogelbergensis £.G.//.0//v., (44.1), 127
latituba L. Bolus, (57.4), 133
leucotrachela (57.1), 131
subsp. leucotrachela, (57.1a), 131
subsp. monicae E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv., subsp. nov., (57.1b), 131
macowanii Cufino, (57) 130
subsp. lanceolata (Bolus) E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv., stat. et comb,
nov., (57b), 131
subsp. macowanii, (57a), 130
macropus Guthrie & Bolus, (47), 130, 146
xmertensiana J.C.Wendl. ex Klotzsch, (65), 145
maximilianii Guthrie & Bolus, (41), 137
nana Salisb., (39), 126
octonaria L. Bolus, (62.2), 135
xpallens Andrews, (42), 127
paiwidisepalaW.K.Haksr, 127
patersonia Andrews var. major Andrews, 1 22
patersonii Andrews, (36), 122
perspicua J. C. (Fent//. , (62), 134
subsp. latifolia (Benth.) E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv., stat. et comb.
nov., (62b), 134
subsp. perspicua, (62a), 134
var. lanceolata Bolus, 1 3 1
var. latifolia Benth., 134
pillansii Bolus, (66.1), 135
subsp. fervida (L. Bolus) E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv, stat. et comb.
nov., (66.1b), 136
subsp. pillansii, (66.1a), 135
prolata E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv, sp. nov., (59.1), 142
pyrantha Bolus, (61.1), 136. 145
sacciflora (37), 122
xserrari/b/za Andrews, (56), 141
serratifolia Andrews var. subnuda Bolus, 127, 142
5/7ec/05£7 Andrews, (51), 138, 139
var. hirta (Andrews) Dulfer, 139
var. tomentosa Klotzsch, 139
splendens i.C.'I^end)., 130
stagnalis Salisb., (45.1), 128
subsp. minor E.G.H.Oliv. (& I.M.Oliv, subsp. nov., (45.1b), 130
subsp. stagnalis, (45.1a), 129
sulcata Benth., (46), 128, 130
sulfurea Benth., 129
sulphurea Andrews, 1 29
transparens Lodd., 144
7//?na Andrews, 136
nnicoior J.C.Wendl, (55), 139
subsp. georgensis E.G.H.Oliv. <6 I.M.Oliv, subsp. nov., (55c), 140
subsp. mutica E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv, stat. et nom. nov., (55b),
139
subsp. unicolor, (55a), 139
vallis-aranearum E.G.H.Oliv, (38.1), 124
versicoior Andrews, (58), 142
var. ciliata J.C.Wendl., 142
var. longiflora Andrews, 142
var. monticola Bolus, 142
verticillata P.J.Bergius, (64), 135
viridescens Codd., 139
var. latituba (L. Bolus) Dulfer, 133
viridimontana E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv, sp. nov., (57.3), 131
subsp. nivicola ^.G.^/.O/Zv. & I.M.Oliv, subsp. nov., (57.3b), 133
subsp. viridimontana, (57.3a), 133
wendlandiana Klotzsch, (50), 136; (67), 145
xanthina Guthrie & Bolus, (40), 127
xerophila Bolus, (50), 136
Bothalia 35,2: 149-152 (2005)
Two new Plectranthus species (Lamiaceae) and new distribution
records from the Pondoland Centre of Plant Endemism, South Africa
TJ. EDWARDS*
Keywords: Lamiaceae, new species, Plectranthus L’Her., Pondoland Centre of Plant Endemism, South Africa
ABSTRACT
Two newly discovered species of Plectranthus L’Her. are described from the Pondoland Centre of Plant Endemism, on
the eastern seaboard of South Africa. P. brevimentum and P. stylesii are exceedingly narrow endemics known only from
their type localities. The known distribution ranges of two other narrow endemics of the region. P. emstii and P. praeter-
missus, are expanded with new distribution records.
INTRODUCTION
The genus Plectranthus L’Her. shows high levels of
diversity along the eastern seaboard of South Africa.
Speciation in the Pondoland Centre of plant diversity is espe-
cially pronounced and is probably the product of stable for-
est refugia which existed in the deep gorges that shce
through the weather-resistant sandstones of the Msikaba
Group [South African Committee for Stratigraphy (SACS)
1980]. Their stability is probably mediated by the maritime
cUmate. These gorges are flanked by seasonal sourveld
grasslands of high productivity (and the correlated incidence
of seasonal Are). Part of the diversity of herbaceous forest
species is driven by the tmncation of forest habitat and ensu-
ing allopatric speciation which contributes to one of the most
important centres of plant diversity and endemism in Africa
(Davis et al. 1994). The inabihty of many Plectranthus
species to escape these enclaves is the product of desiccation
intolerance, susceptibility to fire and the lack of long dis-
tance dispersal. This suite of Limitations makes the subgenus
Plectranthus a prime candidate for allopatric speciation and
consequently the concentration of neo-endemic species in
the Pondoland Centre is not surprising (Van Jaarsveld &
Edwards 1991, 1997; Van Wyk & Smith 2001).
Plectranthus brevimentum TJ. Edwards, sp. nov.,
accedit Plectrantho hilliardiae labio corollae brevi postico
et labio corollae antico obtmllato, tubo corollae moderate
elongate, compresso lateraliter. Differt glandibus plurimis
multicellulosis mbropunctatis in partibus omnibus, tubo
corollae multo breviore, floribus bicoloribus, albis et
magenteis.
TYPE. — ^Eastern Cape, 3129 (Port St Johns): Lupatana
River Gorge, ±1.5 km from mouth, ex hort Edwards, Styles,
Crouch, Belstedt & Potgieter 3210 (NU holo.; PRE, iso.).
Semi-succulent, erect, decumbent or scandent herb,
0. 1-0.5 m tall. Stems purple to dark green, sparsely
branched, densely strigose; trichomes purple; capitate
glands red or colourless, sessile. Leaves semisucculent,
obovate, 30-65 x 10-30 mm, dark green; midrib densely
strigose, rubro-punctate, colourless glands near midrib and
margins; apex round to notched; base cuneate; margin
* School of Biological and Conservation Sciences, University of
KwaZulu-Natal; Private Bag XOl, 3209 Scottsville, South Africa.
MS. received: 2005-05-13.
rubro-strigose, serrate in upper two thirds, teeth in 6 or 7
pairs; petiole purple, 8-12 mm long. Synflorescence termi-
nal, 100-170 mm long, paniculate to secund; cymes 3-
flowered; verticels often alternately 3- and 6-flowered;
rhachis rubro-strigose; lower bracts persistent, elliptical,
8-12 X 4-6 mm, upper bracts lanceolate, 3^ x 0.5-1. 0
mm, mbro-punctate above, mbro-strigose and mbro-punc-
tate below; margins entire, rubro-ciliate; pedicels purple,
4—5 mm long. Calyx green to purple, sparsely mbro-
strigose and mbro-punctate; upper sepal ovate, 4.0-4.5 x
2.5-3. 0 mm; lower sepals fused, 5 mm long, lobes lanceo-
late, 3 mm long; tube 2-3 mm long. Corolla 25-30 mm
long; tube laterally compressed, 10-12 x 3. 5^.0 mm,
white with dense erect glandular trichomes; upper lip 4-
lobed, obtmllate 9-10 x 11-12 mm, white with 2 deep
magenta central nectar guides, sparsely glandular-strigose
outside, lateral auricles 4 mm long; lower lip navicular, 4
mm long, dark pink, sparsely glandular. Stamens 4; fila-
ments free, 2-3 mm long, adnate to corolla throat. Style
white, fiUform, 13 mm long; stigma purple, shortly bifid,
upper lobe 1.0- 1.5 mm long, lower lobe 0.5 mm long.
Nutlets glabrous. Elowering time: January to March. Figure 1.
This species is only known from material collected by
David Styles during a joint botanical expedition to the
Lupatana River Gorge in the Eastern Cape (Figure 2).
Vegetative material was grown at the University of
KwaZulu-Natal Botanical Gardens from which the flow-
ering type specimens were derived.
Plants occur in steep sandstone gorges and flower in
late summer. The short lower lip, from which the specif-
ic epithet is derived, and the broadly obtmllate upper lip
are distinctive characteristics (Figure 1) seen also in
Plectranthus hilliardiae Codd.
Plectranthus stylesii TJ. Edwards, sp. nov., simi-
laris P. verticillato sed plantae erectae caulibus rigidis
crassis, foliis multo maioribus, et corolla ad faucem man-
ifesto contracta.
TYPE. — Eastern Cape, 3129 (Port St Johns): Msikaba
River Gorge, ± 4 km from the mouth, (-BA), initially
collected by D. Styles, ex hort. Edwards 3259 (NU,
holo.; E, GRA, K, NH, PRE, iso.).
Semisucculent, erect, decumbent or scandent herb,
0.4-0.6 m tall. Stems rigid, 10-15 mm thick below, ini-
150
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
FIGURE 1. — Plectranthiis hrevimen-
tiiin. A, flowering stem, x 1; B,
lateral view of a single flower,
X 3.4. Artist: Linda Davis.
tially pale green becoming dark purple; sericeous, rubro-
punctate; nodes prominently ciliate. Leaves semisuccu-
lent, round to ovate, 50-80 x 40-80 mm, base obtuse to
cordate, adaxial surface sparsely rubro-punctate, sessile
colourless glands dense, filiform trichomes erect; abaxi-
al surface densely rubro-punctate, filiform trichomes
erect; midrib purple; margin serrate in upper two thirds,
teeth in 5-8 pairs; petiole purple, 1 5-25 mm long, rubro-
punctate. Synflorescence terminal, 150-250 mm long;
cymes 3-flowered; basal branches 2-4, verticels often
secund, alternately 3- and 6-flowered; rhachis strigose,
rubro-punctate; bracts persistent, lanceolate, 4-5 x 1-2
mm, glabrescent above, sparsely strigose and rubro-
punctate below; margins entire, ciliate; pedicels purple,
3^ mm long. Calyx green to purple, rubro-punctate;
upper sepal ovate, 3-4 x 3-5 mm; lower sepals partially
fused, 4 mm long, lateral lobes subulate, 1 mm long, pos-
ticous lobes 2-3 mm long; tube 1-2 mm long. Corolla
9-11 mm long, white, with dense, erect, glandular tri-
chomes outside; tube laterally compressed, 8-9 x 3. 5^.0
mm, broadest in the proximal third, throat constricted, 2
mm wide; upper lip 4-lobed, obovate 8-9 x 7-8 mm,
white with pale mauve nectar guides, sparsely rubro-
punctate outside, lateral auricles 4 mm long; lower lip
navicular with inrolled sides, 4-5 x 2 mm, white, dense-
ly rubro-punctate outside. Stamens 4; filaments free,
2. 5-3.0 mm long, adnate to corolla throat; anthers 1 mm
long, purple, connective rubro-punctate. Ovary 4-lobed,
glabrous; style white, filiform, 8-9 mm long; stigma
shortly bifid. Nutlets ovoid, 1.0-1.25 x 0. 8-1.0 mm,
glossy, pale to dark brown. Flowering time: March to
May. Figure 3.
Plectranthiis stylesii strongly resembles P. verticilla-
tiis but is distinguished from this procumbent species by
its thick, rigid, erect stems and bushy habit; plants grow
up to 0.6 m tall without support from adjacent vegeta-
tion. The leaves of P. stylesii are much larger (50-80 x
40-80 mm) than those of P. verticillatus (16^0 x 12^0
mm). The corolla of the new species is distinctly con-
stricted at the throat, whereas that of P. verticillatus is
only slightly narrowed.
Plectranthiis stylesii is known only from the Msikaba River
Gorge (Figure 2) where it grows in rocky forested habitats.
FIGURE 2. — Known distribution of Plectranthiis Ivevimentiim. ■; and
P. stylesii, M.
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
151
L5Dav/5 - 'oj
FIGURE 3. — Plectranthus stylesii.
A, flowering stem, x 0.6; B,
lateral view of a single
flower, X 3.3. Artist: Linda
Davis.
Plectranthus ernstii
Plectranthus ernstii Codd was described in 1982 from
material collected at Oribi Gorge (Van Jaarsveld 3812) and
the species was presumed to be an endemic to that gorge
system, rather like P. oribiensis Codd. This assumption
seemed plausible due to the succulent, aerial stems of the
species which appear to be susceptible to burning. Recent
collections, however, extend the known distribution of P
ernstii to Umtamvuna Gorge (Potgieter 85) and to Msikaba
River (Edwards 3221). It seems probable that the species
occurs in the intervening gorge systems as well (Figure 4).
Material examined
KWAZULU-NATAL. — 3030 (Port Shepstone): Mtamvuna Nature
Reserve, (-CC), ex hort. T. Edwards s.n. Potgieter 85 (NU). Oribi
Gorge, view site at Fairacres Farm, (-CA), Potgieter 84 (NU); Van
Jaarsveld 3876 (PRE).
EASTERN CAPE. — 3129 (Port St Johns): Msikaba River, ± 1 km
upstream from the mouth in peripheral forest, (-BA), Edwards 3221
(NU).
Plectranthus praetermissus
Plectranthus praetermissus Codd was described in
1979 after a number of localized collections had been
made in the moist subtropical forests which surround
Port St Johns. Recently, large populations of P. prater-
missus were recorded from the Sakombe Forest near
Mbotyi (Edwards & Potgieter 3248) (Figure 4). Here the
species occurs in shallow lithosols in south-facing scarp
forest in seasonally dry niches.
152
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
FIGURE 4. — Known distribution of Plectrcmthus ernstii, ■; and P.
praetermissus, •.
Material examined
EASTERN CAPE. — 3129 (Port St Johns): Bulowe River, (-DA),
Edwards 1556 (NU); Van Jaarsveld 3812 (PRE); Mbotyi, Sakombe
Forest, (-BD), Edwards & Potgieter 3248 (NU).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Thanks go to Dirk Belstedt and Neil Crouch for co-
funding parts of this fieldwork and for their indefatigable
interest in the flora of the eastern seaboard of South
Africa. Many other people assisted in joint expeditions du-
ring which these discoveries were made, including
Hildegard Crous, Trish Hutton-Squire, Christina Potgieter,
Edna van den Berg and Liesel van der Walt. Thanks to Alan
Paton and Ernst van Jaarsveld for their suggestions. The
line drawings were done by Linda Davis. Mike Lambert is
thanked for his continued assistance with the Latin transla-
tions.
REFERENCES
CODD, L.E. 1979, Plectranthus praetermissus. The Elowering Plants
of A frica 45 : t. 1791.
CODD, L.E. 1982. Plectranthus ernstii. The Elowering Plants of Africa
47; t. 1855.
CODD, L.E. 1985. Lamiaceae. In O.A. Leistner, Elora of southern Africa
28,4: 113-116. Botanical Research Institute, Pretoria.
DAVIS, S.D., HEYWOOD, V.H. & HAMILTON, A.C. (eds). 1994.
Centres of plant diversity. A guide and strategy for their conser-
vation, vol. 1 : Europe, Africa, South West Asia and the Middle East.
SOUTH AERICAN COMMITTEE FOR STRATIGRAPHY (SACS)
1980. Stratigraphy of South Africa Part 1 (comp. L.E. Kent),
Lithostratigraphy of the Republic of South Africa, South West
Africa/Namibia and the Republics of Bophuthatswana, Transkei
and Venda, Handbook of the Geological Sun’ey of South Africa
8. Government Printer, Pretoria.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. & EDWARDS, T.J, 1991. Plectranthus re-
fle.xiis. The Elowering Plants of Africa 5 1 : t. 2034.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. & EDWARDS. T.J. 1997. Notes on Plec-
trantlms (Lamiaceae) from southern Africa. Bothalia 27: 1-6,
VAN WYK, A.E. & SMITH, G.F. 2001. Regions of floristic endemism
in southern Africa: a review with empha.sis on succulents.
Umdaus Press, Pretoria.
Bothalia 35,2: 153-156 (2005)
A new species of Namaquanula (Amaryllidaceae: Amaryllideae) from
Namibia with notes on the genus
D.A. SNIJMAN*
Keywords: Amaryllidaceae, Amaryllideae, key to genera of Strumariinae, Namaquanula, D. Mtill.-Doblies & U.Miill.-Doblies, new species,
southern Namibia
ABSTRACT
Namaquanula bruynsii Snijman, a rare species of Amaryllidaceae from the Landsberg in southern Namibia described
here, is separated from N. bruce-bayeri by plane leaves, the absence of a perigone tube and the lack of a short adaxial hook
at the base of each filament. Shared specialized characters are brittle, tan-coloured bulb tunics and short papillae at the base
of each filament. A revised description of Namaquanula D.Miill.-Doblies & U.Miill.-Doblies is given and a key to the gen-
era of Amaryllideae subtribe Strumariinae is provided.
INTRODUCTION
Namaquanula D.Miill.-Doblies & U.Miill.-Doblies,
endemic to southern Namibia and the Richtersveld,
South Africa, is a genus of small, summer and autumn-
flowering plants in the family Amaryllidaceae. The genus
belongs to the southern African subtribe Strumariinae
sensii Meerow & Snijman (2001), in the tribe Amarylli-
deae. Other genera in the subtribe are Brunsvigia Heist.,
Crossyne Salisb., Hessea Herb., Nerine Herb., and
Strumaria Jacq. (which includes Carpolyza Salisb.), all
of which have specialized seeds containing a well-devel-
oped, chlorophyllous integument and a stomatose testa.
Namaquanula was first described as a monotypic
genus in 1985. The type species is N. bruce-bayeri
D.Miill.-Doblies & U.Miill.-Doblies, an inhabitant of
alluvial gravel on flats and low hills in southern Namibia
and northern Richtersveld (Miiller-Doblies & Miiller-
Doblies 1985). A second species, N. etesionamibensis
D.Miill.-Doblies & U.Miill.-Doblies from the same habi-
tat in southern Namibia was described in 1994 (Miiller-
Doblies & Miiller-Doblies 1994) being distinguished
from N. bruce-bayeri on small, quantitative, floral dif-
ferences. However, the existence of intermediate speci-
mens {Williamson 3405 at NBG and Ward & Seely 10271
at PRE) led subsequent authors to recognize only one
variable species, N. bruce-bayeri (Snijman 1999;
Snijman & Archer 2003).
In 2001, while exploring several inselbergs in arid
southwestern Africa, Dr P.V. Bruyns found an isolated
population of Namaquanula in full flower on Lands-
berg, a mountain in southern Namibia. This distinct,
rare species is described and illustrated here for the first
time.
Namaquanula bruynsii Snijman, sp. nov., ex
affmitate N. bruce-bayeri D.Miill.-Doblies & U.Miill.-
Doblies sed foliis planis, tepalis liberis, absque filamen-
tis hamatis differt. Figura 1.
* Compton Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Institute,
Private Bag X7, 7735 Claremont, Cape Town.
MS. received: 2005-01-18.
TYPE. — Namibia, 2516 (Helmeringhausen); Lands-
berg, on flattish granite and quartz gravel patches on top
of plateau, (-CD), 4-1-2001, Bruyns 8105 (NBG, holo.;
PRE, WIND).
Deciduous, bulbous herb, 80-130 mm tall in flower,
up to 180 mm tall in leaf. Bulb solitary, ovoidal, ± 30
mm diam., covered by several thick, tan-coloured, brit-
tle tunics; neck slender, up to 30 mm long. Leaves
appearing shortly after flowering, 3 or 4, suberect in
lower half, spreading to recurved above, narrowly
lorate, 120-280 x 2. 5-4. 5 mm, plane, green, glabrous,
dying back from apex after maturity, both surfaces
alike, outer leaves sheathing at base; cataphyll absent.
Inflorescence 12-18-flowered, ultimately subhemi-
spherical, 40-70 mm across; scape erect, 30-65 x
1. 5-3.0 mm, strongly compressed in cross section, pale
green, glabrous, remaining attached to bulb when dry;
spathe valves 2, lanceolate, 20-25 x 4-5 mm, membra-
nous; bracteoles linear, up to 5 mm long; pedicels radi-
ating, somewhat downwardly curved near ovary at
anthesis, becoming straight thereafter, 18-30 x 1 mm,
obscurely triangular in cross section, pale green.
Perigone actinomorphic, star-shaped, 10-20 mm
across, without a tube, pale pink, somewhat hyaline and
glistening with a darker pink or greenish median stripe
on each tepal, unscented, remaining outspread and turn-
ing brown when old; tepals 6, free to base, oblong-lance-
olate, 9-12 X 2 mm, spreading to recurved. Stamens 6,
prominent; filaments free to base, 9-10 mm long, close
set at base for 2. 5-3.0 mm, otherwise spreading, delicate
pink, covered with minute papillae for up to 3 mm on
adaxial surface; anthers dorsifixed, ± 2 mm long before
opening, maroon; pollen whitish. Ovary 3 mm across,
trilocular, each locule filled with 1 large ovule; style up
to 1 1 mm long, more or less equalling stamens, slender
throughout; nectar collecting around style base; stigma
very shortly trifid. Capsule papery, dehiscent, containing
3 seeds at most; seeds ovate, 5 mm across, fleshy, pink-
ish; embryo green.
Phenology. Namaquanula bruynsii flowers briefly in
January, while the leaves are still dormant. The foliage
emerges a few weeks after flowering and becomes fully
developed during favourable conditions in autumn. In
154
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
FIGURE I . — Namaquamdti hmynsii. Bruyns 8105. A, bulb and mature leaves, B, intlorescence. C-E, flower: C, viewed from above; D, viewed
from side; E, with one tepal and stamen removed. F-H, anther: F, dorsal view; G, lateral view; H, ventral view. I, capsule containing mature
seeds. .Scale bar: A, B, 20 mm: C-E. 5 inm; F-H. I mm; I. 10 mm. Artist; J.C. Manning.
cultivation the leaves remain green throughout winter
but die off from the tips as soon as water is withheld at
the end of spring. In nature they probably remain green
only as long as conditions remain suitable.
Diagno.stic features', in comparison with other species
in the subtribe Strumariinae, the floral morphology of
this new species is unspecialized. The flowers are star-
shaped, regular, and lack a perigone tube, whereas the
filaments are free to the base and the anthers are dorsi-
fixed. The only specialized feature is the presence at the
base of the filaments of distinct papillae on the adaxial
surface. Thus on floral morphology alone the taxonomic
position of this new species is not readily apparent.
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
155
When first described, Namaquanula was recognized
as having flowers with a perigone tube, filaments cov-
ered with papillae and each bearing a short incurved
hook near the base of the adaxial surface. Superficially,
the star-shaped flowers of Namaquanula resemble those
of Hessea and on this basis Snijman (1994) treated
Namaquanula as a subgenus of Hessea. However, in a
recent molecular phylogenetic analysis using internal tran-
scribed spacer (ITS) sequences, Hessea and Namaquanula
resolved as sister to each other (Weichhardt-Kulessa et al.
2000). Moreover, in an extended phylogenetic analysis of
the entire tribe Amaryllideae using morphology and ITS
sequences (Meerow & Snijman 2001), Namaquanula
resolved as sister to Brunsvigia with Hessea sister to them
both.
In assessing the taxonomic position of N. bruynsii, the
open, star-shaped flowers, and the absence of both a
perigone tube and the inwardly curved hooks at the base
of the filaments suggested its possible inclusion in
Hessea. The dorsifixed anther attachment, rather than
centrifixed to subcentrifixed anthers as in Hessea, and
the conspicuous papillae at the base of the filaments,
however, also indicated that the species might belong to
Namaquanula. Nevertheless, when the bulbs produced
leaves, the vegetative characters (the presence of spe-
cialized, brittle, tan-coloured bulb tunics, 3 or 4 foliage
leaves, and the absence of a cataphyll) were typical of
Namaquanula. Hessea, in contrast, always has parch-
ment-like bulb tunics, 2 foliage leaves and a subter-
ranean cataphyll. Although plants of A. bruce-bayeri that
have been cultivated in Europe have occasionally pro-
duced only 1 or 2 leaves per season (Miiller-Doblies &
Miiller-Doblies 1985; Weichhardt-Kulessa et al. 2000)
the absence of a cataphyll remains constant.
Further support for the placement of this new species
in Namaquanula has also come from the molecular phy-
logenetic analysis of Amaryllideae by Meerow &
Snijman (2001). In the results of this study, N. bruynsii
(Bruyns 8105) resolved as sister to N. bruce-bayeri
{Williamson 3405 NBG), suggesting their shared ances-
try.
Morphologically N. bruynsii is distinguished from N.
bruce-bayeri mainly by its leaves, which are flat in cross
section, the absence of a perigone tube, and the lack of
short, adaxial hooks at the base of the filaments. In con-
trast, N. bruce-bayeri has somewhat succulent leaves
that are elliptical in cross section, the flower has a
1.8-2. 2 mm long perigone tube, and each filament bears
a short, adaxial hook near the base.
Distribution and habitat, the species is known from a
highly localized, small population on the high plateau of
Landsberg, southern Namibia (P.V. Bruyns pers. comm.)
(Figure 2). The plants grow in somewhat flat patches of
granite and quartz gravel in association with winter-
growing succulent plants of the families Aizoaceae,
Apocynaceae: Asclepiadoideae, Crassulaceae, and
Euphorbiaceae. The specimen Hall 1967 (NBG), com-
prising a bulb and leaves, collected from Gamochas, ± 60
miles [ 96 km] north of Aus in the quarter-degree grid
2616BA, may represent another population of N. bruyn-
sii. But until flowering specimens from this locality
become available this cannot be confirmed.
FIGURE 2. — Known distribution of Namaquanula bniytisii, •, in south-
ern Namibia; and N. bruce-bayeri, ■, in southern Namibia and
Richtersveld, South Africa.
Etymology: the specific epithet honours Dr P.V.
Bruyns whose tireless botanical exploration in southern
Africa’s arid areas has led to the discovery of this and
three other species of Hessea and Strumaria over the past
10 years (Snijman 1999, 2005).
Namaquanula re-circumscribed
To augment the description of Namaquanula published
by Miiller-Doblies & Muller-Doblies (1985) with the new
morphological data derived from the discovery of N.
bniynsii, an amplified description of the genus is provided.
Furthermore, to assist the identification of Namaquanula
from other genera in Amaryllideae subtribe Strumariinae,
as currently circumscribed by Meerow & Snijman (2001),
a key is given below.
Namaquanula D.Mull.-Doblies & U.Mull.-Doblies,
Botanische Jahrbiicher 107: 20 (1985). Type: Namaquanula
bruce-bayeri D.Mull.-Doblies & U.Miill.-Dobhes.
Perennial, deciduous, bulbous herbs, ranging from
150-180 mm high. Bulb 15-40 mm diam., solitary or
occasionally forming bulblets, ovoidal, covered by sev-
eral, brittle, tan-coloured, cartilaginous tunics; neck up to
80 mm long. Leaves (l-)3 or 4, distichous, absent at
flowering, all but innermost sheathing at base, suberect
to spreading, narrowly lorate, plane or elliptical in cross
section, glabrous, curved or recurved distally; cataphyll
absent. Inflorescence a 6-18-flowered, umbel-like cluster,
up to 70 mm diam.; scape erect, glabrous, solid; spathe
valves 2, narrowly lanceolate, membranous; bracteoles
filiform. Flowers actinomorphic, spreading, stellate, pale
pink, remaining open and turning brown with age;
pedicels stiff, distinctly longer than perigone. Tepals
shortly connate into a basal tube or free to base, oblong-
lanceolate, spreading to recurved, plane or with slightly
undulate edges. Stamens 6, free from style; filaments
connate proximally into a short tube or free to base,
adaxial surface covered with short papillae for a short
distance above base, sometimes each bearing a small,
adaxial hook shortly above base, spreading above;
anthers oblong, dorsifixed, latrorse, opening by longitu-
dinal slits. Ovary trilocular with 1 bitegmic ovule per
156
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
locule, placentation axile, nectaries septal; style slender;
stigma minutely trifid. Infnictescence rapidly drying off,
sometimes detaching and tumbling away from bulb.
Capsule small, loculicidal, walls thin and membranous.
Seeds ovoidal, 2. 5-5.0 mm diam., fleshy, reddish green.
rapidly outgrowing capsule; testa stomatose; embryo
green. Chromosome number: x = 1 1 .
Species two, endemic to southwestern Africa: south-
ern Namibia and the Richtersveld, Northern Cape.
Key to the genera of Amaryllideae subtribe Strumariinae
la Flowers zygomorphic (sometimes only by the deflexed style):
2a Leaves narrow, usually less than 25 mm wide, and subsucculent; pedicels slender, rarely longer than perigone;
tepal margins usually ± undulate; capsules subglobose and membranous, without conspicuous, transversal
veins Nerine
2b Leaves broad, usually more than 25 mm wide, and leathery; pedicels stout, usually much longer than perigone;
tepal margins rarely crisped; capsules trigonous to subfusiform and papery, with conspicuous, transversal
veins:
3a Leaves immaculate; margins smooth or shortly fringed with branched cilia; pedicels obscurely
3-angled in cross section; filaments tightly clustered; capsules prominently ribbed, often tardily
dehiscent Bninsvigia
3b Leaves speckled with red; margins fringed with long, straight bristles; pedicels sharply triangular in cross sec-
tion; filaments ± separate; capsules not ribbed, readily dehiscent Crossyne
lb Flowers actinomorphic:
4a Leaves 2-6. glabrous or softly hairy; perigone collapsing after anthesis; filaments free or if fused then filament
tube trilocular; usually at least one filament whorl adnate to style base; anthers subcentrifixed to dorsi-
fixed; style columnar, winged or swollen ba.sally Stnimaria
4b Leaves 2^, glabrous or rarely minutely pilose; perigone drying and remaining open after anthesis; filaments
free or connate into a short to long tube, never trilocular, free from style; anthers centrifixed to subcen-
trifixed or dorsifixed; style slender throughout:
5a Outer tunics of bulb soft and parchment-like, greyish to pale brown; leaves 2, glabrous or rarely minutely
pilose; cataphyll present, mostly subterranean but sometimes exposed; filaments smooth at base;
anthers centrifixed to subcentrifixed Hessea
5b Outer tunics of bulb firm and brittle, tan-coloured; leaves (l-)3 or 4, glabrous; cataphyll absent; filaments
papillate basally on adaxial surface; anthers dorsifixed Namaquamda
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I am most grateful to Dr P.V. Bruyns for bringing this
new species to my attention, to Mr G. Duncan for growing
the bulbs at Kirstenbosch Botanical Garden for further
study, and to Dr J.C. Manning for his skillful line drawing.
REFERENCES
MEEROW, A. & SNIJMAN, D.A. 2001 . Phylogeny of Amaryllidaceae
tribe Amaryllideae based on nrDNA ITS sequences and mor-
phology. American Journal of Botany 88: 2321-2330.
MULLER-DOBLIES, D. & MULLER-DOBLIES, U. 1985. De
Liliifloris notulae 2. De taxonomia subtribus Strumariinae
(Amaryllidaceae). Botanische Jahrbucher 107: 17—47.
MULLER-DOBLIES, D. & MULLER-DOBLIES, U. 1994. De
Liliifloris notulae 5. Some new taxa and combinations in the
Amaryllidaceae tribe Amaryllideae from arid southern Africa.
Feddes Repertorium 105: 331-363.
SNIJMAN, D.A. 1994. Systematics of Hessea. Stnimaria and
Carpolyza (Amaryllideae: Amaryllidaceae). Contributions from
the Bolus Herbarium 16: 1-162.
SNIJMAN. D.A. 1999. A new species, notes on subgeneric taxa, and
new synonyms in Hessea (Amaryllidaceae: Amaryllideae).
Novon 9: 107-1 10.
SNIJMAN, D.A. 2005. Three new species and a new synonym in
Stnimaria (Amaryllidaceae: Amaryllideae) from southern
Africa. Bothalia 35: 21-27.
SNIJMAN, D.A. & ARCHER, R.H. 2003. Amaryllidaceae. In G.
Germishuizen & N.L. Meyer, Plants of southern Africa: an annotated
checklist. Strelitzia 14; 957-967. National Botanical Institute. Pretoria.
WEICHHARDT-KULESSA, K.. BORNER, T, SCHMITZ, J., MULLER-
DOBLIES, U. & MULLER-DOBLIES, D. 2000. Controversial taxon-
omy of Strumariinae (Amaryllidaceae) investigated by nuclear rDNA
(ITS) sequences. 1. Hessea, Namaquamda, Kamiesbergia, and
Dewinterella. Plant Sy.stematics and Evolution 223: 1-13.
Bothalia 35,2: 157-173 (2005)
Notes on African plants
VARIOUS AUTHORS
LAMIACEAE
AEOLLANTHUS RYDINGIANUS, A NEW SPECIES FROM NORTHERN NAMIBIA AND SOUTHERN ANGOLA
INTRODUCTION
The genus AeoUanthus Mart, ex Spreng. ranges from
tropical to southern Africa. It belongs to the Lamiaceae,
subfamily Nepetoideae, tribe Ocimeae, and comprises ±
43 species. Members of AeoUanthus are succulent or
semisucculent subshrubs or annual or perennial herbs. In
a comprehensive taxonomic revision of the group, Ryding
(1981, 1982, 1986) provided seven examples of pairs of
closely related systematic entities, each consisting of a
perennial and an annual. Two of these pairs, the pre-
dominantly East African A. repens Oliv. and the more
widespread v4. siiaveolens Mart, ex Spreng., the Angolan
A. candelabrum Briq. and the more widespread A.
neglectus (Dinter) Launert, consist of distinct species.
The Angolan perennial A. caudatus Ryding also appears
to be distinct but is related to two annual species, the
Angolan A. lobatus N.E.Br. and the Namibian A. nami-
biensis Ryding. The predominantly south-tropical
African A. setpiciiloides Baker and A. ukamensis Giirke
were retained as separate species, although they differ
only slightly from one another. The same applies to the
Ethiopian A. abyssinicus Hochst. ex Benth. and^. pinnati-
fidus Hochst. ex Benth. In one case, the perennial and
annual forms are even less distinct and are included in
the same species, A. buchnerianus Briq.
The annual A. elsholzioides Briq. is considered to be
endemic to the Huila Plateau in the vicinity of Lubango,
southern Angola. It has a perennial relative represented
by a single collection from the same area. Ryding (1986)
indicated that this collection most probably represents a
separate species, but due to shortage of material, he hesi-
tated to provide a formal name and described and illus-
trated it under the provisional name AeoUanthus sp. A. In
July 2002, plants of this perennial taxon were discovered
on the Baynes Mountains in northern Namibia by a botani-
cal expedition led by the first author; this material was
cultivated at Kirstenbosch. The cuttings rooted rapidly
and flowered a year later in June and July. A comparative
study of the available live material confirmed its status as
a distinct new species. The purpose of this paper is to
describe the new species formally and to discuss its rela-
tionships, especially with A. elsholzioides. We take plea-
sure in naming this new species for Dr Per Olof Ryding
of the Botanical Museum, University of Copenhagen,
Denmark, in recognition of the considerable contribution
he has made to the classification of the genus AeoUanthus.
AeoUanthus rydingianus Van Jaarsv. & A.E.van
Wyk, sp. nov., A. elsholzioidi Briq. similis sed habitu
perenni valde maiori usque ad 600 mm alto, indumento
plus dense glandular!, foliis maioribus 70-140(-200) x
40-80 (-100) mm, inflorescentia in fonna paniculi laxi
terminal! usque ad 125 x 60 mm, spicis breve peduncu-
latis, bracteis fertilibus maioribus latioribus 5. 5-8.0 x
4. 0-5. 5 mm, corolla maiori (1 2-) 18-1 9 mm longa, differt.
TYPE. — Namibia, 1713 (Omavanda): Kaokoveld,
Baynes Mountains, Omavanda, growing on ledge of
sheer south-facing cliff, 1 800 m, (-AD), Van Jaarsveld,
Voigt & Cilliers 17481 (WIND, holo.).
AeoUanthus sp. A: Ryding (1986: 124).
leones: Ryding (1986: 125. fig. 48E-G).
Softly semisucculent, herbaceous, branched, erect
subshrubs up to 600 mm tall, most parts covered with
glandular hairs and sharply aromatic. Roots fibrous.
Branches terete, main branch up to 20 mm diam., with
brown, peeling bark at base, younger branches 7-8 mm
diam., green and sparsely covered with translucent glan-
dular hairs up to 2 mm long, nodes 20-30 mm long,
intemodes covered in short, axillary, crowded, leafy
branches, each with 3 pairs of leaves overtopped by nor-
mal leaves. Leaves decussate; those on axillary branches
20-40 X 15-20 mm (occasionally much shorter), very
shortly petiolate; normal leaves spreading, long-petio-
late, 70-140(-200) x 40-80(-100) mm, becoming
drooping, often exposing suppressed, axillary branches;
lamina broadly ovate to broadly triangular-ovate, fleshy,
tomentose, slightly viscous due to glandular translucent
hairs; adaxial surface channelled, slightly mgose, dense-
ly covered in soft translucent glandular hairs 0. 5-2.0 mm
long; abaxial surface reticulate; veins prominent, dense-
ly beset with glandular hairs, elsewhere hairy; margin
dentate with 7-10 pairs of teeth, 5-7 mm long, and each
with a secondary tooth at base, decurrent on petiole; apex
acute to subacute; base cuneate to attenuate; petiole
15^0 X 5 mm, subterete. Inflorescence a tenninal, lax,
pyramid-shaped panicle, 100-125(-200) mm high, 60
mm wide at base; spikes becoming gradually smaller
towards tip, those of main axis with opposite flowers,
other spikes bearing alternately 1 or 2 flowers at each
node; lower spikes up to 30 mm long, short-stalked, each
with a pair of short side branches at base; rachis 4 mm
diam. at base, gradually becoming thinner distally; bracts
concave, broadly ovate, densely imbricate, 5. 5-8.0 x
4. 0-5. 5 mm, surface with 3 obscure veins, covered with
short glandular hairs, apex acute, sterile bracts slightly
smaller. Calyx green, 1.75-2.5 mm long, bell-shaped, basal
part circular, 1 mm diam., widening towards apex; upper
lip 3-lobed; lower lip infolded. Corolla white (Angola)
or mauve (Namibia), 12-19 mm long, 2-lipped; tube
8-10 mm long, 1 mm diam. at base, widening to 3.5 mm
at throat; upper lip erect, 4-lobed, 8 mm high, bearing
158
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
FIGURE 1. — Aeollanthus lydin-
gianns. A, flowering branch,
X 0.7; B, flower, x 2, scale
bar: 15 min. Artist: Vicki
Thomas.
dark purple spots; lower lip 5-9 mm long, horizontal,
cymbiform, obtuse at apex. Stamens 8-9 mm long, mauve;
anthers 1 mm diam.; pollen yellow. Style (9-) 15-1 6 mm
long, lengthening to up to (11-)17-18 mm long when
ripe. Nutlets 1.3 x 1 mm, black, smooth. Figure 1.
Diagnostic features and relationships'. Aeollanthus
rydingianiis belongs to section Rotimdobasis Ryding, a
group that also includes A. elsholzioides (Angola), A.
rehmannii Giirke (Namibia and South Africa) and A.
parvifolius Benth. (South Africa). It is most closely relat-
ed to the annual A. elsholzioides, from which it differs in
being a perennial, semisucculent subshrub up to 600 mm
high. It furthermore differs from A. elsholzioides in hav-
ing an indumentum that is more densely glandular, long-
petioled, ovate leaves that are larger, 70-140(-200) x
40-80(-100) mm; an inflorescence that is a lax, pyrami-
dal, terminal panicle up to 125 x 60 mm; short-stalked,
dense spikes, larger and broader; subacute, imbricate,
fertile bracts, 5. 5-8.0 x 4. 0-5. 5 mm; and a larger corolla
(1 2-) 18- 19 mm long. The 4-lobed upper lip of the
mauve corolla (white in the Angolan specimen), is
densely purple-spotted. In the annual A. elsholzioides,
the leaves are smaller, up to 28-80 x 10-40 mm; the fer-
tile bracts are up to 4-7 x 2. 5-3. 5 mm, with the apex
acuminate; the corolla is violet and smaller, 8-11 mm
long. The short, condensed axillary side branches are
overtopped by the foliage leaves, the latter becoming
drooping and often exposing the upper condensed axil-
lary branches, each with three pairs of leaves.
Aeollanthus lydingianus should not be confused with
A. buchnerianus and A. neglectus which also occur in
northern Namibia. The latter two species belong to sec-
tion Cucculilabium Ryding and are at once distinguished
by their flowers which have the lower lip hooded and
lobed at the base. However, the lobes are relatively small
or sometimes indistinct in plants of A. buchnerianus from
the South African provinces of Gauteng and Eastern Cape.
The two other members of section Rotimdobasis, A.
rehmannii and A. parvifolius, lack the distinctive over-
lapping bracts. The remaining Namibian species, A.
namibiensis, is also easily distinguished by its pinnatifid
leaves (section Cyathobasis Ryding). The only remain-
ing species in the Flora of southern Africa region, A.
suaveolens (section Aeollanthus), is a pleasantly aroma-
tic annual from the province of Limpopo, South Africa.
Because of their close affinity, A. elsholzioides and A.
lydingianus can be referred to as the 4. elsholzioides group.
As in many other members of Aeollanthus, these two
species have one-sided spikes with alternately one or two
flowers at each node, or an all-sided spike with opposite
flowers on the main axis. However, the one-sided spikes
of the A. elsholzioides group differ from the one-sided
spikes of the rest of the genus in having a decussate
arrangement of the bracts and flowers, apart from the
reduction of a flower at each second node (Ryding 1986;
fig. 6G). In other Aeollanthus species, the flowers and
bracts of the 2-flowered nodes are displaced towards one
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
159
side of the spikes (Ryding 1986: fig. 6H-K), or the flow-
ers are quite differently arranged. Superficially, the spikes
of the A. elsholzioides group have an all-sided appear-
ance, as the ordinary bracts are large and broad and the
sterile bracts at the back (that do not subtend flowers) are
almost as large as the ordinary bracts. Spikes of A. biich-
neriamts have a similar appearance, but those of other
Aeollanthus species have a clearly one-sided appearance,
as their sterile bracts are much smaller, narrower or absent.
Distribution and ecology, at present A. ry’dingianus is
known only from two localities ± 300 km apart, one in
northern Namibia, the other in southern Angola. At both
localities conditions are relatively moist and the soils are
suspected to be somewhat acidic due to the presence of
quartzitic rocks. The Angolan collection dates from 1968
(Teixeira et al. 12533 in LlSC, non vidi) and comes from
a locality between Tundavala and Lubango on the Huila
Plateau, where it was collected among rocks at an alti-
tude of ± 1 800 m. The Huila Plateau has a high average
annual rainfall of up to 1 300 mm and the lush vegetation
of the area contains relict enclaves of Afromontane
grassland and forest. These climatic conditions are in
seemingly stark contrast to the locality of the Namibian
record, which is from the arid Kaokoveld in the north-
western comer of the country (Figure 2). Here the taxon
is confined to the upper quartzite cliffs of the southeast-
ern part of the Baynes Mountains. This mgged range
consists of a flat-topped quartzite massif which rises to ±
2 000 m and is bordered by sheer cliffs. The mountain
can only be reached on foot, after several hours of walk-
ing and climbing. Plants of A. lydingianus occur in a
restricted area on a narrow south-facing ledge at ± 1 800
m. The particular site is considerably wetter than what
would be expected under the prevailing climate due to
the presence of seepage water. Only a small population
was found in full flower. Associated species include the
trees Cussonia angolensis. Ficus bubu, F. glumosa, F.
ilicina and Niixia congesta, as well as the pendent
cremnophyte Aloe omavandae. Although the plants grow
in the shade of cliffs in winter, they receive some sun-
light for part of the day in summer. The Baynes Moun-
tains are not well explored, and the two first-mentioned
associated tree species were new records for Namibia;
Aloe omavandae turned out to be a new species
described in Van Jaarsveld & Van Wyk (2004).
A noteworthy feature observed in cultivated plants of
A. rydingianus is the development of vegetative propag-
ules at the end of old flowering spikes. After the flowers,
fmits and bracts have been shed, the main axis remains
alive until the following autumn when small vegetative
shoots or propagules appear. Each propagule consists of
a leafy shoot. 20-50 mm long (2-7 leaf pairs), and is
shed during late autumn. The fallen propagules root
below the mother plant, a vegetative reproduction strate-
gy often observed in cliff-dwelling succulents and bulbs
(Van Jaarsveld & Van Wyk 2003).
Average annual rainfall in the Kaokoveld varies from
less than 50 mm along the coast to 350 mm in the high-
lands (Mendelsohn et al. 2002). Precipitation is erratic
and occurs mainly in the form of thundershowers in sum-
mer. At Omavanda, where the average annual rainfall is
an estimated 250-350 mm, A. rydingianus receives sub-
FIGURE 2. — Known distribution of Aeollanthus tydingianus.
stantial additional moisture in the fonn of water that
seeps from zones of weakness in the quartzitic rocks. Its
habitat clearly represents a restricted, relatively moist
refuge in a generally arid area. The habitat preference of
A. rydingianus in the Kaokoveld reflects an Afromontane
affinity rather than an adaptation to the arid semidesert
conditions prevailing in the region. Its presence in the
Kaokoveld may be an outlier occurrence and this would
also support its treatment as a taxon conspecific with
Aeollanthus sp. A of the Huila Plateau. It is likely that
more records of the new species would come from the
wetter and botanically still poorly explored Serra da
Chella Mountain Range which extends from the Huila
Plateau southwards towards the Kaokoveld.
The lower foothills of the Baynes Mountains are cov-
ered by arid Colophospermwn mopane-Cominiphora
savanna. Other characteristic trees in this savanna
include Adansonia digitata, Berchemia discolor, Boscia
albitrunca, Commiphora crenato-serrata, Diospyros
mespiliformis, Philenoptera nelsii, Ptaeroxylon obliqu-
um, Sterculia africana and Terminalia prunioides. The
Kaokoveld forms part of the Kaokoveld Centre of
Endemism (Van Wyk & Smith 2001 ), a biogeographical
region that includes northwestern Namibia and south-
western Angola. This local centre of endemism is rich in
endemic plants, nearly all of which show adaptation to
desert and semidesert conditions. Among the endemics
are at least three species Aeollanthus, namely^, cauda-
tus, A. lobatus and A. namibiensis. Other endemic Lami-
aceae include Tetradenia kaokoensis and Plectranthus
unguentarius. A. rydingianus, however, is not a Kaoko-
veld Centre endemic but, as suggested above, most prob-
ably an Afromontane element that managed to establish
160
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
itself in an isolated, moist refuge in the Baynes Moun-
tains. Dispersal was most probably facilitated by birds
that frequent the local puddles of water that seep from
the sandstone rock, a possibility supported by the fact
that the seed of most of the associated trees {Ciissonia,
Ficus) are bird-dispersed.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Our sincere thanks to Dr Olof Ryding of the University
of Copenhagen, Denmark, for valuable information on the
taxonomy of AeoUanthus and for his constructive com-
ments on earlier drafts of this manuscript. We thank
Gerrit Germishuizen and Emsie du Plessis for editing the
text. Dr Hugh Glen for translating the diagnosis into
Latin and Vicky Thomas for illustrating the plant. The
Department of Nature Conservation in Namibia is thanked
for providing the necessary plant collecting permits.
REFERENCES
MENDELSOHN, J., JARVIS, A., ROBERTS, C. & ROBERTSON, T.
2002. Atlas of Namibia. David Philip, Cape Town.
RYDING, O. 1981. The AeoUanthus buchnerianus group (Labiatae).
Nordic Journal of Botany 1: 154—164.
RYDING, O. 1982. The AeoUanthus abyssinicus group (Labiatae).
Nordic Journal of Botany 2: 219-229.
RYDING, O. 1986. The gsnus AeoUanthus s. lat. (Labiatae). Symbolae
Botanicae Upsalienses 26: 1-152.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. & VAN WYK, A.E. (Braam). 2003.
Adaptations without barriers: succulent plants shaped by cliffs.
Aloe 40: 98-103.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. & VAN WYK, A.E. (Braam). 2004. Aloe
omavandae (Asphodelaceae), a new species from the
Kaokoveld, northwestern Namibia. Haseltonia 10: 41^3.
VAN WYK, A.E. & SMITH, G.F. 2001. Regions of floristic endemism
in southern Africa: a review with emphasis on succulents.
Umdaus Press, Hatfield, Pretoria.
E.J. VAN JAARSVELD*! and A.E. VAN WYK**
* South African National Biodiversity Institute, Kirstenbosch, Private
Bag X7, 7735 Claremont.
t Student affiliation: Department of Botany, University of Pretoria,
Pretoria.
** H.G.W.J. Schweickerdt Herbarium, Department of Botany,
University of Pretoria, 0002 Pretoria.
MS. received: 2004-10-26.
MESEMBRYANTHEMACEAE
OSCULARIA CREMNOPHILA, A RARE NEW SPECIES FROM WESTERN CAPE, SOUTH AFRICA
Oscularia cremnophila Van Jaarsv., PDesmet &
A.E.van Wyk, sp. nov., differ! foliis luteoviridibus subglau-
cis turgide trigonis ad subclavatis, cortice suberoso-alato,
et inflorescentia laterali cymosa statim distinguitur.
TYPE. — Western Cape, 3218 (Clanwilliam): Steenboks-
fontein, sandstone inselberg, sheer south-facing cliff,
(-AB), Van Jaarsveld 18404 (PRE, holo.!).
Pendent, densely branched, glabrescent, succulent shrub
600-750(-1000) mm tall; old stems woody, up to 30 mm
diam., bark of basal portion rough, very corky, and becom-
ing distinctly winged with age, leafless for up to 250 mm,
becoming distally thinner with leaves; young stems green
at first, soon becoming brown and woody. Leaves crowded
on short branches (almost touching) and rather dense on
longer shoots, sessile, united at base, decussate, entire,
ascending, spreading, with two or three pairs (with persis-
tent withered older pair), thick, trigonous to turgidly trigo-
nous (almost club-shaped) and broadest near the tip,
10-15(-25) X 6-10(-12) mm, 7-9(-15) mm diam., pale
yellowish grey-green, surface minutely papillate (not due
to bladder cells), waxy layer present, apex obtuse,
mucronate, edges of keel and margin sometimes reddish
and falcate along keel. Inflorescences in lax to dense, ter-
minal and laterally spreading cymes (3-flowered and
10-17 mm diam.) forming panicles, 40-50 x 25^0 mm,
with up to 23 flowers on bibracteate peduncles up to 20
mm long; centre flower (of each 3-flowered cyme) opening
first; bracts leaf-like, club-shaped. Flowers diurnal, pleas-
antly scented, pedicellate; pedicels 3-5(-8) mm long.
Sepals 5, unequal, with translucent margins, outer two tri-
angular-club-shaped, 5-7 X 3. 0-3. 5 mm, inner three trian-
gular-lorate, 3. 5-4.0 x 3 mm. Petals pink, in one series.
spreading, linear-lanceolate, 6-7 x 1.4— 2.0 mm, apices
obtuse to subacute. Stamens: staminodes filamentous sur-
rounding stamens in a central cone; filaments ± 3 mm long,
upper third pink, lower two-thirds translucent, white, clasp-
ing ovary; anthers 0.6-0.7 mm long, yellow, not complete-
ly overtopping stigmas. Gynoecium 4 mm diam., with 5
raised obtuse sutures, minutely papillate, pale translucent
green, elevated up to 1.2 mm; nectaries 5, narrow, 2 mm
long, crenulate; placentation parietal; stigmas 5, arising
from centre between sutures or lobes, subulate, erect, 2.5 x
0.6 mm, dark maroon, papillate and not completely con-
cealed by stamens. Capsule 5-locular, hygrochastic, top-
shaped, 5 mm diam., 6-7 miu deep, top rounded, open cap-
sule up to 9 mm diam.; valves 3x2.5 mm, covering mem-
branes complete, valve wings broad, rectangular. Closing
body absent. Seeds pear-shaped, 0.8 x 0.6 mm, brownish,
minutely tuberculate. Flowering time in early spring,
August-September. Figures 3, 4.
The genus Oscularia consists of 23 species confined to
the western part of Western Cape and the coastal regions of
Northern Cape (Hartmann 2001 ). Oscularia species are dis-
tinguished by a combination of vegetative and floral fea-
tures. Their leaves are characteristically trigonous (often fal-
cate) and markedly keeled, bearing a distinctive grey-green
wax layer of densely placed platelets, and a thick crystal
sand layer in the outer epidennis (Hartmann 2001).
Oscularia species are also characterized by their usual rich
terminal and lateral cymes fonning a dense inflorescence.
In some species (including the new species) the inflores-
cence consists of an aggregate of 3-flowered cymes. The
stamens and staminodes are collected into distinct cones.
The five large nectaries are arranged in a ring. The capsules
are not very finu as in the related Lampranthus.
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
161
B
FIGURE 3. — Oscidaria cremnophi-
la. A, branch showing lateral
cymose infructescence, x 1,
Van Jaarsveld 18404; B,
flowering branch, x 1, Van
Jaarsveld 19003. Artist: Lisa
Strachan.
Oscidaria cremnophila is readily distinguished from
other members of Oscidaria by its distinctive winged cork-
ification of the older and lower branches. It appears to be
closest to O. vredenbiirgensis (L.Bolus) H.E.K.Hartmann,
a coastal species from about 80 km further south. From
this and other Oscularia species it can be further sepa-
rated by its yellowish, grey-green, very turgid, trigonous
leaves (leaf diameter of 6-12 mm in O. cremnophila, 5-6
mm in O. vredenburgensis), abruptly narrowing to the
base (almost club-shaped appearance). The leaf surface
is minutely papillate (not due to bladder cells). The inflor-
escence consists of densely arranged 3 -flowered cymes,
the flowers open in succession, first the centre flower,
then the others, resulting in a long, protracted flowering
season (starting at the beginning of April in cultivation).
The leaves, which are clearly the most succulent in the
genus Oscidaria, are densely arranged on branches and
can be interpreted as an adaptation to its dry cliff face
habitat.
Ripe capsules of Oscidaria cremnophila are hygrochas-
tic, their valves opening when wet, only to close again on
162
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
FIGURE 4. — Basal part of stem of Oscidaria cremnophila. Note distinctive, winged, corky bark.
drying. Seed dispersal is facilitated by rain drops and ger-
mination occurs in crevices on the cliff face. Seeds sown at
Kirstenbosch in the autumn of 2004 gemiinated within
three weeks. Seeds of most mesembs are dispersed by rain-
drops, a mechanism known as ombrohydrochory. Kinetic
energy of the falling raindrops is used to either eject the
seeds sideways, following the impact of the drops on the
covering membranes or simply to splash out the seeds, as
described by Hartmann ( 1 990) and Parolin (200 1 ). Once the
open capsule dries, in most mesembs its expanding keels
contract and the whole structure closes, remaining closed
until the next precipitation event. Unlike O. cremnophila,
most other cliff-dwelling mesembs have capsules that, once
opened, remain open and the seeds are then released and
dispersed by wind (Van Jaarsveld & Van Wyk 2003).
Oscidaria cremnophila occurs on a single quartzitic
sandstone inselberg at an altitude of 122 m on the
Steenboksfontein Fann (Figure 5). The fann, situated on
the Atlantic seaboard and just south of Lambert’s Bay,
has two distinct inselbergs about 500 m apart. The vege-
tation consists of a mosaic of strandveld and succulent
karoo. The northern inselberg (121 m asl) is slightly larg-
er, but with a marked absence of O. cremnophila. Parts
of the southern inselberg have been mined for its quartz
gravel which was used to build the breakwater at
Lambert’s Bay harbour. O. cremnophila occurs on the
sheer southern cliff faces of the southern inselberg in a
small population of ± 24 plants. The drooping shrubs are
up to 0.75 m tall, hanging like bunches of grapes from
crevices in the solid white quartz rock face. They grow in
association with Aloe mitriformis, Adromischus hemi-
sphaericus, species of Matricaria, Crassida and Orni-
thogalum, and Conophytiim alhiflorum. Rainfall of 200-
300 mm per annum is experienced mainly in winter, but
additional precipitation due to regular dew and fog from
the Atlantic Ocean also occurs.
The new species should be regarded as threatened, as
it is known only from this single population of which the
habitat has been mined, with the possibility of further
mining for dimension stone used in the construction
industry in the future.
FIGURE 5. — Known geographical distribution of Oscidaria cremnophila.
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
163
Oscularia cremnophila was first collected by the sec-
ond author in 1995. Subsequent colleetions from the
same locality were made in February 2004 by the first
author and again in August 2004, with cuttings and seed col-
lected for cultivation at Kirstenbosch National Botanical
Garden.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Mr Herman and Mrs Kitta Burger of the Steenboks-
fontein Farm are thanked for allowing the authors to
study the plant on their property. We are grateful to Dr
Hugh Glen for translating the diagnosis into Latin, to
Gerrit Germishuizen and Emsie du Plessis for editing the
text and to Lisa Strachan for preparing the illustration.
REFERENCES
HARTMANN, H.E.K. 1990. Mesembryanthema. In H.R Linder & A.V.
Hall. Systematics. biology and evolution of some South African
taxa. Contributions from the Bolus Herbarium No. 13.
HARTMANN, H.E.K. 2001. Aizoaceae F-Z. Illustrated handbook of
succulent plants. Springer- Verlag, Berlin.
PAROLIN, P. 2001. Seed expulsion in fruits of Mesembryanthema
(Aizoaceae); a mechanistic approach to study the effect of fruit
morphological structures on seed dispersal. Flora 196;
313-322.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. & VAN WYK. A.E. 2003. Adaptations without
barriers; succulent plants shaped by cliffs. Aloe 40; 98-103.
E.J. VAN JAARSVEED*t, P- DESMET** and A.E. VAN WYK***
* South African National Biodiversity Institute, Kirstenbosch, Private
Bag X7, 7735 Claremont, Cape Town.
t Student affiliation; Department of Botany, University of Pretoria,
0002 Pretoria.
** Leslie Hill Institute for Plant Conservation, University of Cape
Town. Private Bag. 7701 Rondebosch, Cape Town.
*** H.G.W.J. Schweickerdt Herbarium. Department of Botany,
University of Pretoria, 0002 Pretoria.
MS. received; 2004-09-17.
BORAGINACEAE
EHRETIA NAMIBIENSIS SUBSP. NAMIBIENSIS: ANEW DISTRIBUTION RECORD IN THE FLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA
(FSA) REGION
The genus Ehretia P. Browne is currently represented by
six species and five subspecies in the FSA region (Retief
2003). Ehretia namibiensis Retief & A.E.vanWyk subsp.
namibiensis was previously known only from Namibia and
Botswana, where it occurs in dry riverbeds and riverine
woodland, in shallow soil, calcrete and on rocky outcrops
(Retief & Van Wyk 2001 ). The first record (Bester 4773) of
this species in South Africa was collected on Calmar Ranch,
near Tolwe in the province of Limpopo (2328BA) some 18
months ago. This area had been identified as under-collect-
ed in terms of the number of specimens housed in the
National Herbarium (PRE), and staff of the Herbarium
made use of the opportunity to undertake a collecting trip to
the area when they were invited to the ranch early in March
2004. In general, large areas of the western borders of
Limpopo and the northern and northwestern borders of the
North-West are under-collected according to the PRECIS
database (National Herbarium, Pretoria Computerized
Infonnation System) at PRE. More field work in these areas
is likely to yield more new distribution records.
REFERENCES
RETIEF, E. 2003. Ehretia. In G. Gennishuizen & N.L. Meyer, Plants
of southern Africa; an annotated checklist. Strelitzia 14; 316.
National Botanical Instimte, Pretoria.
RETIEF. E. & VAN WYK, A.E. 2001 . The genus E/ttW/fl (Boraginaceae;
Ehretioideae) in southern Africa. Bothalia 31; 9-23.
S.P. BESTER* and E. RETIEF*
* National Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Institute,
Private Bag XI 01. 0001 Pretoria.
MS. received; 2005-06-09.
HISTORY OF THE ASSOCIATION FOR THE PROMOTION OF SCIENTIFIC BOTANICAL RESEARCH
The history of the Association dates back to 1960
when Dr R.A. Dyer, then Chief of the Division of
Botany, Department of Agriculture, created a book fund
to enable the book Wild Flowers of the Transvaal to be
published pro bono publico. This was a private, non-
profit-making fund to which sponsors were invited to
contribute. After the book was successfully published, it
was found that there was money left in the fund. Dr Dyer
decided to build up the fund to promote scientific
research by furthering: 1, the official journal of the
Division, The Flowering Plants of Africa and its
Afrikaans counterpart Die Blomplante van Afrika; 2, the
Mary Gunn Library, also of the Division; and 3, any
botanical publication deserving financial support.
On 13 May 1991 the fund was converted into an asso-
ciation as this was considered appropriate. The fund was
renamed the Association for the Promotion of Scientific
Botanical Research. Management of the Association was
entrusted to three trustees, all members of the Division of
Botany (later to become the Botanical Research Institute,
then the National Botanical Institute and presently the
South African National Biodiversity Institute). The
trustees were: Dr B. de Winter as Chairman, Dr D.J.B.
Killick, and Dr O.A. Leistner as Honorary Secretary. The
164
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
objectives of the Association remained virtually the
same. Regular meetings were held mainly to discuss
investments and disbursement of the Association’s funds.
Money from the Association was chiefly used to pay
free-lance artists for plates executed for The Flowering
Plants of AfricalDie Blomplante van Afrika and incorp-
orated in the Art Archives of the Institute.
No requests for financial support for the publication
of botanical work were received by the Association, and
since 1994 the Mary Gunn Library has not asked for sup-
port. Consequently the Association focused increasingly
on its first and most important objective, namely to sup-
port the Institute in nurturing botanical art in Africa by
means of its publication The Flowering Plants of Africa
(its Afrikaans counterpart Die Blomplante van Afrika was
discontinued). Eventually this became, in effect, the sole
objective of the Association.
In 1996 Dr M.M. Wolfson, Director Research Services
of the Institute, was added as a trustee, as it was consider-
ed necessary to include a current member of the Institute in
the management of the Association.
Gill Condy, since 1983 a resident artist of the then
Botanical Research Institute and now the South African
National Biodiversity Institute, was instrumental in uti-
lizing funds of the Association for the purchase of works
by a wide range of botanical artists, the restoration of art-
works in the possession of the Institute and in the sale of
back numbers of The Flowering Plants of AfricalDie
Blomplante van Afrika for the benefit of the Association.
Emsie du Plessis, a member of the Publication Section of
the Institute, assisted with banking transactions and pay-
ment of artists.
At a meeting of the Association, on 25 November
2004, it was decided to donate the assets of the
Association, including the artworks purchased with its
funds, to the South African National Biodiversity
Institute, as a gift to the Nation and for their exclusive
use for the promotion of botanical art, particularly in
Africa. Dr Wolfson assured the meeting that the financial
assets of the Association would be assigned to an
Institute project fund for the exclusive use by the botan-
ical artist(s). Thus, after 44 years of serving the interests
of South African botany, the Association ceased to exist.
D.J.B. KILLICK* and O.A. LEISTNER**
* Formerly of the Botanical Research Institute, Pretoria. Present
address: 465 Sappers Contour, Lyiuiwood, 0081 Pretoria.
** Formerly of the National Botanical Institute, Pretoria. Present
address: 194 Griselda Rd, Murrayfield, 0184 Pretoria.
MS. received: 2005-04-06.
ASPHODELACEAE
GASTERIA TUKHELENSIS, ANEW SPECIES FROM KWAZULU-NATAL, SOUTH AFRICA
In 1993 a rubber canoe expedition was undertaken to
investigate the vegetation and flora along the Tukhela River
between Ngubevu and Jamieson’s Drift. Gasterias growing
on the south-facing cliffs near the confluence with the
Mzimnyati River (Buffalo River) were collected and proved
to be difficult to relate to any of the species known at the
time. The following year another expedition was arranged
and the population studied in more detail. This led to the
confirmation of a new cremnophilous species of Gasteria
Duval endemic to the lower Tukhela River in central
KwaZulu-Natal, here described as Gasteria tukhelensis.
Gasteria tukhelensis Van Jaarsv., sp. nov., G.
batesianae affinis sed rosulis maioribus foliorum arcua-
torum deltoideo-lanceolatorum vel loratorum 120-250 x
30-50 mm, superficie laevi nitenti sed juventute subtu-
berculata differt; etiam perianthio longiore, minus arcua-
to, 40-43 mm longo, pedicellis 17 mm longis, capsula
gracili, 23-32 mm longa differt.
TYPE. — KwaZulu-Natal, 2830 (Dundee): Ngubevu,
sheer southwest rock face, (-DA), Van Jaarsveld, Voigt,
Xaha & narrower 17996 (NBG, holo.).
Plants acaulescent, decumbent, 250 mm tall, up to
700 mm diam., proliferating from base and cluster-form-
ing (3-8 heads). Roots succulent, up to 5 mm diam.
Leaves rosulate, deltoid-lanceolate, 120-250 mm long,
30-50 mm broad at base, falcate and curving upwards.
sometimes becoming recurved; adaxial surface deeply
canaliculate, plane towards apex, faintly white-spotted;
abaxial surface somewhat convex with a distinct, eccen-
tric keel, faintly spotted, spots arranged in obscure trans-
verse bands; both surfaces shiny, dark green with smooth
epidermis; margin minutely denticulate to almost entire,
apex acute or subacute, sometimes acuminate, mucro-
nate. Juvenile leaves distichous, lorate, patent to ascend-
ing; epidermis tuberculate, densely white-spotted, spots
arranged in transverse bands; apex obtuse, mucronate.
Inflorescence racemose with up to 11 pendent flowers,
secondly arranged and open at the same time, up to 560
mm long, bearing two horizontally spreading side
branches up to 300 mm long. Scape 4-5 mm broad at
base, flattened; portion of floral bracts 7x2 mm, pilifer-
ous; peduncular bracts present, slightly larger; pedicels
slender, 10-17 mm long, pink. Perianth 40^3 mm long,
stipitate for 3-4 mm; segments fused for their greater
length (except the perianth apices and margins of the
inner 3 segments), subcylindrical, curved in the middle
(and with a slight constriction), lower portion of perianth
slightly decurved from narrowed central part; lower and
upper half inflated to ± 6 mm diam., pink, upper half
white with green striations; apices erect, becoming erect-
ly spreading, obtuse; margins of inner segments free and
channelled at base for 10-12 mm, diverging gradually
towards apex. Stamens 34-37 mm long; anthers 3 x 1.5
mm long, included or shortly exserted. Ovary 8x3 mm,
green; style 31 mm long, stigma included or shortly
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
165
FIGURE 6. — Gasteria tukhelensis,
from the type locality. A, por-
tion of plant, X 0.6; B, juve-
nile plant, side view, x 0.6; C,
inflorescence, x 0.6. D, E,
capsule, X 0.6: D, longitudinal
view; E, viewed from top. F,
seed, X 0.6. Artist: Lisa
Strachan.
exserted, curved upwards, minute. Capsule 23-32 mm
long, narrowly obovate, triangular in cross section, obtuse
at apex, 6-8 mm diam. Seeds 5-7 x 2-3 mm, black.
Figure 6.
In KwaZulu-Natal, the genus Gasteria has a ± contin-
uous to disjunct distribution in the low-altitude parts of
dry river valleys and associated dry mountain slopes.
However, members of the genus Gasteria have never
been recorded from the Tukhela River Valley, the largest
river system in KwaZulu-Natal (Figure 7). This wide
river valley consists of dry savanna, often overgrown
with sueculent thicket, and is flanked by the numerous
eliff faees so typical of Gasteria territory. To the north,
G. batesiana G.D. Rowley occurs along the Pongola
River and the Mzimnyati River and to the south, G. pen-
dulifolia Van Jaarsv. occurs in the Durban region.
Gasteria tukhelensis appears to be confined to the
lower Tukhela Valley near Kranskop, and as yet it is
known only from the type collection, which appears to
be confined to the sheer cliff faces (altitude 440 m). The
rosettes grow in crevices and on humus-rich ledges of
shale rocks in dry savanna in the shade of succulent
thicket consisting of Euphorbia evansii, E. tirucalli,
Portulacaria afra. Aloe rupestris, A. arborescens. Ficus
ingens, Commiphora harveyi, Bulbine natalensis.
Cotyledon orbiculata, Crassula nudicaulis, C. orbicu-
laris, C. perfoliata var. perfoliata, Delosperrna trades-
cantioides, Gerrardanthus macrorrhizus, Plectranthus
hadiensis var. tomentosus and Petopentia natalensis.
Although the vegetation of the KwaZulu-Natal region is
well documented, the flora of the sheer clilT faces in the
Tukhela region is still poorly known and therefore likely
to yield more new species. A number of vascular plant
species are endemic to the Tukhela Valley and the region
comprises a loeal centre of plant endemism within the
larger Maputaland-Pondoland Region (Van Wyk &
Smith 2001). The Tukhela Valley has a dry, subtropical
climate and is situated in a rain shadow. It rains mainly
in the summer months, ranging from 500-700 mm per
annum. Summers are very hot, with temperatures fre-
166
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
quently above 30°C. Winters are mild and frost is absent
or very light.
Gasteria tukhelensis belongs to section Longiflorae
Haw., series Longifoliae Haw., which includes five species,
G. acinacifolia (J.Jacq.) Haw., G. batesiana, G. croiicheri
(Hook.f ) Baker, G. penduUfolia (Van Jaarsveld 1994) and
the new species. All these species have targe flowers (33^5
mm long) that are gasteriform over half of the perianth
length. G. batesiana, a smaller species occurring to the
north, has shorter, distinctly tuberculate, recurved leaves,
smaller, curved flowers and smaller fhiiting capsules.
However, G. batesiana has been collected on cliffs at Siflila
(tributary of the Mzimnyati River) and ± 1 5 km from the G.
tukhelensis habitat near Ngubevu and has flowers 33 mm
long. G. penduUfolia occurring to the south, has pendent,
linear-lanceolate, entire leaves with a dull to slightly glau-
cous surface. G. croucheri is often solitary, a larger species
with ascending, spreading leaves, 200-360 mm long.
Although the leaves are smooth, the surface is dull, not
shiny, and the leaf margin tuberculate-serrulate. In G.
croucheri the inflorescence is a flat-topped panicle flower-
ing from November to Febmary, whereas in G. tukhelensis
it is racemose. G. croucheri is found from Durban south-
wards to the Msikaba River in Eastern Cape (Transkei
region).
Gasteria tukhelensis grows prolifically from the base,
forming clusters on the sheer southwest-facing cliffs
above the northern bank of the Tukhela River, east of
Ngubevu near Kranskop, and is distinguished from G.
batesiana by its much larger rosettes of falcate, dark
green leaves, often becoming recurved, with a shiny, faint-
ly spotted surface and by its leaf margin which is minute-
ly denticulate to almost entire. Furthermore, the perianth
of G. tukhelensis is 40^3 mm long in contrast to the
shorter, 35^0 mm long perianth found in G. batesiana.
The slender pedicels are 10-17 mm long, compared to
6-12 mm in G. batesiana. The fruiting capsules also dif-
fer from those of G. batesiana, being more slender and
23-32 mm long compared to 16-20 mm in G. batesiana.
The inflorescence may be a simple raceme with up to 11
flowers opening at the same time, but with a pair of side
branches in adult plants. G. tukhelensis is distinguished
from G. penduUfolia by its shiny leaf surface, slightly
tuberculate when young. Its long, slender perianth comes
closest to G. acinacifolia from the coastal Eastern Cape
and the eastern extreme of Western Cape.
Specimen examined
KWAZULU-NATAL. — 2830 (Dundee): Ngubevu, sheer southwest
rock face, (-DA), Van Jaarsveld & Voigt 18354 (NBG).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank Gerrit Germishuizen and Emsie du Plessis
for editing the text, Hugh Glen for translating the diagno-
sis into Latin and Lisa Strachan for illustrating the plant.
Werner Voigt, Phakamani Xaba and Adam Harrower are
thanked for assisting with field work. We are most grate-
ful to farmers Bruce Hopwood (Laureson Estate Farm)
and Pieter van Rooyen (The Gem Farm) for their assis-
tance and hospitality during our expedition.
REFERENCES
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. 1994. Gasterias of South Africa. A new revi-
sion of a major succulent group. Femwood Press in association
with the National Botanical Institute, Cape Town.
VAN WYK, A.E. & SMITH, G.F. 2001 . Regions offloristic endemism
in southern Africa: a review with emphasis on succulents.
Umdaus Press, Hatfield, Pretoria.
E.J, VAN JAARSVELD*t and A.E. VAN WYK**
* South African National Biodiversity Institute, Kirstenbosch, Private
Bag XI, 7735 Claremont, Cape Town.
t Student affiliation: Department of Botany, University of Pretoria,
Pretoria.
**H.G.W.J. Schweickerdt Herbarium, Department of Botany, University
of Pretoria, 0002 Pretoria.
MS. received: 2004-12-13.
FABACEAE
ACACIA ORMOCARPO/DES {M\MOSO\DEAE), ANEW SPECIES FROM SEKHUKHUNELAND,
SOUTH AFRICA
INTRODUCTION
Botanically poorly explored areas of South Africa con-
tinue to yield unexpected new plant discoveries and
records (Hurter & E. van Wyk 2001; Hurter & A.E. van
Wyk 2004a, b; Hurter 2003). During the course of taxo-
nomic work on the genus Acacia in southern Africa and
field work aimed at investigating biogeographical patterns
in the group, several potentially new species of Acacia
have been collected for the first time, one of which is
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
167
described in the present paper. The new species is a yel-
low-flowered member of subgenus Acacia section Acacia
subsection Uniseriae (Vassal 1974; Guinet & Vassal 1978;
Chappill & Maslin 1995; Timberlake et al. 1999).
Subgenus Acacia has recently been shown to be mono-
phyletic within the traditional broad generic concept of
Acacia, the latter which is now known to be polyphyletic
(Pedley 1986; Clark et al. 2000; Miller & Bayer 2000,
2003; Luckow et al. 2003).
Acacia ormocarpoides P.J.H.Hiirter, sp. nov., sta-
tim ab omnibus speciebus aliis flavifloris capitatis Acaciae,
foliolis secondariis minutis glabris solum e rhachillis
duobus sulcatis farinaceis constantibus, involucellis per-
foliatis, bracteolis carinatis et lobis corollae brevibus
ligulatis non supra calycem in tubo connatis, distinguitur.
Habet capitulas valde minores (5-8 mm diametro) quam
A. temnspina in pedunculis glabris non glandularibus
9-16 mm longis, et legumina tenuis glabra sine glandulis
sessilis pustularibus.
TYPE. — Limpopo, 2429 (Nylstroom); Zwemkloof
283-KT, 909 m, (-DB), 28 November 2002, P.J.H.
Hurter 1983 (PRE, holo.; NBG, PRU, iso.).
Small tree up to 3.5 m tall, trunk slender. Branches
fastigiate, ascending, striate, blackish brown; new
growth conspicuously striate, ferruginous. Stipules in
pairs, spinescent, 10-30 mm long, white, glabrous, atten-
uate, pungent, antrorse, basally thickened. Bark coarsely
flaking or splitting to reveal a reddish brown inner layer
on young shoots. Leaves dull green, glabrous, bipinnate-
ly compound, pulvinus green at maturity; petiole sulcate,
0.2-10.0 mm long; leaves on juvenile growth (secondary
leaves) with large, raised, brown, craterifonn, petiolar
nectary gland, absent in leaves on mature growth (pri-
mary leaves); rachis up to 12 mm long, sulcate, tenni-
nating in a short, rigid, persistent, deflexed hook or claw,
at least one nectary gland at junction of distal pinna pair;
rachillae 1 pair on primary leaves, 2 or 3 pairs on sec-
ondary leaves, distichous, 6-20 mm long, sulcate, filled
with a farinaceus substance, dotted with small, sunken,
glandular structures between each leaflet pair, terminat-
ing in a short, rigid, persistent, deflexed hook or claw;
leaflets distichous, 5-9 pairs per rachillae, oblong to obo-
vate-oblong, 2. 5-5.0 x 1. 3-3.0 mm, entire, eglandular,
apex mucronulate, terminal pairs largest, asymmetrical,
base oblique, conspicuous on abaxial surface only.
Inflorescences capitate, globose, bright yellow, 5-8 mm
diam., borne on new growth, fascicled on axillary
peduncles; peduncle 9-16 mm long, with scattered,
small yellow glands; involucel perfoliate, 0. 5-2.0 mm
long, 4-7 mm up the peduncle, dotted with small,
whitish yellow glands, androgenous florets always pre-
sent between bracts. Flowers bright yellow, dichlamy-
deous. Bracteole clavate, carinate, sparsely glandular,
apices with sparse, villose hairs. Calyx campanulate,
pentamerous, glabrous, 1. 2-2.1 mm long, ascending,
apices weakly villose, clasping corolla. Corolla cam-
panulate, pentamerous, membranaceous; lobes ± united,
free above calyx, ligulate, 1.5-2. 6 mm, ascending, edges
and apex slightly papillate. Stamens numerous; filaments
6. 0-7. 5 mm long. Ovaty slightly stipitate, ventricose,
septate, 0.8-1. 2 mm long, surface with a few pusticulate
waxy globules; style 2-A mm long. Pods dehiscent, fal-
cate, complanate, valves venous, 50-130 x 6-9 mm,
5-10-seeded, sparsely covered with a few non-pustulate
glands, edges not constricted between seeds at maturity.
Seeds ellipsoid, 6-9 x 4-6 mm, areole elliptic, 4-6 x 2^
mm. Figure 8.
Diagnostic features and affinities: Acacia ormocar-
poides can be distinguished from all other African yel-
low-flowered capitate acacias by the combination of its
diminutive, glabrous, secondary leaflets consisting of
only two sulcate, farinaceus rachillae, perfoliate
involucels, carinate bracteoles and the short ligulate
corolla lobes which are not united above the calyx to
form a tube. In the field it is possible to confuse it with
the sympatric A. tenuispina I.Verd. and to a lesser extent,
with A. exuvialis I.Verd., both members of the group of
Acacia subg. Acacia with glandular, glutinous pods
(Ross 1971, 1979). Although the pods of A. ormocar-
poides are sparsely dotted with non-pustulate glands, it is
not a member of the glandular podded group.
Acacia tenuispina has much larger capitula ( 1 0-20 mm
in diameter) on densely glandular peduncles 8-30 mm
long, florets in which the corolla lobes are fused above the
calyx to form a tube and glutinous pods with abundant ses-
sile pustular glands, the latter often dark-coloured (Ross
1975, 1979). In contrast, A. ormocarpoides has much
smaller capitula (5-8 mm in diameter) on glabrous, eglan-
dular peduncles 9-16 mm long, campanulate florets in
which the corolla lobes are not fused above the calyx to
form a tube and slender glabrous pods without sessile pus-
tular glands. Further differences in habitat preference were
noted in the field: A. ormocarpoides only grows in sandy
or loamy soils between norite boulders, whereas A.
tenuispina is exclusively found on flats of deep, black,
clay soils commonly known as cotton soils.
Acacia exuvialis is easily distinguished from^. ormo-
carpoides by its papery, peeling bark, sticky and glandu-
lar new growth, sticky and glandular upper peduncle
(portion between the involucel and capitulum), an
involucel that is situated just below the capitulum, small-
er sticky and glandular pods and infundibulifonn florets.
Distribution: at present A. ormocarpoides is only
known from a few fanns on the Leolo Mountains in the
upper catchment of the Motse River in Sekhukhuneland,
Limpopo, South Africa (Figure 9). Biogeographically
this locality falls within the Sekhukhuneland Centre, a
region rich in endemic plants (Van Wyk & Smith 2001).
The recently described A. robbertsei RRSwartz (Coates
Palgrave 2002) and A. seklmkhuniensis RJ.H. Hurter
(Hurter & Van Wyk 2004b), as well as several other
undescribed species of Acacia (unpublished data) are
known to be endemic to this local centre of plant
endemism. In view of its restricted geographical distri-
bution, the threat of extreme overgrazing and extensive
mining activities, A. ormocarpoides should be considered
Endangered (World Conservation Union (lUCN) 2001).
Etymology’: the specific epithet refers to the close re-
semblance this Acacia shows in habit and vegetative fea-
tures with members of the genus Ormocarpum (Fabaceae:
Faboideae), and for which plant it was at first mistaken in
the field.
168
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
FIGURE 8. — Acacia ormocarpoides RJ.H.Hurter. A, primary leaf, x 1.8; B, secondary leaf, x 1.8; C, rachilla, x 9; D, petiole, x 9; E, leaflet, x
2.7; F|, p2, stipules, x 1 .8; G, inflorescence, x 1 .8; H, bracteole, x 9; f, E, floret, x 9; J, calyx, x 9; K, corolla, x 9; L, gynoecium, x 18;
M, pod, X 1 .8; N|, N2, seed, x 1 .8. Artist: Sandie Burrows.
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
169
FIGURE 9. — Known distribution of A. onnocarpoides.
Other specimens examined
LIMPOPO. — 2429 (Nylstroom): Zwemkioof 283-KT, 909 m,
(-DB), 04-03-2004, T. Mukoma & P.J.H. Hwter 70 (PRE, PRU);
Thornhill 544KS, Sekwati, 985 m. (-DB), 04-03-2004, T. Mukoma &
P.J.H. Hurter 71. 72 (PRE).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are indebted to Miss Robyn Luyt and Mr Tovowani
Mukoma for technical assistance, Dr Hugh Glen for the
Latin diagnosis, Sandie Burrows for the line drawing,
and SABONET, the South African National Biodiversity
Institute and the University of Pretoria for financial sup-
port.
REFERENCES
CHAPPILL, J.A. & MASLIN, B.R. 1995. A phylogenetic assessment
of tribe Acacieae. In M. Crisp & J.J. Doyle, Advances in
Legume Svstematics 1: 77-99. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.
CLARK, H.D., d'oWNIE, S.R. & SIEGLER, D.S. 2000. Implications of
chloroplast DNA restriction site variation for systematics of Acacia
(Fabaceae; Mimosoideae). Systematic Botany 25: 618-632.
COATES PALGAVE, M. 2002. Keith Coates Palgrave Trees of south-
ern Africa, edn 3. Struik, Cape Town.
GUINET, P. & VASSAL, J. 1978. Hypotheses on the differentiation of
the major groups in the genus Acacia (Leguminosae). Kew
Bulletin 32: 509-527.
HURTER. P.J.H. 2003. A new pachycaul Dioscorea species from
Mpumalanga Province, South Africa and its conservation. Aloe
40: 73-75.
HURTER, P.J.H. & VAN WYK, A.E. 2004a. A new species of Acacia
(Mimosoideae) from Mpumalanga, South Africa. Bothalia 34:
42-44.
HURTER, P.J.H. & VAN WYK, A.E. 2004b. A new species of Acacia
(Mimosoideae) from the province of Limpopo, South Africa.
Bothalia 34: 109-1 12.
HURTER, P.J.H. & VAN WYK, E. 2001. First distribution record for
Brachystegia spiciformis (Caesalpinioideae) in South Africa.
Bothalia 31: 43.
LUCKOW, M., MILLER, J.T., MURPHY, D.J. & LIVSHULTZ, T.
2003. A phylogenetic analysis of the Mimosoideae (Legumi-
nosae) based on chloroplast DNA sequence data. In B.B. Klitgaard
& A. Bruneau. Advances in Legume Systematics 10: 197-220.
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.
MILLER. J.T. & BAYER, R.J. 2000. Molecular phylogenetics of Acacia
(Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) based on the chloroplast trnK/matK and
nuclear histone H3-D DNA sequences. In PS. Herendeen & A.
Bruneau, Advances in Legume Systematics 9: 1 80-200. London.
MILLER, J.T. & BAYER, R.J. 2003. Molecular phylogenetics of
Acacia subgenera Acacia and Aculeifertim (Fabaceae:
Mimosoideae) based on the chloroplast matK coding sequence
and flanking trnK intron spacer regions. Australian Systematic
Botany 16: 27-33.
PEDLEY, L. 1986. Derivation and dispersal of Acacia (Leguminosae),
with particular reference to Australia, and the recognition of
Senegalia and Racosperma. Botanical Journal of the Linnean
Yoc/ety 92: 219-254.
ROSS, J.H. 1971. Tfie. Acacia species with glandular glutinous pods in
southern Africa. Bothalia 10: 351-354.
ROSS, J.H. 1975. Fabaceae, subfamily 1: Mimosoideae. Flora of
southern Afi-ica 16,1. Botanical Research Institute, Pretoria.
ROSS, J.H. 1979. A conspectus of the African ricac/a species. Memoirs
of the Botanical Sur\>ey of South Africa No. 44. Botanical
Research Institute, Pretoria.
TIMBERLAKE, J., FAGG, C. & BARNES, R. 1999. Field guide to the
acacias of Zimbabwe. CBC Publishing, Harare.
VAN WYK, A.E. & SMITH, G.F. 2001 . Regions offloristic endemism
in southern Africa: a review with emphasis on succulents.
Umdaus Press, Pretoria.
VASSAL, J. 1974. Apport des recherches ontogeniques et semi-
nologiques a Fetude morphologique, taxonomique et phy-
logenique du genre Acacia. Bulletin de la Societe d'histoire
Naturelle de Toulouse 108: 125—247.
WORLD CONSERVATION UNION (lUCN) 2001. lUCN Red List
categories and criteria: version 3.1. lUCN Species Survival
Commission. lUCN, Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK.
P.J.H. HURTER*t and A.E. VAN WYK**
* Lowveld National Botanical Garden, P.O. Box 1024, 1200 Nelspruit.
t Student affiliation: Department of Botany, University of Pretoria,
0002 Pretoria.
** H.G.W.J. Schweickerdt Herbarium, Department of Botany,
University of Pretoria, 0002 Pretoria.
MS. received: 2004-08-04.
LAMIACEAE
PLECTRANTHUS PORCATUS, A NEW SPECIES ENDEMIC TO THE SEKHUKHUNELAND CENTRE OF PLANT ENDEMISM,
LIMPOPO PROVINCE, SOUTH AFRICA
INTRODUCTION
A new Plectranthus species apparently related to P.
xerophilus is described from the Sekhukhuneland Centre
of Plant Endemism (Van Wyk & Smith 2001) in the
Limpopo Province.
Plectranthus porcatus was collected by the first author
on the northern Leolo Mountain Range, while searching
for more populations of another new species. The plants
were found on lower and mid-slopes of the main ridge of
this range with a southwestern aspect, either in bush
clumps in light shade, or under protection of boulders in
full sun. As no flowers or fruits were present when first
collected, plants were cultivated at Kirstenbosch by the
second author. The cultivated plant flowered in January
2004 and was used for the description and illustration.
170
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
Plectranthus porcahis Van Jaarsv. & RJ.D.Winter,
sp. nov., P. xerophilo Codd similis sed corolla alba, caulibus
manifeste costatis, perspicue rectangularibus, cum basibus
foliomm prominentibus persistentibusque diffeit.
TYPE. — Limpopo, 2429 (Zebediela): Sekhukhuneland,
northern Leolo Mountain Range, Farm De Kamp 507
KS, 1 200 m, (-BD), P.J.D. Winter 6725 (PRE, holo.).
Perennial, soboliferous, multistemmed, strongly aro-
matic shrub, ± 1 .2 X 1 .5 m; aerial stems sparsely branched.
Roots succulent, up to 14 mm diam. Stems herbaceous,
semisucculent, woody at base, prominently 4-angled, lat-
erally compressed decussately below nodes (distinctly
rectangular, 10x8 mm in t/s), with a pair of longitudinal
ridges from each leaf base, decurrent along angles on
each side, usually continuing on two opposing sides
through gap between next proximal leaf pair, to upper
side of second leaf base; tomentose with translucent,
multicellular hairs, often glandular-capitate, and sessile,
orange, glandular trichomes; older stems somewhat
terete, up to 30 mm diam., becoming scabrous due to fur-
ther growth of verrucose trichome bases, rusty brown,
longitudinally fissured in a reticulate pattern exposing
the green tissue below. Leaves recurved, conduplicate
unless mature and turgid, broadly ovate to ovate-deltoid,
(55-)90-120(-210) X (40-)55-90(-150) mm, older
leaves progressively larger from growing tip; apex
obtuse to acute, base shortly attenuate and decurrent on
petiole, margin serrate-dentate to serrate-crenate with
10-12 pairs of teeth 3-5 mm long, apical and marginal
teeth with a cream-coloured spot visible on adaxial sur-
face, terminating veins that end in each tooth; thick-tex-
tured, semisucculent, drying chartaceous, adaxial surface
moderately glandular-pubescent, abaxial surface promi-
nently reticulate-veined, densely glandular-tomentose,
with sessile, orange-coloured, glandular trichomes, veins
densely glandular-hairy and with similar sessile, glandu-
lar trichomes; petiole ascending, (7-)10(-25 mm) long,
conduplicate wings of decurrent lamina base often form-
ing a short channel, glandular-tomentose; abscission
layer about 4-6 mm from base, resulting in a distinctly
raised leaf scar, adaxially obtusely v-channelled, abaxially
rounded, comers shortly acuminate, with a decurrent ridge
on either side. Inflorescence a terminal racemoid thyrse,
200-400 mm long and with a pair of side branches at base
carried on short peduncles up to 50 mm long; rachis square,
4x4 mm, reddish brown glandular-tomentose; bracts trian-
gular-ovate, acuminate, 5x4 mm, persistent or caducous.
Flowers in 7-flowered cymes forming 14-flowered verticil-
lasters, the latter 20-30 mm apart; pedicels 8-10 mm long,
densely glandular-hairy, apex inclined where attached to
calyx. Calyx 5.4— 8.3 mm long (in fmit), densely glandular-
hairy and covered with sessile, orange, glandular trichomes;
tube 3.0-3.5 mm long, curved, slightly gibbous at base,
with pedicel attached at upper side, mid-tube somewhat
dorsoventrally flattened, 2.0 x 1.5 mm, throat glabrous;
FIGURE 10. — Plectranthus porcatus:
A, flowering branch, x 0.7; B,
flower, .side view, scale bar,
12.5 mm. Illustrated by Vicki
Thomas from type collection.
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
171
upper lip ascending, broadly ovate or broadly elliptic,
3.2-A.O X 2.7-3.0 mm, obtuse to acute; lower lip 4-toothed,
teeth deltoid, 3 x 0.8-1. 0 mm wide, acuminate; lower pair
of teeth slightly narrower and longer. Corolla 2-lipped,
somewhat sigmoid, 16 mm long, white to slightly mauve
tinged, glandular-hairy and sparsely dotted with sessile,
orange, glandular trichomes; tube 1.8 mm wide for 1 mm
from base, then sharply inclined (diverging 45°-60° from
raceme axis) for 4 mm, mid-tube ± abmptly bent down-
wards (vertically) for 5.5-6.0 mm, expanding towards
mouth; upper hp spreading, unequally 4-lobed, two median
lobes larger and 2 mm high (each with a group of sessile,
orange-glandular trichomes on their adaxial side), lateral
lobes obscure (0.5 mm long) and decurrent on mouth; lower
lip boat-shaped, tilted down ± 20°, 10-12 mm long.
Stamens 4, didynamous; fdaments adnate to anterior side of
tube beyond bend, projecting from throat as a connate sta-
minal furrow for ± 3 mm, free for ± 5 mm, mauve, curved
out- and upward, exserted ± a third of length of lower lip;
anthers versatile, 0.8 mm long, purple, becoming black;
pollen yellow. Style enveloped by staminal furrow, free for
± 5 mm; stigma bifid. Nutlets 1 mm long, smooth, dark
brown. Flowering time: late summer (January-March).
Conservation status: Data deficient (DD). Figure 10.
Diagnostic characters: Plectranthus porcatus is dis-
tinguished from all other southern African Plectranthus
species by its peculiarly ribbed stems. The origin of these
ridges is not clear, but they appear to be associated with
the petiole base. A possible explanation is that they are
protruding bundle sheaths associated with deeper-lying
leaf traces. Its raised leaf scars are quite distinctive.
Etymology: the epithet porcatus alludes to the ridged
nature of most stem intemodes. These ridges are absent
on some internodes during stages of active growth.
Distribution and habitat: this species is known only
from the type locality on the Leolo Mountain Range in
Limpopo Province, South Africa (Figure 11), and we
expect it to be found elsewhere only on the same part of
this range, and doubtfully on dolomite of the Transvaal
Supergroup on mountains to the north and east. The vege-
tation of the northern Leolo Mountain Range consists of
dry Lydenburgia cassinoides-Kirkia wilmsii savanna.
Rainfall is 400-600 mm per annum and occurs mainly
from summer to autumn. The climate is subtropical, with
hot summers and dry, sunny winters with light frost and
cool evenings. The populations of P. porcatus were
encountered in very dark brown loam derived from gab-
bro-norite rocks of the main zone of the Rustenburg lay-
ered suite in the Bushveld Igneous Complex (Viljoen &
Reimold 1999). P venteri Van Jaarsv. & Hankey, another
species endemic to the Limpopo River catchment in south-
ern Africa (Edwards et al. 2000), occurs in the same area.
FIGURE 11. — Geographical distribution of provenances of specimens consulted in this study. Plectranthus porcatus, A; and P. xerophilus, O.
172
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
TABLE 1. — Main floral differences between Plectranthus xerophiliis
and P. porcatiis
AFFINITIES AND POSTULATES FOR FUTURE RESEARCH
The upper calyx lobe significantly larger than the lower
four is analogous to that of Plectranthus section Coleoides
(subgenus Plectranthus), as are the large hairy leaves. The
resemblance is superficial however, as the corolla tube is
straighter in that section, and filaments are free.
Plectranthus porcatus shows a close, yet apparently
isolated, geographical relationship to P xerophilus, in
semi-arid bushland of the Limpopo catchment (Figure
1 1 ). This situation suggests a close relationship between
the two species, which are, in addition, both strongly aro-
matic. P. xerophilus can easily be distinguished by its
subequal calyx, mauve corolla, and its unribbed, some-
what terete, grey-tomentose stems. The main floral dif-
ferences between these two species are listed in Table 1.
P xerophilus has till now been the sole representative
of Plectranthus subgenus Xerophilus Codd, which was
defined by the combination of subequal calyx lobes, a
hooded upper lip, and filaments shortly connate at the
base. Any formal allocation of the new species to this
group will, however, render the subgenus undefined, as
the only remaining shared trait, namely shortly connate
filaments, is by no means unique in the genus. The sig-
moid shape of the corolla, similar to that of P xerophilus,
is occasionally present in other groups as well.
TABLE 2. — Points of difference between Plectranthus porcatus and
Codd’s (1975) subgenera
Plectranthus xerophilus is not known from the Leolo
Mountains (geologically part of the Bushveld Igneous
Complex), but occurs on neighbouring substrates peripher-
al to the Igneous Complex, as close as within 20 km from
where P. porcatus was collected. As there seems to be no
topographical reason why the two species should not occu-
py the same area, we suspect this may be due to edaphic
specialization, as indicated by Siebert et al. (2001 ) for other
species in the Sekhukhuneland area.
From the differences listed in Table 2, it seems that
Plectranthus porcatus could well belong in subgenus
Coleus, currently comprising P amboinicus (Lour.) Spreng.
and P unguentarius Codd. Codd (1975) noted the existence
of exceptions referable to subgenus Calceolanthus in tropi-
cal Africa, and thus unfortunately appears to have applied
his subgeneric concepts only to southern African species,
rendering his classification of very limited use in other
areas. It is not clear why he did not refer these tropical
species to subgenus Coleus. If these atypical species are
included, there is no reason why P. porcatus could not
belong here as well. It further bears some resemblance to P
harbatus Andrews (subgenus Calceolanthus) in, among
other characters, the soboliferous habit and sigmoid corolla,
and warrants further comparative study with some members
of that group. The relationships among subgenera Coleus,
Calceolanthus and Xerophilus therefore need to be revised
before P. porcatus can be confidently assigned to any one of
them. According to a recent plastid DNA phylogenetic
study (Paton et al. 2004), P. xerophilus is grouped in a much
larger 'Coleus' clade.
The conservation value of this species is considered
relatively high, as it appears to represent a unique lineage
in southern African Plectranthus, whether or not it is
closest to P. xerophilus. It is currently threatened by cli-
mate change, and while nothing is known about its uses
or current exploitation, it may be predicted that its rarity,
remoteness and strong smell are traits that could make it
prized as a medicinal plant in future. Currently there
does not appear to be any threat of harvesting in the part
of the Leolo Mountains where it is known from, as it is
too remote from the nearest settlement.
Further research into the infrageneric relationships
within Plectranthus could verify its conservation value,
and inform the authorities about appropriate conserva-
tion management measures.
The key in Codd’s (1985) treatment can be modified by
inserting the following couplet to accommodate the new
species, and renumbering subsequent couplets 13 to 55:
1 2a Leaf .scar distinctly raised (4-6 inm); stem intemodes often
with a pair of additional longitudinal ridges P. porcatus
12b Leaf .scar not distinctly raised; stem intemodes never with a pair
of additional longitudinal ridges:
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Vicki Thomas is thanked for the line drawing accom-
panying this paper. We thank Hester Steyn, Philip
Desmet and Sandra Turck for production of the map,
Gerrit Germishuizen for comments on the original draft
and Hugh Glen for translating the diagnosis into Latin.
We are grateful to the reviewers for valuable criticism,
and in particular to Dr Alan Paton.
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
173
REFERENCES
CODD, L.E. 1975. Plectranthus (Labiatae) and allied genera in south-
ern Africa. Bothalia 11: 371^442.
CODD, L.E. 1985. Lamiaceae. In O.A. Leistner, Flora of southern
Africa 28,4: 142-144. Botanical Research Institute, Pretoria.
EDWARDS, T.J., PATON, A. & CROUCH, N.R. 2000. A new species
of Plectranthus (Lamiaceae) from Zimbabwe. Kew Bulletin 55:
459^64.
PATON, A.J., SPRINGATE, D., SUDDEE, S., OTIENO, D., GRAY-
ER, R., HARLEY, M.M., WILLIS, F., SIMMONDS, M.S.J.,
POWELL, M.P. & SAVOLAINEN, V. 2004. Phylogeny and
evolution of basils and allies (Ocimeae, Labiatae) based on
three plastid DNA regions. Molecular Phylogenetics and
Evolution 31: 277-299.
SIEBERT, S.J., VAN WYK, A.E., & BREDENKAMP, G.J. 2001.
Endemism in the flora of ultramafic areas of Sekhukhuneland,
South Africa. South African Journal of Science 97: 529-532.
VAN WYK, A.E. & SMITH, G.F. 2001 . Regions of floristic endemism
in southern Africa: a review with emphasis on succulents.
Umdaus Press, Hatfield, Pretoria.
VILJOEN, M.J. & REIMOLD, W.U. 1999. An introduction to South
Africa's geological and mining heritage. Mintek, Randburg.
P.J.D. WINTER* and E.J. VAN JAARSVELD**
* South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria, Private Bag
X 101, 0001 Pretoria.
** South African National Biodiversity Institute, Kirstenbosch,
Private Bag X7, 7735 Claremont, Cape Town.
MS. received: 2004-12-23.
r
Jit
M>4 t#H h ^
{^ %i) Jfpmt 'k< it A .^/w HA'^ MaiaiWi^** «w'.ib»»iH^>»»ial|?i9<]po
,%. VvJStW'^ •('‘iiAiri.- iM' '
# aw»w''<I('>'T ■'■
r^^.Sil* ■' «'. Imv.> (A. *‘uMi^U.‘tJfiii •>:;.
r tt'. .i-h,
■' ■ ' '' .r-\-. J VllfAn *1
,^*i/*‘< *^HKl>»«%l|Wnit(il#>f.a ftilOfTt^ l1l(U?ff • . * ftM I.yawtn*'
■hMNg «• — 1« .W.W.|4,10MJ4M ^
*1 tdAY Ut’w • H;TmiW ,(l »f»
»tlm^»lh ..»:»« <j j^.r- \‘_j^ , JOT ',., ,>,,
* fl^T'- (■■ *^* ^^ v;
r,iiim'Aij^t^' ;
)«Oli
Wf'^i, -mf'
!iS«9>r T' «■
iiP'
■ , '*"■
i)»>y«iiltil^^
'0^ 5»''^’'
:^i>d
Ml’SW
, . tfiifm. ASurfiSiiii
' te¥c^;'C*.
1' ’-ritr
'•■ "»
---'*“■■* '’■ , iu
Ill'S.'* - ' ' ,1
»h((, ■■"'■" "»‘*
%t iif^f , iiw'ty ‘^/fUv
^ i U'»iii:’ -^-mi'K#: -.V
■V ^ ■ •• » - . ,-v *A "I. li.
•I ' i ' ' '■'
7:
i, ■<x^\^^is '^A^. .^vf tivt Us . ■ /
jV!tf llrf' 'i’l ■<•;
•■ I H;, » '«Mll||i|^At m injpi
m.,,* •svfto*-..'ujj]ti|KVWkiff''
I* fi w<m‘^
'• s.i- „
4y(m.;w >|V^||^l^;y^, I
M . t *«Miitvdi#^)iK
r.^' ,vf BjT rtKifll* ■*'
%rtlte
.-v-V-v**
4t»» ■ Ttf...'-' I^rikklfj^'itir^;
tm •■■ *^yui h'
•> wi&di
'*»
♦ f'*0 OViMpH::
i«Y j3»*<n
nu4 £1
.rJ '^.'
»>• ‘i’ i.
■ I* T - '
:*;. • '.iv_ - ■■. '
iinwV.vat>-^ ';p»
'} :r'> "j , ..«ii^ t»'f 2^ m‘t
•• *"■♦ ^jMSi in
1 il. f» rt'i »y * ^1^ i;.
* M'-
,t 4Jt^> kf/xJH,*'"-'^- - ■ *
N ;. , I- ,* '♦►■m .s-'.' "’
,'„i,Vy^i . AOli tiftljB,- " 'V ■ '
■ ^. ' '
*'!*"**^
lfl#t ■ - «i • *1 fV I^JBI
.■■-i'.wt«ir>' .:■>« -'lilif
<li»- J4ii)jCifirni'' .iM’i, t^.lytSf
' ;n Viifti'tf.' . ' : ’iW"
’■ ’ '' _ Hi
Bothalia 35,2: 175-183 (2005)
Ovule and seed structure in Scolopia zeyheri (Scolopieae), with notes
on the embryology of Salicaceae
E.M.A. STEYN*, A.E. VAN WYK**| and G.F. SMITH*+
Keywords: Achariaceae. embryology, Flacourtiaceae, Salicaceae, Scolopia zeyheri, Scolopieae, seed coat, taxonomy
ABSTRACT
Scolopia zeyheri (Nees) Harv. is a widespread African tree and a member of the largest genus of the tropical Old World
tribe Scolopieae (Salicaceae sensii lato). This light microscopic study is the first report on ovule and seed structure in the
genus and the tribe. Ovules vary from four to six per ovary, are anatropous, crassinucellate, bitegmic and occur in an
epitropous (rarely pleurotropous), median-parietal position in the unilocular, usually bicarpellate ovary. A very extensive
nucellus cap, comprising nucellus epidermal derivatives and parietal tissue, characterizes the young ovule during mega-
sporogenesis and megagametogenesis, but the chalazal nucellus is poorly developed. During meiosis, the micropylar dyad
cell degenerates early. The functional dyad cell forms two megaspores of which the chalazal one usually develops into a
Polygonum-type embryo sac. At maturity, the micropylar end of the embryo sac is covered by the remnants of the nucellus
epidermis, the parietal tissue having degenerated. The globular embryo has a short suspensor and lies in nuclear endosperm
becoming cellular. The seed coat develops from both integuments, is tanniniferous, has a glabrous surface with stomata and
a single layer of exotegmic, longitudinal fibres.
Results are compared with relevant information previously reported for genera in the tribes Flacourtieae, Samydeae,
Saliceae, Scyphostegiae and for Oncoba Forssk. (Salicaceae sensu lato). Embryologically Scolopia shows a number of ple-
siomorphic features compared to other Salicaceae. For example, it lacks an extranucellar embryo sac, an apomorphic fea-
ture in many Salicaceae. A summary of ovule and seed characters in Salicaceae sensu lato is given and contrasted with data
available for Achariaceae sensu lato. Embryological data broadly supports the reclassification of genera, traditionally
referred to Flacourtiaceae, amongst Salicaceae sensu lato and Achariaceae sensu lato.
INTRODUCTION
Scolopia Schreb. is a genus of evergreen shrubs and
small trees with simple, alternate leaves and branches
that are often spinescent. With about 37 species (Sleumer
1972; Chase et al. 2002) in Africa, Madagascar,
Comores, Mascarenes, India and Sri Lanka, SE Asia,
Malesia and Australia (Sleumer 1972), Scolopia is the
largest and most widespread genus of the tribe
Scolopieae, Flacourtiaceae sensu aiict. This tropical Old
World tribe also comprises Hemiscolopia Slooten (1 sp.)
from Indomalesia, Mocquerysia Hua (1 sp,) from tropi-
cal Africa, Phyllobotryon MiilLArg,, including
Phyllocliniitm Baill, (5 spp.) from tropical Africa, and
the rather aberrant Pseudoscolopia Gilg (1 sp.) from
South Africa (Lemke 1988; Chase et al. 2002). Together
with ± 50 other non-cyanogenic genera (and the
cyanogenic Banana Aubl.) traditionally classified in
Flacourtiaceae, the genera of Scolopieae were recently
placed in a drastically redefined Salicaceae sensu lato
(hereafter referred to as Salicaceae), a cosmopolitan family
that also include Populus L., Salix L. and Scyphostegia
Stapf (Chase et al. 2002).
Although representatives of Scolopieae have been
known to science since before the beginning of the 20th
century — Scolopia was first described by Von Schreber
* South African National Biodiversity Institute, Private Bag XlOl,
0001 Pretoria.
** H.G.W.J. Schweickerdt Herbarium, Department of Botany,
University of Pretoria, 0002 Pretoria.
+ Affiliation: Acocks Chair, Department of Botany, University of
Pretoria, 0002 Pretoria.
t Corresponding author, e-mail: braam.vanwyk(3jup.ac.za
MS. received: 2004-12-30.
in 1789 and Phyllobottyon by Muller Argoviensis in
1864 — no account of the tribe’s embryology, except for
a brief description of stamen development by Bernhard
& Endress (1999), has yet been given. In fact, apart from
data on a few Flacourtieae, Casearia Jacq. (Samydeae)
and Oncoba Forssk. (tribal affinities within Salicaceae
uncertain), there is a dearth of embryological infonna-
tion on members of all flacourtiaceous tribes, currently
included in Salicaceae (e.g. Davis 1966; Comer 1976;
Van Heel 1977, 1979; Johri et al. 1992; Nandi et al.
1998). To arrive at a better understanding of the embry-
ology of Salicaceae — an overview of such characters has
not been given for this emended family — and to append
the meagre embryological data on its southern African
representatives in particular, we here report on ovule and
seed characters in Scolopia zeyheri (Nees) Harv.
Commonly known as the thompear or doringpeer
(Afrikaans), Scolopia zeyheri is a variable species as
regards leaf shape and growth fomi (Killick 1976). Of
the five southern African members of the genus (Coates
Palgrave 2002; Bredenkamp 2003), S. zeyheri has the
widest distribution, ranging from Mossel Bay in Western
Cape (Killick 1976) through the eastern and northern
parts of South Africa, to eastern Botswana (Coates
Palgrave 2002), as well as to Swaziland, Mozambique,
Tanzania, Kenya and Uganda. The thompear is also report-
ed from Cameroon, Angola, Zambia and Zimbabwe
(Palmer & Pitman 1972; Sleumer 1972; Lebmn & Stork
2003). It occurs from sea level to about 2 400 m in a
range of vegetation types, including evergreen forest, open
woodland, semi-karroid scmb, as well as inland and coastal
savanna; it is often associated with termite mounds (Coates
Palgrave 2002).
176
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
FIGURE 1. — Placentation and orientation of ovules in Scolopia zeyheri. A, bicarpellate, unilocular ovary in t/s; B, unilocular ovary in superficial
1/s. a, ovary wall; b, locule; c, fused carpel margins; v, sessile ovule with ventral raphe. Note pleurotropy (micropyle directed horizontal-
ly) in A (left ovule) and epitropy (micropyle directed upwards) in B. Scale bars: 50() pm.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
Inflorescences with floral buds, mature flowers,
developing fruit and seeds of Scolopia zeyheri were col-
lected weekly from trees growing in the Walter Sisulu
National Botanical Garden, Roodepoort, South Africa.
Inflorescences were immediately immersed and stored in
O.I M cacodylate buffered solution (pH 7.4) containing
4% formaldehyde and 2.5% glutaraldehyde. Selected
ovaries and developing berries were cut from the inflo-
rescences, sorted according to size and kept in separate,
labelled vials containing freshly made up fixative as
described above. All stages were dehydrated and impreg-
nated with glycol methacrylate (GMA) following the
methods of Feder & O’Brien (1968). Ovules and seeds
were dissected from the ovaries and berries, individually
embedded in GMA and sectioned sagittally at 2-3 pm.
Selected sections were stained with the periodic-
acid/Schiff reaction (PAS) and counterstained with tolu-
idine blue, using the protocols of O’Brien & McCully
(1981).
RESULTS
Placentation, orientation and position of ovules in the
ovary
Scolopia zeyheri bears small, yellowish flowers in
inconspicuous, few-flowered axillary racemes at the
beginning of spring (early September in South Africa).
The flowers are bisexual, epigynous, nectariferous and
sweet-scented. Ovaries are unilocular and bicarpellate
(Figure 1 A), less often tricarpellate and develop into red,
globular and succulent berries, ± 10 mm diam. Four to
six sessile ovules, usually epitropous (micropyle direct-
ed upwards) with a ventral raphe (Figure lA) sensu
McLean & Ivimey-Cook (1956: 1392, fig. 1293A),
develop in pairs on the fused margins (placentae) of the
carpels, ± halfway down the locule. In a few instances
ventral pleurotropous ovules (micropylcs directed hori-
zontally) were found (Figure I A), indicating that the
direction of the micropyle is not a constant character. The
carpel margins extend to some degree into the locule so
that, in superficial longitudinal sections of ovaries, it
seems as if the ovary has more than one locule and the
epitropous ovules are axile (Figure IB).
Structure of ovule and development of emhiyo sac
Mature ovules are small, ovoid (± 600 x 350 pm),
anatropous, crassinucellate and bitegmic (Figure 2A, B).
The chalaza constitutes a small part of the ovule, there is
no funicle and the raphe is unobtrusive. The outer integu-
ment is longer than the inner and comprises four layers
of isodiametric, thin-walled cells (Figure 2A, B). Large
amounts of dark-staining, phenolic substances occur in
the outer epidermis and the mesophyll cells, but the inner
epidermis is usually without tannins. The inner integu-
ment is four-layered at its base and comprises thin-
walled, isodiametric cells without tannins. This integu-
ment becomes thicker in the micropylar region, mostly
by periclinal divisions of the outer epidenual cells
(Figure 2A).
The nucellus cylinder is ovoid with a slightly attenu-
ate apex fonned by a few apical nucellus epidermal cells
lying opposite the inner opening of the endostome and
separating the apex of the embryo sac from the micropy-
le (Figure 2B). The cells are papillate, thin-walled and
vacuolate. The base of the embryo sac is embedded in
chalazal nucellus cells with dark-staining contents and
walls, representing a postament sensu Shamrov (1998:
379; 2002: 135). In Scolopia the first cells of this struc-
ture become visible in the short chalazal nucellus region
when the megaspores are fonned. The postament cells lie
directly below the megaspores and in the same longitu-
dinal row (Figure 3A). It is generally believed that the
primary function of the postament is the transport of
nutrients from the chalaza to the developing megagame-
tophyte (Shamrov 2002).
During meiosis, the micropylar dyad cell does not
divide, but degenerates after the first meiotic division
(Figure 3A). The functional dyad cell undergoes the sec-
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
177
FIGURE 2. — Ovule structure in Scolopia zeyheri. A, mature ovule in
median sagittal section; B, mature ovule in t/s. d, chalaza; e,
embryo sac; i, inner integument; n, nucellus; ne, nucellus epi-
dermis; o, outer integument; p, postament; s, synergids. Scale
bars: 100 pm.
ond meiotic division, resulting in two megaspores of
unequal size (Figure 3A, B). The chalazal megaspore
usually develops into a monosporic, Polygonum-iype
embryo sac, whereas the micropylar one degenerates
(Figure 3B, C). However, sometimes it is the micropylar
megaspore that enlarges and functions as the megagame-
tophyte (Figure 3D).
During the earliest stages of development, the megas-
pores and young embryo sac (Figures 3A-D; 4A) lie
deep inside the underdeveloped chalazal nucellus and are
covered by a nucellus cap consisting of an extensive
parietal tissue and the derivatives of the apical nucellus
epidermal cells. While the embryo sac matures, the pari-
etal nucellus tissue is gradually being absorbed by the
intrusion of the micropylar part of the embryo sac; the
chalazal nucellus and most of the lateral nucellus tissue
remain intact. In flowers that have shed their pollen and
are on the brink of fertilization, the micropylar part of the
embryo sac has also absorbed most of the cells of the
nucellus epidennis. A few remnants of these papillate
cells can still be seen between the wall of the embryo sac
and the inner opening of the endostomium (Figures 2A;
4B). In S. zeyheri the embryo sac therefore does not
extend beyond the limits of the micropylar nucellus epi-
dennis to become extranucellar.
No antipodal cells were seen in the chalazal part of
mature embryo sacs, the cells possibly degenerate rapid-
ly after fonnation (Figure 4B). The synergids show a dis-
tinctive filifonn apparatus (Figures 2A; 4A) and the egg
cell usually protrudes below the synergids. Two separate
polar nuclei were often seen near the cells of the egg
apparatus.
Seed coat structure
At maturity, the small, succulent berries contain four
to six subovoid, laterally flattened seeds, ± 3.5 x 2 mm
with a dark brown, glabrous surface. Both integuments
take part in the development of the seed coat, but neither
is multiplicative. In the ripe fruit, the testa consists of
four cell layers on the sides of the seed and contains large
amounts of tanniniferous substances (Figure 5A-C). The
outer epidermal cells are large, rectangular and thin-
walled, except for the outer tangential walls that are thick
and, although not lignified, impregnated with tannins
that probably help to protect the seed. Scattered stomata
occur (Figure 5C). The mesophyll cells of the testa are
small and thin-walled and possibly kept from being
crushed by the large amounts of polyphenols that
increase the rigidity of the cells walls (Werker 1997).
The inner epidermis fonns a coherent layer of periclinal-
ly flattened cells without tannins.
The tegmen is four to five cells thick and since the
outer epidennis forms the main mechanical protective
layer, the seed coat can be described as exotegmic. The
outer epidermis develops into a compact layer of thick-
walled, lignified (stains blue-green in toluidine blue),
pitted and fibre-like sclereids of about 200-220 pm long
(Figure 5B), stretched in a longitudinal direction. In
transverse section the sclereids are ± rectangular (Figure
5A) and show, like the tightly packed, thin-walled meso-
phyll cells of the tegmen, no signs of tanniniferous sub-
stances. The inner epidermis consists of small rectangu-
lar tanniniferous cells, separated from the thin-walled
endosperm tissue by shortly periclinally stretched, living
cells of the nucellus epidermis.
The development of the embryo was not studied;
stages found in aborted seeds showed globular embryos
with short suspensors (Figure 5D).
178
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
FIGURE 3, — Mcgasporc formation in Scolopia zeyheri. A, miccllus with megasporcs and degenerating micropyiar dyad cell; B, nucellus with
functional chalazal megaspore; C, Polygommi-iype embryo sac in binucleate stage; D, binucleate stage of micropyiar megaspore, fm. func-
tional mcgasporc; i. inner integument; k. disintegrating micropyiar dyad cell; I, parietal tissue; m, megasporcs; me, inner opening of
micropyle canal; nc, nucellus epidermis; p, postament. Scale bars; A-C. 25 pm; D, 50 pm.
DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS
On the basis of comparative morphology, wood
anatomy, palynology and phytochemistry, Lcmke ( 1988)
arranged the tribes of Flacoiirtiaceae in three informal
groups. The tribes Homalieae, Scolopieae and Prockieae
were considered to forrn a veiy natural group, the genera
constituting these tribes being scarcely distinguishable in
terms of wood anatomy and pollen morphology (Lemke
1 988 and references cited therein). As far as evolutionary
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
179
FIGURE 4. — Embryo sac position and structure in Scolopia zeyheri. A, Polygonum-type embryo sac in 4-nucleate stage; B, mature embryo sac.
Note remnants of nucellus epidermis on micropylar side of synergids. d, chalaza of ovule; e, embryo sac; ei, egg cell; i, inner integunut;
1. parietal tissue; ne, nucellus epidermis; o, outer integument; p, postament; s, synergid. Scale bars: A, 100 pm; B, 50 pm.
status is concerned, Lemke (1988) regarded this group as
separate from the least specialized, cyanogenic gluco-
side-containing genera within the family (Berberidop-
sideae, Erythrospermeae, Oncobeae and Pangieae) and
the most highly derived, salicoid genera (Flacourtieae,
Casearieae and Bembicieae). However, subsequent
workers (Nandi et al. 1998; Bernhard & Endress 1999;
Chase et al. 2002) advocated the arrangement of the fla-
courtiaceous tribes in only two broad groups and the
Homalieae-Scolopieae-Prockieae assemblage was even-
tually placed with 3 1 other genera (including Samydeae)
with salicoid leaf dentition, as well as Scyphostegia,
Salix and Populus in a greatly enlarged Salicaceae
(Chase el al. 2002). Lemke’s (1988) cyanogenic genera
(but not Berberidopsideae now raised to a family of its
own, Berberidopsidaceae) were classified with an
expanded Achariaceae sensu stricto Mirbel in Acharia-
ceae sensu lato, hereafter referred to as Achariaceae
(Chase et al. 2002).
On account of their conservative and eonstant nature
(Dahlgren 1991), embryological data have often been
successfully employed to test and indicate phylogenetic
relationships at different levels of the taxonomic hierar-
chy, but most success has prevailed in solving classifica-
tion problems at the generic level and higher (Stuessy
1990). The present study on Scolopia provides the first
detailed information on ovule and seed structure in one
of 21 genera of an assemblage that putatively forms a
natural group among the tribes now included in Salica-
ceae. This new data allows for a better understanding of
embryological characters in this recently enlarged fami-
ly. In combination with published information on ovule
and seed characters in other genera (Table 1 ) now includ-
ed in Salicaceae (Chase et al. 2002), and compared with
findings on Acharia Thunb., Guthriea Bolus, Ceratiosi-
cyos Nees and Kiggelaria L. (Steyn et al. 2003) now
included in Achariaceae (Chase et al. 2002), data collec-
ted during the present study suggest the following:
1. Ovule and seed characters in Salicaceae. Ovules
are bitegmic (unitegmic in Saliceae), crassinucellate,
anatropous (orthotropous in Oncoba, Casearia Jacq.)
and usually sessile or almost so (conspicuous funicles in
Scyphostegia), occurring on median-parietal, lateral-
parietal or basal-parietal (basal in Scyphostegia) placen-
tae in a unilocular, multi-ovular (4-6-ovular in Scolopia)
ovary. Integuments are slender (2-5-layered) at the base,
both become thicker in the micropylar region and form
the straight or slightly skewed micropyle (inner integu-
ment only in Flacourtia, Oncoba). Although the func-
tional behaviour of the megaspores varies, a Polygonum-
type embryo sac is often formed, occupying a usually extra-
nucellar position (clearly intranucellar in Scyphostegia and
TABLE 1 . — Ovule and seed characters in selected genera of Salicaceae. Missing states reflect lack of information
180
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
l/*5
00
O ^
w
Co 00
—
?3 o
15 ’C
e o.
OX)
OJ c
3 ^ _U e/5
Z M < <
Cl
■2 S
I i
6 5
CO ^ cfl
Q- — ^
C3 (U
■a c a,
"= ’C §
CO --
I I
■s e s
,0-0 E CL
; = •- O .2
o E
-s "O \ ^ n O 5
PJ *o o ^ ^ ^ <C
C c
E D
OX) OX) g
S b 2 s
^ 'rt -Cl ?f>
H .c
P
r-
'C ON
^ —
c —
o 'S
Cl B,
£ B
£ 5
E ^
E
w>.S
li I
S ^ OX)
si ^
^11
u
^ ON
!3
E H
.J- o
0X1 ^
0 .2
1 S
E ^
CL o
ti-'S
« E
E ciij
" -S
D. g
c E
“ ,5 .2 o
C/3 -Q ^
r2 — 3 C=
H OX) S O
'O
r-
On
Q
c E
c o
= U
Sp
ON
,r £
^ c
I!
3 c .2 "2
II s :e
O ^ Cl T)
oj £ £
g- ^ o
^X) -o
& o
E
•I £
‘5
. r. (U
C W)
^ c
o —
o
(U o
E Ltf ^
S E ;S
r« 2 ^
iS E
U-) 2
o 9
S E
■g ’S
*o r2
'5-.^
UJ "O
T3 c
§ ^
11
S <U
.”2
'd- .>
UJ 73
•c ~ 3
E
5 *2 ^
D S g <
E ,E
g 2 2
OX) X
c E
0 .2
1 2
£ .E
0 .2
1 ^
£ OX)
£ c
U. ‘1. 3
E o 3
H "ox) (u in
:s 2 7 E
g i 5
Z o Z; H 2 ,2
E .E
H Tij (u .E PJ
■c ■§
O S
ii c
?-s
O 2
I
OX)
.Si c
o
£ CL
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
181
FIGURE 5. — Seed coat structure in Scolopia zeyheri. A, B, mature seed coat: A, t/s; B, 1/s. C, stoma in seed coat; D, micropylar region of seed in
1/s showing aborted embryo with short suspensor. i, legmen (inner integument); ii, inner epidermis of legmen; me, inner opening of
micropyle canal; mi, mesophyll of legmen; mo. mesophyll of testa; ne. nucellus epidermis; o, testa (outer integument); oi. outer epidermis
of tegmen; oo, outer epidermis of testa; w, endosperm; x, stoma; y, embryo. Scale bars: 100 pm.
Scolopia) at maturity. A postament develops directly below
the megaspores in the short chalazal nucellus region of
Scolopia. A nucellus cap of 2-5 layers (8-10 in
Scolopia), comprising derivatives of the epidermis and
parietal cell, occurs at sporogenesis and a thin layer of
perisperm persists in the seed, except under the micropy-
le canal (4-layered cap present in seed of Scyphostegia).
Embryogeny is poorly known (Asterad-type in Salix),
the embryo has a short or long uniseriate suspensor, is of
moderate to large size and lies erect in the seed.
Endosperm is oily and copious (absent in ripe seed of
Salix). The testa is tanniniferous and often contains
stomata. A single layer of exotegmic, longitudinal fibres
or fibre-like sclereids forms the main mechanical tissue
of the seed coat (absent in Saliceae) and the endotegmen
usually persists as a pigmented (tanniniferous) layer. An
aril derived from the funicle is often present in capsular-
fruited taxa.
2. Salicaceae versus Achariaceae. Although the two
families have many ovule and seed characters in com-
mon (see Steyn et al. 2005 for characters shared by fam-
ilies in Malpighiales), they can in this regard be delimit-
ed by a few structural differences, including the position
of the embryo sac (clearly intranucellar in Achariaceae,
extranucellar or nearly so in Salicaceae); the structure
and origin of the mechanical seed coat layers (endotestal
sclereids, plus more than one layer of exotegmic, longi-
tudinal fibres in Achariaceae, a single layer of
exotegmic, longitudinal fibres or fibre-like sclereids in
Salicaceae except in Salix and Popitlus); the course of
the micropyle (zigzag in Achariaceae, slightly skewed to
straight in Salicaceae) and possibly, the presence/
absence of a suspensor in the embryo (absent in Acha-
rieae and Kiggelaria E., present in Salicaceae).
3. Evolutionary status of Scolopieae. Some characters
of Scolopia suggest a less advanced position for Scolo-
pieae within the family: (a) At sporogenesis, the megas-
pore mother cell lies in the weakly developed chalazal
nucellus and is covered by a very extensive nucellus cap,
mainly derived of parietal tissue. An extensive apical
nucellar region and weakly structured chalaza, regarded
as representing an early stage in the evolution of the
dicotyledonous ovule (Shamrov 1998), have not been
noted for any other member of Salicaceae, except in the
basal Scyphostegia (Van Heel 1967: 110) and this may
represent a plesiomorphic character within the family,
(b) The mature embryo sac of Scolopia does not attain an
extranucellar position as reported for genera in the more
182
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
advanced tribes of Salicaceae, namely Flacourtieae
{Arechavaletaia Speg., Johri et al. 1992; Dovyalis, Steyn
et al. 2005; but not Flacourtia, Dathan & Singh 1973),
Samydeae {Casearia, Van Heel 1979) and Saliceae
{Salix, Chamberlain 1897; Popiihis, Nagaraj 1952). (c)
The embryo in Scolopia has a very short suspensor.
Embryos with long, uniseriate suspensors seem to char-
acterize the advanced tribes Flacourtieae (Idesia
Maxim., Johri et al. 1992; Dovyalis, Steyn et al. 2005),
Samydeae {Casearia, Corner 1976) and Saliceae
{Popuhis, Nagaraj 1952). The taxonomic significance of
the postament in the ovule of Scolopia is obscure
because few workers have recognized this tissue in earli-
er studies.
4. Inclusion of Scyphostegia in Salicaceae. This
monotypic endemic from Borneo, sometimes placed in a
family of its own (Scyphostegiaceae; e.g. Mabberley
1997), shows the presumably plesiomorphic feature of a
distally lobed outer integument, also mentioned for
integuments of Caloncoba Gilg and Camptostyliis Gilg
(Van Heel 1967, 1977). The latter two genera were recent-
ly placed in Achariaceae, tribe Lindackerieae (Chase et al.
2002). A nucellus cap of several layers covering the
embryo sac in the mature ovule and persisting in the seed
of Scyphostegia is also reminiscent of Achariaceae.
However, a basal position in Salicaceae (Chase et al.
2002) is supported by the absence of endotestal sclereids
and the presence of a single layer of longitudinal
endotegmic fibres in the seed coat.
5. Position p/'Oncoba in Salicaceae. Presence of sali-
coid leaf teeth, absence of gynocardin-like cyanogenic
glucosides (Nandi et al. 1998) and centrifugal stamen
initiation (Bernhard & Endress 1999) have previously
indicated a position within Salicaceae. Molecular data
strongly support the placement of Oncoba in Salicaceae,
whereas the other genera of erstwhile flacourtiaceous
tribe Oncobeae seem well placed in Achariaceae (Chase
et al. 2002). The single layer of exotegmic, longitudinal
fibres and destruction of the nucellus cap cells by the
embryo sac (Van Heel 1977) indicate a relationship with
salicaceous tribes, but the projecting endostome and
orthotropous ovules are somewhat irregular for the family.
The dismembering of the traditional Flacourtiaceae
and the recognition of two major clades that are more
closely related to other families in Malpighiales than to one
another is one of the great surprises of recent molecular
phylogenetic analyses (Chase et al. 2002). Undoubtedly
many workers familiar with traditional family circumscrip-
tions viewed these proposals with some scepticism.
Subsequently, evidence from embryology provided
strong support for the broad hypothesis of phylogenetic
relationships suggested by Chase et al. (2002), namely
the existence of a Salicaceae sensii lato clade and an
Achariaceae sensii lato clade (summarized in Table 1 and
also in Steyn et al. 2003). On the other hand, within
clades, embryological features also show variation
amongst taxa in at least some cases, most probably
reflecting specific patterns of adaptive radiation, e.g.
wind/water-dispersed seed in the tribe Saliceae (Steyn et
al. 2004) and myrmechorous seed in Achariaceae (Steyn
et al. 2002). How to best translate cladograms into hier-
archical .systems of classification remains a big chal-
lenge, considering the different philosophical views on
the topic amongst systematists. For example, to enhance
the predictive power of a classification, it is inevitable that
so-called paraphyletic groups be reeognized, an approach
vehemently opposed by some phylogeneticists (Brummit
2002). Variation in embryological features within
Salicaceae and Achariaceae displays a heterogeneity not
adequately expressed when broadly described at the family
level. From evidence gathered thus far, it is clear that
embryology has an important role to play in attempts to
arrive at a practical classification for the groups traditionally
assigned to families such as Achariaceae, Salicaceae,
Flacourtiaceae and Kiggelariaceae. For this purpose, infonna-
tion on the embryology of many more taxa is still required.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are indebted to the South African National Biodi-
versity Institute (SANBI) for providing the infrastructure
to execute this study. We sincerely thank Mr Andrew
Hankey for collecting the material of Scolopia zeyheri
used in the investigation.
REFERENCES
BERNHARD, A. & ENDRESS, RK. 1999. Androecial development
and systematics in Flacourtiaceae. Plant Systematics and
Evolution 2\ 5: 141-155.
BREDENKAMP, C.L. 2003. Flacourtiaceae. In G. Germishuizen &
N.L. Meyer, Plants of southern Africa: an annotated checklist.
Strelitzia 14: 559-561.
BRUMMITT, R.K. 2002. How to chop up a tree. Taxon 51: 31^1.
CHAMBERLAIN, C.J. 1897. Contribution to the life history of Salix.
Botanical Gazette 2?>'. 147-179.
CHASE, M.W., ZMARZTY, S., LLEDO, M.D., WURDACK. K.J.,
SWENSEN, S.M. & FAY, M.F. 2002. When in doubt, put it in
Flacourtiaceae: a molecular phylogenetic analysis based on
plastid rbcG DNA sequences. Kew Bulletin 57: 141-181.
COATES PALGRAVE, M. 2002. Keith Coates Palgrave Trees of
southern Africa, edn 3. Stniik, Cape Town.
CORNER, E.J.H. 1976. The seeds of dicotyledons, vol. 1. Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge.
DAHLGREN, G. 1991. Steps towards a natural system of the dicotyle-
dons: embryological characters. AUso 13: 107-165.
DATHAN, A.S.R. & SINGH, D. 1973. Structure and development of
ovule and seed in Flaconrtia indica (Burm.f.) Merrill.
Proceedings of the Indian Academy of Science 39: 1 72-179.
DAVIS, G.L. 1966. Systematic emhiyology of the angiosperms. Wiley,
London.
FEDER, N. & O’BRIEN, T.P. 1968. Plant microtechnique: some prin-
ciples and new methods. American Journal of Botany 55:
123-142.
.lOHRI, B.M., AMBEGAOKAR, K.B. & SRIVASTAVA, P.S. 1992.
Comparative embryology of angiosperms, vol. 1. Springer, Berlin.
KILLICK, D.J.B. 1976. Scolopia. In J.H. Ross, Flora of southern
Africa 22: 63-84. Botanical Research Institute, Pretoria.
LEBRUN, J.-P. & STORK, A. L. 2003. Tropica! Afiican flowering plants:
ecology and distribution, vol.l: Annonaceae-Balanitaceae.
Editions des Conservatoire et Jardin botaniques de la Ville de
Geneve, Geneve.
LEMKE, D.E. 1988. A synopsis of Flacourtiaceae. Aliso 12: 29-43.
MABBERLEY, D.J. 1997. The plant-book. Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge.
MCLEAN, R.C. & IVIMEY-COOK, W.R. 1956. Textbook of theoreti-
cal botany, vol. 2. Longmans, London.
MULLER, J. 1864. Phyllobotryon. Flora 47: 534.
NAGARAJ, M. 1952. Floral morphology of Populus deltoldes and P.
tremuloides. Botanical Gazette 1 14: 222-243.
NANDI, O.I., CHASE, M. & ENDRESS, P.K, 1998. A combined
cladistic analysis of angiosperms using rhcL and non-molecular
data sets. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 85:
137-212.
O’BRIEN, T.P. & MCCULLY, M.E. 1981. The study of plant structure:
principles and selected methods. Tennacarpi, Melbourne.
PALMER, E. & PITMAN, N. 1972. Trees of southern Africa, vol. 3.
Balkema, Cape Town.
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
183
SHAMROV, 1. 1. 1998. Ovule classification in flowering plants — new
approaches and concepts. Botanische Jahrbiicher 120:
377^07.
SHAMROV, 1.1. 2002. Postament. In T.B. Batygina. Embryology of
flowering plants, terminology and concepts, vol. 1: generative
organs of flower. 135, 136. Science Publishers, Enfield.
SLEUMER, H. 1972. A taxonomic revision of the genus Scolopia
Schreb. (Flacourtiaceae). Bliimea 20: 23-64.
STEYN, E.M.A., SMITH, G.E. & VAN WYK, A.E. 2004. Functional
and taxonomic significance of seed structure in Sali.x miicrona-
ta (Salicaceae). Bothalia 34: 53-59.
STEYN, E.M.A., VAN WYK. A.E. & SMITH, G.E. 2002. Ovule, seed
and seedling characters in Acharia (Achariaceae) with evidence
of myrmecochory in the family. South African Journal of
Botany 6S: 143-163.
STEYN, E.M.A., VAN WYK, A.E. & SMITH. G.E. 2003. Embryology
and systematic relationships of Kiggelaria (Flacourtiaceae).
Bothalia 3,1-. 199-206.
STEYN, E.M.A., VAN WYK, A.E, & SMITH, G.E. 2005. Ovule-to-
seed development in Dovyalis caffra (Salicaceae: Flacourtieae)
with notes on the taxonomic significance of the extranucellar
embryo sac. Bothalia 35: 101-108.
STUESSY, D.F. 1990. Plant taxonomy, the systematic evaluation of
comparative data. Columbia University Press, New York.
VAN HEEL, W.A. 1967. Anatomical and ontogenetic investigations on
the morphology of the flowers and the fruit of Scyphostegia.
borneensis Siapf (Scyphostegiaceae). Blumea 15: 107-125.
VAN HEEL, W.A. 1977. Flowers and fruits in Flacourtiaceae. 111.
Some Oncobeae. Blumea 23: 349-369.
VAN HEEL, W.A. 1979. Flowers and fruits in Flacourtiaceae. IV.
Hydnocarpus spp., Kiggelaria africana L., Casearia spp.,
Berberidopsis corallina Hook.f. Blumea 25: 513-529.
VON SCHREBER, J.C.D. 1789. Scolopia. Genera plantarum, edn 8,
1: 335.
WERKER, E. 1997. Seed anatomy. Bomtraeger. Berlin.
' "Sfr-
,urn,|,» j
. «*«.uc9V^|
' (rt
f ,«.'f
•71-3T
i'\
'4M: V ■'''' ^ <C<'^i-’-i^iM,.<t’'4',.’.ji^
I - ." ■> -• '^1
’i. ffe»'
i^. ,
' v» w .. «#^' > d j^r"'^f{iVfn|, ..
- If; . ■ ■ #f« >••' v..MMft^i’'>rw.iiirtJW^fU
A >Jsfr -■< /'/' if^y .>1
. ’
.-
'ni
‘fBt
y’T-.a
■:y'"
' *.W >.'•
(* -<» y^' •‘a, '.
•.1 »4'4 j i.‘ y ■ - ■■ ■- V » “Js^" ■^ ' •>• %; ; W '■
'*f ir'.-W:si|H7ie,4l|» N .-.vw l«£a«:
'/i
jSS^- 'i - .1
*>f!
'■■t''!iSlH^PTX:,
Wi'
•Mf#'
t!?*F' ' dT.?
tii' ". itmt t •>k ' mt:«- f
: • -** / ' iC
-,. ,, ■<*.>„-/<_
SI . ,4 , ijvc j t/' «. .
ifoyiMv- ■' ■•,, ‘ ■' '
,'W ♦i'-< ♦ "V 'V C- **-«».*■
»j '"iWiV^iaBisa 1 ' '' .~iS|ittnv.*t^’' » .#' i<? " A. nb#^ir(^.«n,«rft<y
^i| " ,|f ' '•■.<*■- Hl».’»o- *‘' -■ '"-fi
•<a>wM%.- **i|^Kpijp|^^i .-<yt4ftVnf ^ > '^ifl||i||d|p 'U- «« •>V*’><«»- »■ V’^liHI-'.''^''-^^
-<4. iiiiM i!<.i ’UBfci:___ ' ff&, ', . ,^-^. j,v^,
ir.'» >U
/.vtiiiiiffl(t.ltiiJ i^lLtr' V» «r ^ • '* * ’* ''""
*’«y 4''
s»4b)ic'w?)*|^. L»i}mnudy u. ^ i.
i> *!%' , ; ,^-%'>r • . •■»%• "»»< . ^ *.. ^.^ .%.,.iiiW, ^ • '. ?r„ ■;> ^
•*-,V -irt . «***:'^ (T* -'r > 1, r. ., .,i)tiv>‘' Htnr ' * «■-' •
j^' iiiini i!i' 'UiW"
-irti'.ii#/. 4 \ . iU»i f ' * . ♦n .', \u ilttfui >
Tk xim m'tikk ui' ildi'iiirdiat
3m 1^..
i 4it»oti! ■>.. i^'
j||^'3iS^";' : ';' ' . .'; jl ^ i> I '
I, r* ’ V
“‘•y.j -
'•'**
jp: ■ ». ■u.t:' " — r- .. . . ,v {,
„, .,. •n'»»'-»-*' T— — -■ ■ • , * - ' '* '.. !«»' ^ ‘‘t' , ‘,1.; S';4
' ' r .-...a. ^ JVd'ijV' r^"T ; '■• ■v;^
■•. — ■*'^^ft|y,,jr,J|||ifftM)iJ»» '4.™ ir!4',.„- AAJiilil11«i>ir. ,, ‘
r>f te "
'JJ>
• i. >«*' . n»f«M
,>.4.
*>"■ ,>teijAt."..,t9 A'Mii'fn «?>
IM.nj. «>;-
a fA
,i- t.-H, ,p,'4U»
w
- I
I .' i 'i» *ii.A' <■!,
’• V^ ■ •i<n *i»i>JriJ..*Jrt .) M '■ I li"
fi;?- j,* ,,o«ljtr >j ,/■»,;' 4(1^/; ii
■i i ^ . V ,t^.:, ''!'
Bothalia 35,2: 185-186 (2005)
Book Reviews
PLANTS OF THE NYIKA PLATEAU: AN ACCOUNT OF THE
VEGETATION OF THE NYIKA NATIONAL PARKS OF MALAWI
AND ZAMBIA, edited by JOHN BURROWS & CHRISTOPHER
WILLIS. 2005. Southern African Botanical Diversity Network
[SABONET] Report No. 31, South African National Biodiversity
Institute, Private Bag XlOl, 0001 Pretoria. Pp. xiv + 405. format 295 x
215 mm. Soft cover: ISBN 1-919976-08-6, price R 150.00, US$ 40.00.
One of the results of the SABONET initiative, funded by the Global
Environment Facility/United Nations Development Programme and
the United States Agency for International Development/World
Conservation Union — Regional Office for southern Africa, and admin-
istered by the erstwhile National Botanical Institute of South Africa, is
a series of very valuable publications. This latest title in the series
crowns it all.
The Nyika Plateau in Malawi is a very special place, floristically,
ecologically, and economically. It occupies some 1 800 km^ above the
1 800 m contour line, with the vegetation predominantly short grassland.
There is, however, a tendency for at least some of this grassland to devel-
op into montane forest when carefully protected. Being spatially isolat-
ed. one would expect it to be rich in endemics, yet only 33 of the species
(1.8%) are endemics. On the other hand, it is very species rich, and trop-
ical African highlands in such pristine condition are few and far between.
This book comprises a useful companion to Agnew & Agnew’s (1994)
Upland Kenya wild flowers. Ecologically it is important, not only as a
refugium for this highland vegetation, but also because it comprises the
main catchment area for Lake Malawi, As such, it is of great economical
importance as a large proportion of Malawi’s people rely on the fish in
Lake Malawi as a source of protein. The scene is set by the colour pho-
tograph on the front cover, showing an other-worldly view of Lobelia
mildbraedii on the shore of ‘Lake’ Kaulime.
The treatments of different taxonomic groups were contributed by
various specialists acknowledged in the book, but this does not dimin-
ish the magnitude of the editors’ input. Burrows (with his wife Sandie,
who produced most of the line drawings) is well known for his author-
itative books on Southern African ferns and fern allies ( Burrows 1 990)
and Figs of southern and south-central Africa (Burrows & Burrows
2003), and his involvement inspires confidence in this book.
Christopher Willis played a leading role in getting the SABONET ini-
tiative in motion, co-editing all aspects of the book as well as seeing it
through the press.
The book opens with an introduction to the physical, climatic, and
botanical features of the area, usefully illustrated with monochrome
photographs of the varied landscape, and incidentally the major vege-
tation types. This is followed by a chapter on the history of botanical
exploration of the Nyika Plateau, reminding us how important all mat-
ters historical are to botanists. This chapter tells where the previous col-
lectors’ specimens are housed. There are monochrome photographs of
many of these botanists — how nice to be able to put faces to names
known so well from herbarium labels.
The bulk of the book is taken up by species treatments, and every
one of the 1 817 known species in 684 genera and 160 families is dealt
with by means of a short description and illustrated with a line drawing
showing diagnostic or conspicuous features. There are no literature ref-
erences with the treatments, but for every species, up to two herbarium
specimens are cited. These treatments are in the usual order of
Anthocerotophyta. Hepatophyta, Bryophyta, Pteridophyta, gym-
nosperms, dicotyledons, and monocotyledons. Within each of these
groups the families, genera, and species are placed alphabetically. 1
have long been critical of alphabetical treatments since they make it
difficult to identify an unknown taxon, but in this case it should not
cause too many problems because the plant groups are relatively small.
There are no keys. Of necessity the descriptions are brief, but they pro-
vide diagnostic information not apparent in the illustrations such as
size, growth form, flower colour, associated vegetation type, altitudinal
range, and (sometimes) occurrence elsewhere. The line drawings,
grouped in unnumbered full-page plates, are big enough to fulfil their
purpose. Most of them are by Sandie Burrows and are excellent. Where
drawings by other artists were used, the styles and line thicknesses do
not clash distractingly. In the middle of the book are eight plates of
colour photographs. While I appreciate these, there is no reference to
them in the text but only in the index of names.
The book ends with a comprehensive seven-page glossary, and a bib-
liography. There is a collectors’ index which refers to the chapter on per-
sonalia but this could rather have been placed at the end of the chapter.
There is an index to common names, and an index to scientific names.
This book is very pleasing, yet I would neglect my duty if I don’t
point out some detractions. Firstly, the subtitle proclaims the book to be
an account of the vegetation of the Nyika National Parks. This is
patently wrong. The account of the vegetation takes up a mere four and
a half pages, from p. 4 to p. 8. The bulk of the book is a floristic
account. Secondly, botanists in southern Africa look up to SANBI for
guidance, and SANBI publications do not always provide the same
message. For instance, Leistner (2000) includes Mariscus in Cyperus
on the flimsiest molecular evidence; Goldblatt & Manning (2000) rec-
ognize it as distinct; Germishuizen & Meyer (2003) include it in the
synonymy of Cyperus', and in this book it is again re-instated. Finally,
it would really be unthinkable to visit the Nyika Plateau without this
book. However, its large format and soft cover does not bode well for
its long-term survival under constant usage.
REFERENCES
AGNEW, A.D.O. & AGNEW, S. 1994. Upland Kenya wild flowers,
edn 2. East Africa Namral History Society, Nairobi.
BURROWS, J.E. 1990. Southern African ferns and fern allies.
Frandsen, Sandton.
BURROWS, J.E. & BURROWS, S.M. 2003. Figs of southern and
south-central Afi'ica. Umdaus Press, Hatfield, Pretoria.
GERMISHUIZEN, G. & MEYER, N.L. (eds). 2003. Plants of southern
Africa: an armotated checklist. Strelitzia 14. National Botanical
Institute, Pretoria.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J. 2000. Cape plants. A conspectus of
the Cape flora of South Africa. Strelitzia 9. National Botanical
Institute, Cape Town & Missouri Botanical Garden, St Louis.
LEISTNER. O.A. (ed.). 2000. Seed plants of southern Africa: families
and genera. Strelitzia 10. National Botanical Instimte, Pretoria.
P. VORSTER*
* Department of Botany & Zoology, University of Stellenbosch,
Private Bag XI, 7602 Matieland, Stellenbosch.
RICHES OF THE FOREST: FOR HEALTH, LIFE AND SPIRIT IN
AFRICA, edited by CITLALLI LOPEZ & PATRICIA SHANLEY.
2004. Centre for International Forestry Research. P.O. Box 6596
JKPWB, Jakarta 10065, Indonesia. Pp. 115. Soft cover: ISBN 979-
3361-36-0, price $15.00.
Large parts of Africa are still underdeveloped and many people in
the rural areas are dependant upon the veld and forests for their daily
existence. In some cases more is collected than is needed and this is
then sold at roadsides or taken to markets in order to earn some money.
In a few cases, small industries have developed and some products
even reach overseas markets. This booklet concentrates on non-timber
forest products (NTFP), including plants and animals (although only
two animal products are actually discussed in the main text). Some
research has been conducted on the NTFP in order to investigate both
subsistence livelihoods and the potential commercial trade of products.
The results are normally communicated to a small audience of acade-
mics in faraway developed countries. This booklet, as part of a three
volume set, "brings to life the people and products behind the research
results’, in common, easily understandable language with numerous
informative black-and-white illustrations.
The first chapter explains the background to the problems and the rea-
son why, what and by whom research was undertaken in inter alia Africa
on especially NTFP. Each of the chapters was written by different authors
e.g. Anthony Cunningham (Kew Botanical Gardens), CharUe M. & Sheona
E. Shackleton, Michelle Cocks and Tony Dold (Rhodes University),
186
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
Danielle Lema Ngono (Cameroon) and Phosiso Sola (Zimbabwe), to
name a few.
Although some of the plant species are very versatile and many dif-
ferent parts of the same plant are used, the plants are discussed accord-
ing to their main usage. The chapters are grouped together starting with
two on animals/insects, five on fruits, four on bark and roots for medi-
cinal purposes, five on wood and three on palms used for furniture and
basketry. The descriptive chapters all consist of four pages, each start-
ing with a full page line drawing of the subject in question, the scien-
tific and common name, the area (country) under discussion and the
responsible author. The text is printed in green and black: green for
headings and black for the text. Further line drawings illustrate certain
aspects of how the products are harvested and of the raw and manufac-
tured state thereof. For each plant or animal, the following aspects are
discussed: firstly an introductory paragraph containing general infor-
mation on the habitat, distribution and general u.ses of the general item,
harvesting or collecting, processing of the product, trading, marketing
and control measures, if any. Although some of the species occur over
a wide area, they are mostly under review for a single country.
The following animals and plants are discussed: bush meat (game as
we know it); the giant African land snails; weevil larvae {Rhynchophorus
phoenicis); mamla fruits (Sclewcmya birrea)\ the nuts of bitter cola
[Garcinia kola); dried kernels of Ricinodendron heudelotii, In’ingia gabo-
nensis and 7. wombuht; the edible fruits of the bush plum (Dacryodes
edulis); the kernels of shea butter iVitellaria paradoxa); medicinal bark of
Primus africana. Cassipoiirea flanaganii and Warbiirgia salutaris; the
roots of the devil’s claw (Harpagophytum procumbens subsp. procum-
bens); wood carvings from Azadirachta indica. Afzelia quanzensis and
Pterocarpus angolensis; wooden chewing sticks for oral hygiene from
Garcinia kola and G. epimctata; fuel wood from Acacia seyali; the stems
of rattan palms of Laccospenna secundiflormn, L. robustum and
Eremospatha macrocarpa, used for wickerwork and cane furniture; palm
leaves of Hvphaene petersiana for making baskets and mats.
The concluding chapter deals with lessons learned during the
research done on the various products in different African countries. A
few of the concerns are the direct threat to the species in question and
to habitat destruction. It is realized that much education is needed as
well as research on the commercial cultivation of the species. For many
people, the harvesting and/or manufacturing of products from forests is
their only source of income. Some practices should be introduced to
ascertain future sustainability for these people. Flowever, some interna-
tional organizations are already involved in this process.
The last few chapters contain a list of references, a glossary, a list
of acronyms, authors’ addresses and a list of source material used for
the illustrations.
Although this is not a strict scientific publication, some important
information was left out for the sake of simplification, which could lead
to confusion e.g. the sometimes inaccurate distribution of the species
are shown in the only map on page xii. I think it would have been use-
ful to have a map of Africa for each chapter of the book, showing the
total distribution range of each species, highlighting the country under
discussion.
To conclude, this is a very interesting book and Fm sure will be an
eye opener to persons in affluent countries, when they realize where
their beautiful woodcarvings, baskets and furniture, and ingredients for
certain medicines come from, the pressure nature is exposed to and the
effort people in rural areas put into harvesting and manufacturing these
products. It also emphasizes the need for getting involved in education,
training and research of valuable resources before they are completely
lost to the world.
P.P.J. HERMAN*
* South African National Biodiversity Institute, Private Bag XlOl,
0001 Pretoria.
Bothalia 35,2: 187-206 (2005)
South African National Biodiversity Institute:
administration and research staff 31 March 2005,
publications 1 April 2004-31 March 2005
Compiler: B.A. Momberg
CHIEF DIRECTORATE (ADIR)
CAPE TOWN— PEARSON HOUSE
Huntley, Prof. B.J. M.Sc. Chief Executive Officer
Laidler, Mrs S.A. B.Sc.(Agric.KHons). Senior Provisioning Admin. Officer. Personal Assistant
Finca, Ms N.F. Specialist Cleaner
Woodward, Ms Y.J. Provisioning Admin. Officer. Secretary to SANBI Board
WORKING FOR WETFANDS PROJECT (EDIR/WF)
Dini. J.A. B. Sc. (Hons). Programme Manager. Pretoria (contract worker)
Beetge, A. N. Dip. (Forestry). Regional Co-ordinator. Mpumalanga (contract worker)
Buckle, J.D. B. Sc. (Hons). Technical Advisor, Southern region. Port Elizabeth (contract worker)
Grundling, P. M.Sc. Technical Advisor, Central region. Pretoria (contract worker)
Mangqalaza, Ms S.M. M.Ed. Social Development & Training Co-ordinator. Pretoria (contract worker)
Mokhutsane, T.J. Regional Co-ordinator, Fimpopo. Pretoria (contract worker)
Munzhedzi, T.E. B.A. (Ed.). Regional Co-ordinator, North-West and Free State. Rustenburg (contract worker)
Shenxane, Ms A.N. Dip.(Bookkeep.). Provisioning Admin. Officer
GFOBAF INVASIVE SPECIES PROGRAMME (GISP)
Jackson, Ms L.F. Ph.D. Director (contract worker)
Awad, A. M.Sc. Marine Programme Co-ordinator (contract worker)
Barnard, Ms P.E. Ph.D. Working Group Co-ordinator/Scientific and Technical Co-ordinator (contract worker)
Brand, Ms K. B.A. (Hons). Communications Co-ordinator (contract worker)
Ivey, P. M.Sc. Programme Co-ordinator (contract worker)
Mahlasela. Ms EG. Administrative Assistant/Cleaner (part time contract worker)
Whiting, Ms D.M. Senior Administrator (contract worker)
MARKETING AND COMMUNICATION DIRECTORATE (AMAR)
PRETORIA
Director: vacant
Liebenberg, Mrs E.J.E. M.Sc. Control Agricultural Technician. Acting Manager (North)
Mthembi, Ms C. Dip. (Market. & Pub. Rela.). Senior Communications Officer. Marketing & pub. relations
Tlhothalemaje, Ms E. B.A. (Marketing). Marketing Assistant (contract worker)
CAPE TOWN
Van Aswegen, Ms C.E. HED, B.A. (History & Psych.). Principal Communications Officer. Admin, support
188
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
HUMAN RESOURCES DIRECTORATE (APER)
PRETORIA
Netshiombo. M.J. B. Admin. (Hons), DPLR(UNISA), AHR(UNISA). Chief Director
Baloyi, Ms I. N.Dip.(Manag. Assist.). Senior Secretary IV
Leboho, Ms N. B. Com. (Human Res.), Dip. (Personnel Manag.), Dip. (Public Rela.). Senior Personnel Practitioner
Mathiba, Ms J.S. B. Admin. (Indust. Psych.), Cert.Adv.Labour Law. Senior Personnel Practitioner
CAPE TOWN
Kriel, Mrs G.A. Dip. (Sec.). Senior Secretary IV
Haupt, Mrs C.S. Specialist Cleaner. Guest house
PERSONNEL— CAPE TOWN
Van Zyl, J.M. M.Econ. (Indust. Psych.). Assistant Director: Organizational Development & Training
Engelbrecht, B. N.Dip.(Hort.), N.Dip.(PRM), Dip. (Forestry). Deputy Director: Human resources management
and health & safety co-ordination
Staal, P.B. Dip.(Soc. Sci.), Cert.Indust. Relations. Assistant Director. Labour & staff relations
Claassen, Ms G.E. Senior Telkom Operator III. Admin.
Support, front line duties
Crowie, A.C. Senior Registry Clerk II
Dollie, Mrs N.J. Specialist Cleaner
Du Toit, Ms R. HED. Assistant Director. Training
and development
Fredericks, C.H. Driver II. Courier services
Mtyalela, D.M.S. Senior Training Officer. Staff
training
Nicholas, Mrs W.L. Senior Photocopy Machine Operator
Oosthuizen, Ms G. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk
III. Recruitment Clerk
Petersen, R.E. Senior Personnel Practitioner. Employment
equity
Sass, Ms D. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk II. Leave
& lOD admin.
FINANCE DIRECTORATE (AFIN)
CAPE TOWN
Hughes, W.S.G. B.Com., C.A.(SA). Chief Director. Finance
Matsie, T.J. B.Com. (Hons). Deputy Director. Financial management
Rawoot, N.A. B.Acc.Sc. Deputy Director: Financial management
Maholwana, S. B.Com. (Hons). Assistant Director. Asset management
Neuwirth, Ms E.V. Assistant Director. Staff benefits
Bean, Ms S.E. Dip. (Human Res.). Project Admin, (con-
tract worker)
Cassiem, Ms S. Chief Accounting Clerk. Salaries
Cooper, S.K. Senior Accounting Clerk II. Creditors
Goodman, Mrs I.W. State Accountant. Supervisor:
Creditors
Jacobs, F.H. Senior Accounting Clerk II. Staff benefits
Jacobs, Ms S. Assistant Director. Financial management:
)
general ledger
Njalo, Ms N.A. Secretary. Finance (contract worker)
Mcontsi, Ms N. N.Dip.(Acc.). Senior Accounting Clerk
III. Creditors
Paulse, Mrs D.W.S. Dip.(Bookkeep.), Dip. (Sec.). Chief
Accounting Clerk III. Creditors
Potgieter, Ms G. Salaries Clerk (contract worker)
September, Ms M. Senior Accounting Clerk II. Debtors
ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION DIRECTORATE (EDIR, EENT/GP)
PRETORIA
Qwathekana, Ms N.M. B. A. (Hons), B.A.(Eng., Geog. & Film Studies III), Dip. (Ed.), M.Phil.(Geog. &
Envir. Sci.) Director
Adams, Ms E.M. Cert.IBMDisk.Op. Senior Provisioning Admin. Officer. Outreach greening Horticulturist
Admin. Officer. Centre Manager Jacobus, E.S. (student)
Eyssell, Ms A. B.Sc.(Hons)(Hort.). Senior Provisioning Kutumela, M.S. (student)
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
189
Mahasha, Ms P.M. N.T.C.III(Hort.). (student) Novellie, Mrs E. HED, B.Sc.(Hons)(Zoo. & Mammo-
Maphuta, Mrs M.S. Specialist Cleaner, Assistant to centre logy). Principal Environm. Ed. Officer
manager Ramabulane, S.A. N.T.C.III(Hort.). (student)
SikJiauli, Ms N. B.Sc. (student)
FREE STATE NBG— BLOEMFONTEIN (EENT/FS)
Moletsane, M.E. B.Ed.(Hons). Principal Environm. Ed. Officer. Admin, support
GOLD FIELDS CENTRE— CAPE TOWN (EECT)
Fullard, D. B.Sc. Ed., B. Ed. (Hons). Deputy Director. Environm. Ed. Co-ordinator
Ellman, Ms R.S. HED, B.Sc. Senior Environm. Ed. Officer. Resource development
Hey, Ms S.J. HED, B.A.(Geog.). Senior Environm. Ed. Officer. Garden-based programme
Mgodeli, W.M. Driver II
September, Ms M. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk II. Admin, support
LOWVELD NBG— NELSPRUIT (EENT/MP)
Hlalu, Ms X. N.Dip.(Hort.). Outreach Horticulturist (contract worker)
Mamatsharaga, L.A. B.Sc. (Hons). Principal Environm. Ed. Officer
Mdluli, Ms J.F. Environm. Ed. Officer (contract worker)
Mokwena, Ms G.S. N. Dip. (Pers. Assist.). Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk II
Randima, Ms G.D. Specialist Cleaner
WALTER SISULU NBG— ROODEPOORT (EENT/GW)
Dlomu, Ms TF. Outreach Horticulturist (contract worker)
Molefe, Ms K.E. Dip. (Nature Cons.). Senior Environm.
Ed. Officer. Outreach education
Moore, Mrs J.M. N.H.Dip.(Sec.). Senior Provisioning
Admin. Clerk II. Admin, support (part time)
Vatsha, M.L. HED. Principal Environm. Ed. Officer
BIODIVERSITY POLICY AND PLANNING DIRECTORATE (DBIO)
PRETORIA
Maze, Ms K.E. M.Sc. Director. Biodiversity policy and planning
Jacobs, Ms PT Admin, (contract worker)
Roberts, R. B.Sc. (Hons). Chief Information Technology Advisor (contract worker)
Smith, Ms T.J. Ph.D. Bioregional Projects Officer (contract worker)
GIS/CONSERVATION PLANNING— CAPE TOWN
Rouget, M.J.F. Ph.D. GIS Manager (contract worker)
Jonas, Ms Z.R. M.Sc.(Conserv. & GIS). Conservation Planner (contract worker)
Mohamed, Ms B.M. B.Sc. (Hons). Intern
THREATENED SPECIES PROGRAMME— PRETORIA (YDBR7TS)
Foden, Ms W.B. M.Sc. (Cons. Biol.). Programme Manager (contract worker)
Daniels, Ms F. B.Sc.(Hons)(Bot. & Plant Ecok). Red List Officer (contract worker)
Pillay, Ms D. M.Sc.(Biodiv.). Red List Scientist (contract worker)
Potter, Ms L. M.Sc. (Cons. Biol.). Red List Officer (contract worker)
Victor, Ms J.E. M.Sc. (Plant Syst.), H.Dip.(Journ.). Control Agricultural Scientist. Red List Scientist. Taxonomy
of Rutaceae, Asclepiadaceae
190
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
C.A.P.E. PROJECT— CAPE TOWN
Barnett, M. Ph.D. Programme Developer (contract
worker)
Cadman, M.J. Ph.D. Bioregional Programmes Co-ordi-
nator. Eastern Cape; Port Elizabeth (DBIO/EC)
(contract worker)
Court, Ms S.J. N. Dip. (Computer Admin.). Finance and
Procurement Manager (contract worker)
Heyns, Ms E.A. Office Admin, (contract worker)
Mitchell, Ms L. Admin. Clerk (contract worker)
Sandwith, T. Programme Co-ordinator (contract worker)
GARDENS DIRECTORATE— ADMIN STAFF (GDIR)
PRETORIA
Willis, C.K. M. Sc. (Cons. Biol.) — Chief Director: Gardens and Horticultural Services
Heilgendorff, J.P N.H.Dip.(Hort.). Gardens IT Manager
Els, Ms L. N. Dip. (Sec.). Senior Secretary IV
CAPE FLATS NATURE PROJECT— CAPE TOWN (YAPR/CF)
Goldman, Ms T. B.Soc.Sci. Project Manager (contract worker)
Hathorn, Ms PM. B. A. (Hons), N.Dip.(Hort.). Capacity building Manager
Martin, Ms M. Cert. Masters Business Serv.(CMBS). Admin. Co-ordinator (contract worker)
URBAN CONSERVATION— CAPE TOWN (GDIR/UC)
Davis, G.W. Ph.D. Deputy Director: Communication. Project management and fund raising
Peter, L.M. Dip.(Hort.). Principal Communications Officer. Project management
INTERPRETATION (GINN)
Roff, J. Cert.Envir.Interpr. & Ed. Communication Officer. Interpretation (Pietermaritzburg)
PLANNING, MAINTENANCE & DEVELOPMENT— CAPE TOWN (BPMD)
Linde, D.C. N.T.C.IIRCivil & Structural: Building), N.T.C.III (Inspector of Works: Building), M.S.A.I.D, Cert.
Estate Agency. Control Works Inspector
Abrahams, P. Handyman. Building maintenance
Manasse, S.P Dip. (Masonry). Artisan Foreman. Building maintenance
Peck, W.I. Senior Handyman. Building maintenance
CURATORS
Behr, Ms C.M. Curator: Pretoria NBG
Britz, R.M. Curator: Lowveld NBG (Nelspruit)
Gavhi, M.P Curator: Free State NBG (Bloemfontein)
Le Roux, PH. Deputy Director. Curator: Kirstenbosch NBG (Cape Town)
Oliver, LB. Curator: Karoo Desert NBG (Worcester)
Tarr, B.B. Curator: Natal NBG (Pietermaritzburg)
Turner, Ms S.L. Curator: Witwatersrand NBG (Roodepoort)
Xaba, Ms A.C. Curator: Harold Porter NBG (Betty’s Bay)
HAROLD PORTER NBG— BETTY’S BAY (GHPG)
Xaba, Ms A.C. N.Dip.(Hort.). Control Agricultural Technician. Curator
Abrahamse, S.J. Principal Foreman. Garden Carolus, Ms B.J. N.H.Dip.(Hort.) Agricultural Develop-
Arendse, Ms M. Auxiliary Services Officer II. Access control ment Technician. Horticulture
Bebe, Ms N. Cleaner I Forrester, Ms J.A. N.T.C.IIRHort.). Chief Agricultural
Bezuidenhout, Mrs 11. M. Provisioning Admin. Officer Development Technician. Horticulture
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
191
October, Ms R.P. Dip. (Ed.). Senior Auxiliary Services Simpson, H.A.S. Auxiliary Services Officer II. Access
Officer. Plant records and asset register control
Qoma, Ms Z. (student) Van Wyk, A.B. Artisan. Index nursery
Samuels, Ms D.C. Cleaner II
KAROO DESERT NBG— WORCESTER (GKAR)
Oliver, I.B. N.Dip.(Hort.), N. Dip. (Public Rela. & Admin). Control Agricultural Technician. Curator
Harris, Ms S. N.Dip.(Hort). Senior Agricultural Develop-
ment Technician. Scientific collections
Kwayimane, P. N.Dip.(Hort.). Senior Agricultural De-
velopment Technician. Garden management
Mtetwa, A.M. Artisan. General maintenance
Makubalo, F.N. Principal Foreman. Nursery
Mpeke, Ms E.N. Specialist Cleaner
Salonika, Ms A.S.D. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk
III. Admin, support
Sibozo, N.E. Driver II. Plant sales
Simani, D.K. Principal Foreman. Plant collections
Viljoen, D.M. N.Dip.(Hort.). Chief Agricultural Develop-
ment Technician. Plant records and corporate com-
pliance
KIRSTENBOSCH NBG— CAPE TOWN (GKBC)
Le Roux, PH. Dip. (Forestry), N.Dip.(Hort.), N. Dip. (Parks & Recr.), Cert.Turf Management. Deputy Director:
Garden Management. Curator
Goldschmidt. S.M. B.A.(Soc.)(Hons). Assistant Director. Human Resources Management
Adams, T.D. B.Tech.(Hort.). Senior Agricultural Development Technician. Supervisor: Greenhouse
Hitchcock, A.N. N.H.Dip.(Hort.). Control Agricultural Development Technician. Nursery Manager
Morkel, A.T. N.Dip. (Nature Cons.). Control Agricultural Development Technician. Estate Manager
Notten, Ms A.L. B.Sc., N.Dip.(Hort.). Chief Agricultural Development Technician. Supervisor: Seed room
Trautman, C.E. Artisan. Supervisor: Workshop
Adams, T.D. N.Dip.(Hort.), B.Tech.(Hort.). Senior Agri-
cultural Development Technician. Greenhouse
Supervisor. Tissue culture
Adonis, A. Principal Foreman. Dell & ericas
Adonis, S.J. Senior Foreman. Alien vegetation control
Arends, Ms S.J. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer.
Plant records
Badenhorst, Ms C.L. (student)
Boyana (Magija), Ms N.E. N.Dip.(Hort.). Senior Agricultural
Development Technician. Outreach programme
Brown, B.M. N.Dip.(Hort.). Agricultural Development
Technician. Nursery
Burring, J.H. Kirstenbosch Scholar
Crowie, R.W. Principal Foreman. General garden
Crowie, Mrs U.M. Accounting Clerk II. Seed room
Duncan, G.D. N.Dip.(Hort.). Control Agricultural De-
velopment Technician. Bulbs
Engelbrecht, F. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk H. Stores
Engelbrecht, Mrs L.D. Control Auxiliary Services
Officer. Plant records
Grace, T. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk III. Stores &
admin, support
narrower, A.D. B.Sc. Ball Agreement. Greenhouse
Supervisor (contract worker)
Hope, C.E. Senior Handyman. Construction
Jacobs, H.C. Principal Foreman. Plant production
Jaftha, Ms D.L. Accounting Clerk II. Seed room
Jodamus, Ms N.L. N.Dip.(Hort.). Senior Agricultural
Development Technician. Annuals, Rutaceae,
alpines and Cape endemics
Kamalie, Ms S. Senior Typist. Receptionist
Kayster, G.J. Principal Foreman. Construction
Kuscus, G.W. Principal Foreman. General maintenance
Leon, J.S. (student)
Manuel, I.P. Senior Foreman. Seed room
Mathys, Mrs S.S.B. Senior Accounting Clerk III.
Revenue and garden statistics
Matthews, I.N. Principal Foreman. Estate & trails
Mbambezeli, N.G. N.Dip.(Hort). Agricultural Develop-
ment Technician. Trees & shrubs
Mitchells, G. Control Specialist Groundsman. Senior Fore-
man. Mowers ; ,
Morris, J.N.M. Senior Foreman. Proteas
Newman, W. Artisan. Mechanical workshop
Nxawe, Ms S. (student)
Picane, Ms S. Auxiliary Services Officer II. Tissue culture
Prins, F.B. Security Officer III
Rudolph, A. Security Officer III
Shanks, G.R. Ball Agreement. Glass House Assistant
(contract worker)
Smith, Mrs A. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk II.
Admin, support
Solomons, T.C. Senior Security Officer II
Steeneberg, Ms L. (student)
Tamboer, J.S. Principal Foreman. Nursery services
Tuckledoe, R. (student)
Van Gusling, E.J. Principal Foreman. Mowers
Van der Walt, Mrs L.E. N.Dip.(Hort.). Chief Agricultural
Development Technician. Herbaceous collections
(part time)
Van Jaarsveld, E.J. M.Sc., N.Dip.(Hort.). Control Agri-
cultural Technician. Succulents
Van Rooy, K. Principal Foreman. Annuals
Van Wyk, F. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer II.
Lable Maker
Viljoen, Ms C.C. N.Dip.(Hort.). Chief Agricultural
Development Technician. Plant production
Voigt, W.E. N.Dip.(Hort.). Chief Agricultural Develop-
ment Technician. Dell
Xaba, PA. N.Dip.(Hort.). Overberg Useful Plants Project
(YARP/CF) (contract worker)
192
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
VISITORS CENTRE— CAPE TOWN (GKBCWC)
Struys, Ms S. B.A.(Hons)(Directing), Postgrad.Dip. (Market. Manag.). Principal Communications Officer.
Centre Manager
Fredericks, Ms N.C.E. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer.
Visitors’ Centre. Information services
Jacobs, A.P Chief Auxiliary Services Officer. Visitors’
Centre. Information services
Malan, Ms C.E. B.Sc.(Hons). Principal Communication
Officer: Tour co-ordinator
Phillips, R. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk. Facilities Officer
Williams, G.C. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer. Information
LOWVELD NBG— NELSPRUIT (GLOW)
Britz, R.M. N.Dip.(Forestry). Control Agricultural Technican. Curator
Froneman, W.C.F. N.T.C.III(Hort.), N.Dip. (Nature Cons.
& Man.), N.Dip.(Parks & Rec. Admin.), N.T.C.III
(Hort.). Control Agricultural Technician. Nursery
management & garden development
Hurter, P.J.H. B. Sc. (Hons). Control Agricultural Tech-
nician. Cycad conservation
Khoza, Ms P.E. Specialist Groundsman. Cleaner
Le Roux, Ms L. N.H.Dip.(Nature Cons.). Chief Auxiliary
Services Officer. Interpretation
Maqungo, Ms VL.B. Senior Accounting Clerk II. Front
line Officer
Mathebula, Ms I.N. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer.
Front line Officer
Mathebula, Ms N.R. Accounting Clerk II. Admin. Support
Mlombo, Ms T.C. Foreman. Garden
Mukoma, T. Dip. (Hort.), B.Tech.(Agric. Managem.),
B.Tech.(Hort.). Agricultural Development Techni-
cian. Horticulturist
Musweli, K.J. Principal Foreman. New development
Ngwenya, P.S. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer n. Kiosk
Nyathikazi, Ms T.P. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer.
Front line Officer
Sibanyoni, Ms S.M. Cleaner II
Van der Walt, Mrs G.A.M. Senior Provisioning Admin.
Clerk III
Xozumti, M.M. Principal Foreman. Supervisor
KWAZULU-NATAL NBG— PIETERMARITZBURG (GKZN)
Tarr, B.B. N.Dip.(Parks & Rec. Admin.), Advanced Dip.(Adult Educ.). Control Agricultural Technician. Curator
Bullough, Ms J. (student)
Dlungwane, T.R. Principal Foreman. Garden maintenance
Johnson, Ms I. HED, M.Sc. Control Agricultural De-
velopment Technician
Nonjinge, S.H.B. N.T.C.ni(Hort.). Chief Agricultural De-
velopment Technician
Sibiya, Ms C.P.T. Cleaner II
Van der Merwe, Mrs M.E.H. Senior Provisioning Admin.
Clerk III
Zimu, M.J. Principal Foreman. Garden
FREE STATE NBG— BLOEMFONTEIN (GFSG)
Gavhi, M.P. N.Dip.(Hort.). Control Agricultural Technician. Curator
Barnard, Ms A.D. Admin. Clerk (part time contract worker)
Katise, Ms T.C. (student)
Magodongo, G.S. N.Dip. (Hort). Agricultural Develop-
ment Technician. Nursery
Mbolekwa, L.M. Foreman. Garden
Ngalo, M.S. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer. Inter-
pretation
Nyuleka, Ms N.A. Senior Accounting Clerk I. Nursery
Raditlhare, Mrs E.M. Cleaner II
Rambuwani, L.D. N.Dip. (Hort.). Senior Agricultural
Development Technician
Sebolai, R.P.A.N. Senior Handyman. General maintenance
Thaele, Mrs M.E. Cleaner II
Tshabalala, Ms B.N.W. (student)
PRETORIA NBG (GPTA)
Behr, Ms C.M. B. Sc. (Hons). Control Agricultural Development Technician. Curator
Baloyi, K.J. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer II. Infor-
mation Officer. Garden records
Baloyi, M.S. Dip.(lBM), Dip.(PTM), Dip.(Payroll Admin.).
Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk I. Leave records
and H.R. support
Bell, Ms F.C. HED, N.Dip. (Hort.). Chief Agricultural
Development Technician.
Creighton, Ms D.D. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk
III. Admin, support
Difoloko, J.A. Dip. (Ed.), N.Dip. (Hort.). Senior Agri-
cultural Development Technician.
Ferreira, Ms L. B. A. (Fine Art), N.Dip.(Nature Cons.).
Chief Auxiliary Services Officer. Information
Keyter, B.A. Senior Security Officer II
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
193
Kutama, B.T. Principal Foreman. Garden development
Lithudza, E.F. Chief Agricultural Development Technician
Mahange, M.J. B. Tech. (Public Managem. & Admin.).
Senior Provisioning Admin. Officer
Makgobola, Ms M.R. Auxiliary Services Officer II.
Reception & admin. Support
Mahlangu, J.F. Senior Foreman. Garden development
Mariri, Ms M.A. Cleaner II
Modisha, M.D. Cleaner II
Mokgope, C.R. (student)
Mphaka, Ms N.F. Student Horticulturalist
Naidoo, D.A. Control Agricultural Technician.
Solomons, Ms C.V. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer.
Plant records clerk
Venter, W.A. N.T.C.II. Senior Artisan. Workshop and
general maintenance
WALTER SISULU NBG— ROODEPOORT (GSIS)
Turner, Ms S.L. B. Sc. (Hons), N.Dip.(Hort.). Control Agricultural Technician. Curator
Aubrey, Mrs A.E. B.Tech.(Hort.). Chief Agricultural
Development Technician. Plant records, interpreta-
tion, information (part time)
Baloyi, S.J. Handyman. Stores
Dlamini, M.D. N.Dip.(Hort.). Senior Agricultural De-
velopment Technician. Garden, nursery
Hankey, A.J. N.Dip.(Hort.), B.Tech.(Hort.). Control
Agricultural Development Technician. Garden,
estate, collections, nursery
Head, Mrs S.E. Dip. (Shorthand & Typing). Provisioning
Admin. Officer
Ledwaba, Ms D.M. Senior Accounting Clerk III
Mamosebo, M.A. Factotum
Manyikana, TM. Factotum
Mmola, Mrs B.E. Cleaner II
Moodley, Ms K. (horticultural student)
Mtsweni, P. N.Dip. (Hort.). Senior Agricultural Develop-
ment Technician. Support services, estate
Ndzondo, Ms N.L. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk I
Ndzondo, Mrs P.G. Cleaner II
Nedambale, M.P Senior Foreman. Garden
Nemalili, M.E. Senior Foreman. Machines and vehicles
Nenungwi, M.S. Senior Foreman. Nursery
RESEARCH DIRECTORATE (RDIR)
PRETORIA
Smith, Prof. G.F. Ph.D., F.L.S. Chief Director; Research & Scientific Services
Arnold, TH. Head: Data Management (Pretoria)
Crouch, N.R. Head; Ethnobotany Unit (Durban)
Donaldson, J.S. Ph.D. (Zoo.) Director: Kirstenbosch Research Centre (Cape Town)
Koekemoer, Ms M. Curator: National Herbarium (Pretoria)
Leistner, O.A. D.Sc. F.L.S. Agricultural Scientist (contract worker)
Marais, Mrs A.C. Senior Provisioning Admin. Officer
Meyer, Mrs N.L. B. Sc. (Hons). Agricultural Development Technician (contract worker)
Roux, J.P. Curator: Compton Herbarium (Cape Town)
Singh, Ms Y. Curator: Natal Herbarium (Durban)
Steenkamp, Ms Y. Regional Project Co-ordinator: SABONET (Pretoria)
Wolfson, Mrs M.M. Ph.D. Director: Research Support Services
KWAZULU-NATAL HERBARIUM— DURBAN (RHED)
Singh, Ms Y. HED, M.Sc. Control Agricultural Development Technician. Taxonomy of Araceae,
Hypoxidaceae. Curator
Apollos, Ms C.E. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk II. Mar-
keting
Glen, H.F. Ph.D. Specialist Scientist. Taxonomy of trees,
cultivated plants; botanical history
Glen, Mrs R.P M.Sc. Control Agricultural Technician.
Wetland plants
Hlongwane, Mrs N.C. Cleaner II & messenger
Mbonambi, B.M. Groundsman II. Garden maintenance
Ngwenya, A.M. Senior Agricultural Development
Technician. Herbarium Officer. Plant identification
and information, Zulu Botanical Knowledge Project
Mazibuko, J.V.G. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer.
Herbarium Assistant
Noble, Mrs H-E. Chief Provisioning Admin. Clerk
194
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
ETHNOBOTANY UNIT— DURBAN (RETH)
Crouch, N.R. Ph.D. Deputy Director. Ethnobotany of southern African flora, bioprospecting
Douwes, E. B. Sc. (Hons), (student)
Lukhozi, Ms T. N. Dip. (Office Manag. & Tech.). Project Facilitator (NDDP contract worker)
Qoko, Ms M.M.I. M.Sc.(Biodiv. & Cons. Biol.). Bioprospecting Assistant Investigator (NDDP contract worker)
NATIONAL HERBARIUM— PRETORIA (RHEN)
Koekemoer, Ms M. Ph.D. Deputy Director. Herbarium management.
Taxonomy of Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae
Bredenkamp, Mrs C.L. Ph.D. Control Agricultural Scientist. Assistant Curator: Public relations. Taxonomy of
Vitex, Passerina, Malvaceae, Sterculiaceae, and other related families
Fish, Mrs L. B.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist. Assistant Curator: Collections Manager. Taxonomy of Poaceae
Herman, P.P.J. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist. Assistant Curator: Personnel. Taxonomy of Asteraceae
Mothogoane, M.S. Chief Auxiliary Services Officer. Assistant Curator: Herbarium assistants. Wing C
Sebothoma, P.N. Cert.Sec. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer. Assistant Curator: Service room. Plant
identifications co-ordinator
Van Rooy, J. Ph.D. Control Agricultural Scientist. Assistant Curator: Technical staff. Taxonomy and
biogeography of mosses
Anderson. J.M. Ph.D. Specialist Scientist. Molteno Palaeo-
flora, Gondwana Alive
Archer Mrs C. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist.
Taxonomy of Cyperaceae, monocotyledons (general)
Archer, R.H. Ph.D. Principal Agricultural Scientist.
Taxonomy of mainly Celastraceae, Euphorbiaceae
Bester, S.P. M.Sc. Senior Agricultural Scientist. Taxon-
omy of Apocynaceae, Ericaceae, Rutaceae
Burgoyne, Ms P.M. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scien-
tist. Mesembryanthemaceae
Gotzel, Ms A. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk III
Govender, Ms M. B.Sc. Senior Agricultural Develop-
ment Technician. Curation and plant ID in Wing C
Jordaan, Mrs M. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist.
Taxonomy of Celastraceae: Celastroideae, interactive
key to the trees of southern Africa
Kgaditsi, T.W. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer. Speci-
men mounter, general assistant
Klopper, Ms R.R. M.Sc. Senior Agricultural Scientist.
Pteridophyta and selected monocotyledonous families
Makgakga, M.C. B.Sc. Agricultural Development Tech-
nician. Curation and plant ID in Wing B
Makgakga, K.S. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer.
Herbarium Assistant. Encoding plant specimens,
data capturing, labels typist, curation of Wing D
Manamela, Ms M.T. B.Sc. (Hons). Senior Agricultural
Development Technician. Information Officer
Maserumule, M.K. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer.
Curation of Wing B
Masombuka, Ms A.S. N. Dip. (Nature Cons.). Principal
Auxiliary Services Officer. Herbarium Assistant.
Curation of Wing A
Meyer, J.J. HED. Chief Agricultural Development
Technician. Bioprospecting Project
Mothapo, M.A. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer. Label typist
Mpongo, T. B.Sc. Senior Agricultural Development Tech-
nician. Curation and plant ID in Wing A
Nkoane, Ms G.K. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer.
Loans, exchanges, gifts, parcelling, stores
Phahla, T.J. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer. Specimen
mounter of cryptogams, packer, general assistance
Ready, Mrs J.A. N.Dip.(Hort.). Principal Auxiliary
Services Officer. Plant identifications, Helichrysiim.
Curation of Wing D
Retief, Ms E. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist.
Taxonomy of Boraginaceae, Verbenaceae, Lami-
aceae, Asteraceae, Rubiaceae, Geraniaceae, Oxali-
daceae, Vitaceae
Smithies, Mrs S.J. M.Sc., Dip.Ed.(Moray House). Chief
Agricultural Development Technician. Taxonomy
of Scrophulariaceae, Pedaliaceae, Bignoniaceae,
Lentibulariaceae, Gesneriaceae, Orobanchaceae
Steyn, Ms C.C. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer.
Scientific support
Swelankomo, Ms N. B.Sc. (Hons). Senior Agricultural
Development Technician. Curation and plant ID in
Wing D
Welman, Ms W.G. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist.
Taxonomy of Convolvulaceae, Solanaceae, Cucur-
bitaceae, Asteraceae: Senecioneae, Acanthaceae
Winter, P.J.D. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist.
Taxonomy of mainly Apiaceae
AFRICAN PLANTS INITIATIVE [API] (CEPE)
CAPE TOWN
Arendse, Ms S. Project Co-ordinator (contract worker)
Smith, Ms M. Data Capturer (contract worker)
DURBAN
Majola, S.B. Data Capturer (contract worker)
Marimuhoo, Ms D. Data Capturer (contract worker)
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
195
PRETORIA
Rampho, Ms E.T. B.Sc. Chief Agricultural Development Technician. Project Co-ordinator (RHEN)
Chiliza, S.B. Senior Herbarium Assistant (contract worker)
Grunyuza, Ms T. N. Dip. (Fine Art). Senior Herbarium
Assistant (contract worker)
Khumalo, Ms A.N. Senior Herbarium Assistant (contract worker)
Madlala, E.N. Senior Herbarium Assistant (contract worker)
Mnengwane, Ms J.J.J. Senior Herbarium Technician (con-
tract worker)
Moeaha, Ms M.J. Senior Herbarium Technician. Poaceae
Project (contract worker)
Montshonyone, Ms E.M. Senior Herbarium Assistant (con-
tract worker)
Mudau, Ms A.C. Senior Herbarium Technician. Poaceae
Project (contract worker)
Munyani, L.S. Senior Herbarium Assistant (contract worker)
Nemdubani, M.T B.Sc. Senior Herbarium Technician.
Poaceae Project (contract worker)
Nthugeni, N. Senior Herbarium Assistant (contract worker)
Tshidada, Ms N.J. Senior Herbarium Assistant (contract
worker)
DATA MANAGEMENT— PRETORIA (RPDC)
Arnold, TH. M.Sc. Principal Data Technologist. Assistant Director. Computer database application
especially in taxonomy
Botha, Mrs A.G. Chief Auxiliary Services Officer. Admin-
istrative Assistant
Chetty, Ms K. B.Com.(Business Info. Syst.). Database Manager
De Wet, Mrs B.C. B.Sc. (Computer Science), B.A.,
H.D.L.S. Principal Agricultural Datametrician
Snyman, Mrs E.E. B.Sc. N. Dip. (Comp. Data Proc.).
Senior Agricultural Development Technician
Steenkamp, Ms Y. B.Sc.(Hons).Assistant Director. Regio-
nal PRECIS Information Co-ordinator. SABONET
Regional Co-ordinator.
Steyn, Ms H.M. Senior Agricultural Scientist. Botanical
Information Officer
RESEARCH SUPPORT SERVICES— PRETORIA (EDIR)
Wolfson, Mrs M.M. Ph.D. Director. Physiology/Ecophysiology of Poaceae, carbon uptake metabolism,
allocation in response to environmental and management stress
Liebenberg, Mrs E.J.L. Head: Research Support Services, Publications
Mapiyeye, P. Project Co-ordinator, SABSP (contract worker)
Naicker, K. Head: Admin., Human Resources and OHASA
Potgieter, Mrs E. Principal Librarian
Sibeko, Ms M.T. Dip. (Human Res. Managem.). Senior Secretary IV
Van Wyk, E. M.Sc. Project manager, Millenium Seed Bank Project
ADMINISTRATION, HUMAN RESOURCES AND OHASA— PRETORIA (RPTA)
Naicker, K. Dip.(Bookkeep.), Cert.(Sales & Market. Managem.), H.Cert.(Prac. Accounting), H. Dip. (Business
Managem.), Dip. (Professional Business Communic.). Assistant Director
Thibela, A. Dip. (Road Transport). Senior Foreman. Super-
visor: Cleaning services
Bosheilo, M.S. Cleaner II
Gule, Ms J.E. Cert.Bookkeep., Dip. (Credit Managem.).
Senior Accounting Clerk II. Creditors
Khumalo, N.P. Cert.Labour Rela. Senior Registry Clerk
II
Magidela. Ms N. Receptionist. Biodiversity Building
Malefo, R.P. Cleaner II
Mamie, P.M. Artisan. General maintenance
Neveling, Mrs V.H. Chief Accounting Clerk
Nkosi, Mrs M.P. Specialist Cleaner
Phaahla, M.C. Cleaner II
Ramsey, Y.K. Handyman. General maintenance
Sithole, A.M. Cleaner II
Tloubatla, J.M. Driver II. Courier services
PUBLICATIONS— PRETORIA (RPUB)
Liebenberg, Mrs E.J.L. M.Sc. Control Agricultural Technician. Cytotaxonomy. Manager
Brink, Mrs S.S. Dip. (Typing). Chief Typesetter. Type-
setting, layout, word processing (contract worker)
Condy, Ms G.S. M.A. Chief Industrial Technician. Bota-
nical artist
Du Plessis, Mrs E. B.Sc. (Hons), S.E.D. Chief Language Prac-
titioner. Technical editor. Editing, translating, layout
Germishuizen, G. M.Sc. Assistant Director. Editor
Mapheza, TP. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk III. Book-
shop Manager
Momberg, Mrs B.A. B.Sc.(Entomol. & Zoo.). Principal
196
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
Language Practitioner. Technical editor. Editing, Nkosi, P.B. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk I. Bookstore
layout (part time) Turck, Mrs S. B. A. (Information Design). Control Industrial
Maree, Ms D.J. HED. Senior Computer Operator. Technician. Graphic design
MARY GUNN LIBRARY— PRETORIA (RLBP)
Potgieter, Mrs E. B.Libr. Principal Librarian
Fourie, Mrs A.L. B.A., H.Dip.(Libr.Sci.). Principal Librarian (part time)
Shipalana, Ms K.M. N.Dip.(Libr. Info. Studies). Senior Library Assistant II
MILLENIUM SEED BANK PROJECT
PRETORIA (YRDR/MS)
Van Wyk, E. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist. Project manager
Nevhutalu, L.S. B. Sc. (Hons). Senior Agricultural Development Technician. Collection Co-ordinator
(contract worker)
Nkuna, L.A. B.Envir.Sc. Senior Agricultural Development Technician. Collection Co-ordinator (contract worker)
KIRSTENBOSCH (YKBG/MS)
Cowell, Ms C.R. B.Tech.(Hort.). Senior Agricultural Development Technician. Cape Co-ordinator (contract worker)
Nurrish, Ms L.M. B.Tech.(Hort.). Auxiliary Services Officer. Research Assistant (contract worker)
Roux, Ms L. B.Tech. (Nature Cons.). Auxiliary Services Officer. Research Assistant (contract worker)
KIRSTENBOSCH RESEARCH CENTRE (RREL)
CAPE TOWN
Donaldson, J.S. Ph.D.(Zoo.). Director
Morkel, Ms L. N. Dip. (Office Admin.). Senior Secretary IV. Personal Assistant to Director
COMPTON HERBARIUM— CAPE TOWN (RHEC)
Roux, J.P. N.TC.III(Hort.), F.L.S., Ph.D. Deputy Director. Collections Manager. Systematics of Pteridophyta
Manning, J.C. Ph.D. Senior Specialist Scientist. Research Leader, Systematics. Systematics of Iridaceae
and Hyacinthaceae; anatomy
Chesselet, Ms P.C.M. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural
Scientist
Cupido, C.N. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist
Cupido, Mrs C.S. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer II.
Technical Assistant
Davids, Ms N. African plants Initiative. Data Capturer
(contract worker)
Engelbrecht, Ms M. Data Capturer (contract worker)
Foster, Mrs S.E. Senior Secretary IV
Krige, Ms A. Research Intern (contract worker)
Kurzweil, H. Ph.D. Specialist Scientist. Systematics of
southern African terrestrial orchids
Leith, Mrs J. Cert. Primary Sch. Teacher. Senior Provi-
sioning Admin. Clerk III
Marinus, Ms E.D.A. Dip. (Teaching). Control Auxiliary
Services Officer. Herbarium Assistant
Parker-Allie, Ms F. M.Sc. Senior Agricultural Scientist.
Taxonomy of Thymelaeaceae
Paterson-Jones, D.A. (nee Snijman) Ph.D. U.E.D. Spe-
cialist Scientist. Systematics of Hypoxidaceae;
cladistics
Von Wit, Ms G. Protea Atlas Project (student)
Williams, Mrs V.J. Dip.(Pers. Computing). African
Plants Initiative. Data Capturer (contract worker)
CLIMATE CHANGE
Midgley, G.F. Ph.D. Chief Specialist Scientist. Plant ecophysiology, modelling
Hughes, G.O. GIS Researcher (contract worker)
Kgope, B.S. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist. Plant ecophysiology Scientist
Matlana, K.B. Principal Agricultural Scientist. Plant ecophysiology
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
197
CONSERVATION BIOLOGY
Donaldson, J.S. Ph.D.(Zoo.). Cycad biology
Bosenberg, J. de Wet. B.Sc.(Hons). Chief Agricultural Develop-
ment Technician. Cycad biology, Conservation farming
Ebrahim. I. N.Dip.(Hort.). Custodians of Rare and Endan-
gered Wildflowers Programme (CREW). Co-ordina-
tor (contract worker)
Marinus, E.M. N.Cert.fBuilding & Structures). Chief Aux-
illiary Services Officer. Conservation farming
Niinni, Ms I. HED, B.Sc. Control Agricultural Develop-
ment Technician. Project Co-ordinator
Petersen, Ms A. B.Sc. (Hons). Senior Agricultural Develop-
ment Technician. Land use and vegetation mapping
Raimondo, Ms D.C. M.Sc. (Cons. Biol.). Manager: Custo-
dians of Rare and Endangered Wildflowers Prog-
ramme (CREW), (contract worker)
INVASIVE SPECIES PROGRAMME (YISP/CT)
Musil, C.F. Ph.D. Senior Specialist Scientist. Ecophysiology, modelling
Arnolds, Ms J.L. Chief Auxiliary Services Officer
Brown, N.A.C. Ph.D. Specialist Scientist. Seed research
Snyders, S.G. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer II. Greenhouse, maintenance
LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY
Rutherford, M.C. Ph.D., Dip.(Datamet.). Chief Specialist Scientist. Modelling, global change
Parenzee, Ms H.A. Dip. (Ed.). Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk III
Powrie, L.W. M.Sc. Chief Information Technology Advisor. Spatial modelling, databases
Rebelo, A.G. Ph.D. (Zoo.). Control Agricultural Scientist. Protea Atlas Project
HARRY MOLTENO LIBRARY (RRLC)
Reynolds, Ms P.Y B. Bib. (Hons), M. A. (Info. Sci.), B.Proc., Dip.(Datametrics). Chief Librarian.
Jagger, B.W. B.A.(Soc. Sci.), PGDip.Lis. Librarian
SANBI WEBSITES (AMWS)
Reynolds, Ms P.Y. B. Bib. (Hons), M. A. (Info. Sci.), B.Proc., Dip.(Datametrics). Website Manager
LESLIE HILL MOLECULAR SYSTEMATICS LABORATORY
Balele, Ms K. B.Sc. Scientific Officer. DNA bank manager (contract worker)
Conrad, Ms E. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist. Molecular systematics
Khunoo, Ms A. Agricultural Scientist. AFLP Manager
Mabunda, A. B.Sc. (Hons). SANBI Masters student (contract worker)
Reeves, Ms G. Ph.D. Senior Agricultural Scientist (contract worker)
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (RRIT)
CAPE TOWN
Evans, N. Chief Information Technology Officer. Network Controller.
Pekeur, Ms B.L. Chief Provisioning Admin. Clerk. IT support
PRETORIA
Smit, G.C. A-i- (CTU), NT Workstation 4, NT Server 4. Chief Network Controller
Heyns, J. (contract worker)
SUPPORT SERVICES
Bardien-Overmeyer, Ms S. B.A.(Pharm.). Principal State Admin. Officer. Admin. Manager
Boonzaaier, I. Groundsman II. Maintenance
Bowler, Mrs M. Admin. Aid II. Cleaner. Assistant: teas and functions
De Witt, D.M. Senior Artisan (B-Group). Maintenance
198
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
PUBLICATIONS BY THE STAFF
1 APRIL 2004-31 MARCH 2005
ADAMS. T. 2004-1 1. Freylinia visseri Van Jaarsv. (Scrophulariaceae).
Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/freylinvis.htm.
ADAMS, T. & HITCHCOCK, A. 2004-04. Nivenia coiynibosa (Ker
Gawl.) Baker (Iridaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica. com/plantnop/nivencorym.htm.
ADAMS. T. & VAN JAARSVELD. E. 2004-09. Freylinia imdulata (L.f.)
Benth.. (Scrophulariaceae). Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/ffeylinundulat.htm.
AGENBAG, L., ESLER. K.J.. & MIDGLEY, G.F. 2004. Studies along
an environmental gradient reveal how biome boundaries may
respond to climate change. In M. Arianoutsou & V.P.
Papanastasias, Ecology, conservation and management of
Mediterranean climate ecosystems. Proceedings of the 10th
International Conference on Mediterranean Climate Eco-
systems (MEDECOS). Rhodes, Greece. Millpress, Rotterdam.
AGENBAG, L„ MIDGLEY. G.F., & ESLER. K.J, 2004. An environ-
mental gradient reveals how climate influences phenophases in
fynbos growth forms. In M. Arianoutsou & V.P. Papanastasias,
Ecology, consen’ation and management of Mediterranean cli-
mate ecosystems. Proceedings of the 1 0th International Con-
ference on Mediterranean Climate Ecosystems (MEDECOS),
Rhodes, Greece, Millpress. Rotterdam.
AGENBAG, L„ RUTHERFORD, M.C., MIDGLEY, G. & ESLER,
K.J. 2004. Fundamental and realized niches of fynbos and
karoo seedlings as revealed by reciprocal transplants. In M.
Arianoutsou & V.P. Papanastasias, Ecology, consen’ation and
management of Mediterranean climate ecosystems. Pro-
ceedings of the 1 0th International Conference on Mediterranean
Climate Ecosystems (MEDECOS), Rhodes, Greece. Electronic
edition, Millpress, Rotterdam.
ANDERSON, J.M. 2004a. Biodiversity and the sixth extinction. The
Enviropaedia. Environmental encyclopaedia & networking
directoiy for southern Africa: 23, 24. Eco-logic Publishing,
Simonstown. South Africa.
ANDERSON, J.M. 2004b. Gondwana Alive corridors. The Enviro-
paedia. Environmental encyclopaedia & networking directory
for southern Africa: 110, 111. Eco-logic Publishing, Simons-
town, South Africa.
ANDERSON, J.M. 2005a. Abstract: The insect contribution to the elu-
cidation of Gondwana biodiversity trends: 8. In Fossils x 3,
Programme and abstracts of 3rd International Congress of
Palaeoentomolgy with 2nd International Meeting on
Palaeoarthropodology and 2nd World Congress on Amber and
its inclusions, 7th to 1 1 th February 2005, Pretoria, South Africa.
ANDERSON, J.M. 2005b. Abstract: Towards a monograph on the insects
of the Late Triassic Molteno Formation, South Africa: 8, 9. In
Fossils X 3, Programme and abstracts of 3rd International
Congress of Palaeoentomolgy with 2nd International Meeting on
Palaeoarthropodology and 2nd World Congress on Amber and its
inclusions. 7th to 1 Ith February 2005, Pretoria, South Africa.
ARAUJO. M.B., CABEZA. M„ THUILLER. W„ HANNAH, L. &
WILLIAMS, PH. 2004. Would climate change drive species
out of reserves? An assessment of existing reserve-selection
methods,. Global Change Biology 10: 1618-1626.
ARCHER. C. 2004-05. Cyperus papyrus L. (Cyperaceae). Internet 4
pp. http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/cyperuspap.htm.
ARCHER. C. 2004-05. Cyperus prolifer Lam. (Cyperaceae). Internet 2
pp. http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/cyperusproli.htin.
ARCHER. C. 2004a. Review: Flora of North America north of Mexico,
vol. 23: Magnoliophyta: Commelinidae (in part): Cyperaceae.
edited by the Flora of North America Editorial Committee.
Plant Systematics and Evolution 245: 260-263.
ARCHER. C. 2004b. Abstract: Cyperaceae: Cyperales or Poales?
Paper presented at the 30th Annual Congress of the South
African Association of Botanists at the University of KwaZulu-
Natal. Durban. 19-22 January 2004. South African Journal of
Botany 70: 332.
ARCHER, C. & CRAVEN. P. 2004. Cyperaceae in Namibia. SABONET
News 9: 18-28.
ARCHER, R.H. 2004. Abstract: A new look at Malpighiales? Paper
presented at the 30th Annual Congress of the South African
Association of Botanists at the University of KwaZulu-Natal,
Durban, 19-22 January 2004. South African Journal of Botany
70: 332.
ARCHER, R.H. 2004-06. Elaeodendron croceum (Thunb.) DC.
(Celastraceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/elaedendcroc.htm.
ARCHER, R.H. 2004-09. Crinum L. (Amaryllidaceae). Internet 7 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/crinum.htm.
ARENDSE, S., RAMPHO, T., KOEKEMOER, M., ROUX, K. &
SMITH, G.F. 2005. Abstract: The African Plants Initiative: dis-
seminating information on Aloe fero.x. Proceedings of the
Annual Congress of the South African Association of Botanists
31: 76. University of the Free State, Bloemfontein. 11-13
January. 2005.
AUBREY. A.E. 2004-06. Combretum bracteosum (Hochst.) Brandis
(Combretaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/combretbrac.htm.
AUBREY, A.E. 2004-10. Phoenix reclinata Jacq. (Arecaceae). Internet
3 pp. http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/phoenixrec.htm.
BADENHORST. L. 2004-06. Seriphium plumosum L. [= Stoebe plumosa
(L.) Thunb.] (Asteraceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantqrs/seriphplum.htm.
BADENHORST, L. 2004-11. Psychotria capensis (Eckl.) Vatke
(Rubiaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/psychotcap.htm.
BALKWILL, K., BOON. R„ COATES PALGRAVE, M„ GLEN, H.F.,
JORDAAN, M„ LOTTER. M„ SCHMIDT, E. & THOMAS, V.
2004. SAPPI tree spotting — Lifer list. Jacana. Johannesburg.
BALOYI. J.K. & REYNOLDS, Y. 2004-08. Millettia grandis (E.Mey.)
Skeels (Fabaceae). Internet 3 pp,
http://www.plantzafrica.com/ plantklm/milletgrand.htm.
BARNARD, P. 2004. Protecting plants and plant habitats from invasive
alien species — a look at the Global Strategy for Plant
Conservation — implementing Target 10: tackling invasive species
which threaten plant diversity: 1-6. Convention on Biological
Diversity, Global Invasive Species Programme and Global
Partnership for Plant Conservation networks. Cape Town,
BARNARD, P & WAAGE, J.K. 2004. Tackling biological invasions
around the world: regional responses to the invasive alien
species threat: 1^0. Convention on Biological Diversity,
Global Invasive Species Programme and Global Partnership for
Plant Conservation networks. Cape Town.
BARRACLOUGH, T.G. & REEVES, G. 2004. The causes of specia-
tion in flowering plant lineages: species-level DNA trees in the
African genus Protea. In F.T. Bakker, L.W. Chatrou. B.
Gravendeel & P.B. Pelser, Plant species-level systematics: pat-
terns, processes and new applications. Regmim Vegetabile 143.
Koeltz, Konigstein.
BEHR, K. 2004-1 1. Oncoba spinosa Forssk. (Flacourtiaceae). Internet
2 pp. http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/oncobspin.htm.
BEHR, K. 2004-11. Vepris lanceolata (Lam.) G.Don (Rutaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/planttuv/veprislan.htm.
BESTER, S.P. 2004-05. Ceropegia ampliata E.Mey. (Apocynaceae/
Asclepiadaceae). Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/ceropegamp.htm.
BESTER, S.R 2004-06. Adenium multiflorum Klotzsch (Apocy-
naceae). Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/adeniummultillor.htm.
BOND, W.J., WOODWARD, F.I., MIDGLEY, G.F. 2005. The global
distribution of ecosystems in a world without fire. New Phyto-
logist 165: 525-538.
BORNMAN, C.H., GRACE, O.M. & VAN STADEN, J. 2004.
Sustainable biotechnology for sub-Saharan Africa: can it be
implemented and maintained? South A frican Journal of Botany
70: 1-11.
BORSCH, T„ MULLER. K„ ORTUNO, T„ BECK, S.G., FLORES, H„
SANCHEZ-DE PINO, L, MOTLEY, T.J., JORDAAN, M„
SMITH. G.F., WONDAFRASH, M„ DEMISSEW, S„ PRATT,
D.B. & BARTHLOTT. 2004. Diversity of Amaranthaceae:
international collaborative research on a plant group of nearly
global distribution. In E. Zippel, W. Greuter & A.-D. Stevens,
Botanic gardens: awareness for biodiversity: 43, 44. Botanic
Garden and Botanical Museum, Berlin-Dahlem.
BRAGG, C.. DONALDSON, J.S. & RYAN, P. 2005. Demsity of Cape
porcupines in a semi-arid environment and their impact on soil
turnover and related ecosystem processes. Journal of Arid
Environments 61: 261-275.
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
199
BREDENKAMP, C.L. 2004-10. Passerina ericoides L. (Thyme-
laeaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/passeric.htm.
BREDENKAMP. C.L. 2004-10. Passerina filifonnis L. subsp. fdi-
fonnis (Thymelaeaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/passerfiliform.htm.
BREDENKAMP, C.L. & SMITH, G.F. 2004. Abstract: Botanical
research in South Africa: opinions of botanists assessed by
means of a questionnaire. Paper presented at the 30th Annual
Congress of the South African Association of Botanists at the
University of KwaZulu-Natal, Durban, 19-22 January 2004.
South African Journal of Botany 70: 335.
BREDENKAMP. C.L., VAN BLERK. E. & BREDENKAMP, G. 2005.
The Noorsveld Expedition. Veld & Flora 91: 6.
BREUER, I., STEYN. E.M.A. & SMITH, G.E. 2004. Haworthia Duval
(Asphodelaceae). Alsterworthia International, Special Issue
No. 5: 20-31.
BROWN. N.A.C. & BOTHA, P.A. 2004. Smoke seed germination
studies and a guide to seed propagation of plants from the major
families of the Cape Eloristic Region. South Africa. South
African Journal of Botany 70: 559-581.
BROWN, N.A.C., JAMIESON, H. & BOTHA, P.A. 2004. Grow
restios, edn 2. A guide to the propagation and cultivation of
South African restios. Kirstenbosch Gardening Series. South
African National Biodiversity Institute, Cape Town.
BURGOYNE. PM. 2004a. Succulents in the crosshairs: tips on col-
lecting and pressing really good herbarium specimens. Plantlife
30: 35-37.
BURGOYNE, P.M. 2004b. Reunion: undiscovered jewel of the Indian
Ocean. Plantlife 31: 3-9.
BURGOYNE. P.M. 2004c. Abstract: Molecular advances in the family
Mesembryanthemaceae: implications for our current view of
mesembs. Paper presented at the 30th Annual Congress of the
South African Association of Botanists at the University of
KwaZulu-Natal, Durban. 19-22 January 2004. South African
Journal of Botany 70: 335.
BURGOYNE, P.M. 2004-11. Khadia N.E.Br. (Mesembryanthe-
maceae). Internet 5 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantklm/khadia.htm.
BURRING, J.H. 2004-07. Canthium inemie (L.f.) Kuntze (Rubiaceae).
Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/canthinerm.htm.
BURRING, J.H. 2004-08. Nuxia floribunda Benth. (Loganiaceae).
Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/nuxiaflor.htm.
BURRING. J.H. 2004-12. Trichilia dregeana Sond. (Meliaceae).
Internet, http://www.plantzafrica.com/planttuv/trichildreg.htm.
BYTEBIER. B.. SAKWA, J. & KURZWEIL, H. 2004. New and inter-
esting orchid records for Tanzania. East African Journal of
Natural History 93: 63-67.
CAROLUS, B. 2004. Threatened Plants Programme: Harold Porter
NBG focuses in fynbos. SABONET News 9: 37.
CAROLUS, B. 2004-09. Syzygium cordatum Hochst. ex C.Krauss.
(Myrtaceae). Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantqrs/syzygcord.htm.
CAROLUS, B. & REYNOLDS, Y. 2004-04. Chironia baccifera L.
(Gentianaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/chironbac.htm.
CHEMNICK. J.. OBERPRIELER. R.G., DONALDSON, J.S.,
OSBORNE, R.. TERRY, I. & EORSTER. P. 2004. Insect polli-
nators of cycads — a report of a cycad pollinator workshop in
Thailand with a protocol for collecting and studying pollinators.
The Cycad Newsletter 27: 3-6.
CHESSELET, P. 2004a. Stability in the tribal classification of the rus-
chioid mesembs: morphology and molecules meet. Mesemb
Study Group Bulletin 4: 77-80.
CHESSELET, P. 2004b. Systematic significance of morphology in
Mesembryanthemaceae: interactive database and illustrated
atlas for identification. Ph.D. thesis. University of Pretoria.
CHESSELET. P. 2004c. Contributor, web page: Interactive mesembs.
An illustrated comprehensive nomenclatural database for fami-
ly Mesembryanthemaceae. Internet 2 pp.
http/Zwww.mesembs.org
CHESSELET, P. 2004d. (Story fixed by): Par Erederic Lewino 2004.
La Hoodia a hue eta dial Sciences, Le Point, Oct.: 68, 69.
CHESSELET, P. 2005. Malephora N.E.Br. ( Mesembryanthe-
maceae/Aizoaceae p.p.). Internet 3 pp.
http://www. plantzafrica .com/plantklm/malephora.htm.
CHESSELET. P. & LOW, A.B. 2004-07. Jordaaniella dubia (Haw.)
H.E.K.Hartmann and J. anemoniflora (L.Bolus) Van Jaarsv.
(Mesembryanthemaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica .com/planhij/jordaan.htm.
CHESSELET, R, VAN WYK, A.E. & SMITH, G.F. 2004. A new tribe
and adjustments to infrafamilial classification (Mesembry-
anthemaceae). Bothalia 34: 47-51.
CHIMPHANGO, S.B.M., MUSIL, C.F. & DAKORA. F.D. 2004. Im-
pact of increased ultraviolet-B radiation due to stratospheric
ozone depletion on Ni fixation in traditional African commer-
cial legumes. South African Journal of Botany, Special issue:
Stress physiology 70: 790-796.
CLARKSON, C„ MAHARAJ, V.J., CROUCH, N.R., GRACE, O.M.,
PILLAY, R, MATSABISA, M.G., BHGAWANDIN, N„
SMITH, RJ. & FOLB, RI. 2004. In vitro antiplasmodial activi-
ty of medicinal plants native to or naturalised in South Africa.
Journal of Ethnopharmacology 92: 177-191.
COWLING, R.M., KNIGHT, A.T., EAITH, D.R, FERRIER, S„ LOM-
BARD, A.T., DRIVER, A., ROUGET, M„ MAZE, K. &
DESMET. RG. 2004. Nature conservation requires more than a
passion for species. Conseiwation Biology 18: 1674—1676.
CRAIB, C., SMITH, G.E., STEYN. E.M.A. & HANKEY, A. 2004.
Variation in Chortolirion angolense (Asphodelaceae). Ha-
seltonia 10: 51-56.
CROUCH, N. 2004a. Review: Plants of southern Africa: an annotated
checklist. Plantlife 30: 46, 47.
CROUCH, N. 2004b. Review: A photographic guide to the medicinal
plants traded on South Africa’s eastern seaboard. The
Conserx’atory: 41^4.
CROUCH. N. & EDWARDS, T.J. 2004. Ethnomedicinal (rnutlii) plant
nurseries. In M. Lawes, H. Eeley, C. Shackleton & B. Geach,
Use and value of indigenous forests and woodlands in South
Africa: 658-661, 675-678. KwaZulu-Natal University Press,
Pietermaritzburg.
CROUCH. N.R., MULHOLLAND, D.A. & CHETTY, J. 2005. Lupane
triterpenoid and alkaloid isolates from Cyrtanthus breviflorus
( Amaryllidaceae). South African Journal of Botany 71:
104-106.
CROUCH. N.R., POHL, T.L., MULHOLLAND. D.A. & NDLOVU, E.
2005. Alkaloids from three ethnomedicinal Haemanthus
species: H. albiflos. H. defonnis and H. pauculifolius (Ama-
ryllidaceae). South African Journal of Botany 71: 49-52.
CUPIDO, C. 2004-09. Family: Campanulaceae. Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/campanulac.htm.
CUPIDO, C. & MANNIE, L. 2004-11. Lobelia L. (Lobeliaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantkIm/lobelia. htm.
DE LA CRUZ, P. 2004-10. Greyia radlkoferi Szyszyl.(Greyiaceae).
Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/greyrad. htm.
DLAMINI, M.D. 2004-10. Harpephyllum caffriim Bernh. (Anacar-
diaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/planthij/harpephylcaf.htm.
DLAMINI, M.D. 2004-12. Ekebergia capensis Sparrm. (Meliaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/ekebergcap. htm.
DLAMINI, M.D. 2005-02. Burchellia bubalina (L.f.) Sims (Rubi-
aceae). http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/burchelbulb.htm.
DONALDSON, J.S. 2004a. CITES and cycad conservation: a way for-
ward. Cycad Newsletter 27.
DONALDSON, J.S. 2004b. Seeds of hope: can trade in cycad seeds
save cycads from extinction? Cycad Newsletter 27.
DONALDSON, J.S. 2005. CITES and DNA banking. In V. Savolainen,
M.R Powell, K. Davis, G. Reeves & A. Corthals, DNA and tis-
sue banking for biodiversity and conservation: theory, practice,
and uses. Kew and lUCN.
DOUWES, E., CROUCH, N.R., MATTSON, M„ DALZELL, C.G.M.
& SMITH, G.E. 2004. The Stangeria eriopus Conservation Pro-
ject, a gene-banking programme in action. In A.J. Lindstrom,
The biology, structure, and systematics of the Cycadales.
Proceedings of the Sixth International Conference on Cycad
Biology, CYCAD 2002: 85-91. Nong Nooch Tropical Botanical
Garden, Chonburi, Thailand.
DRIVER, A., MAZE, K„ ROUGET, M„ LOMBARD, A.T., NEL, J.,
TURPIE, J.K., COWLING, R.M., DESMET, R, GOODMAN,
R, HARRIS, J., JONAS, Z„ REYERS, B„ SINK, K. &
STRAUSS, T. 2005, National Spatial Biodiversity Assessment
2004: priorities for biodiversity conservation in South Africa.
Strelitzia 17.
DUNCAN, G. 2004a. Agapanthus africanus subsp. walshii (Agapan-
200
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
thaceae). Curtis's Botanical Magazine 21: 205-214.
DUNCAN. G. 2004b. The genus Veltheimia. The Plantsman, new ser.
3: 97-103.
DUNCAN, G.D. 2004c. The new Kirstenbosch bulb terrace. Veld &
Flora 90: 62-65.
DUNCAN, G.D. 2004d. Amaryllis magic. Veld & Flora 90: 142-147.
DUNCAN, G.D. 2004e. Growing the miracle clivia. Veld & Flora 90:
148, 149.
DUNCAN, G.D. 2004f. Dazzling ginger lilies. Bulletin of the
Indigenous Bulb Association of South Africa 53: 5-8.
DUNCAN, G. 2004-05. Nerine gibsonii Douglas (Amaryllidaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/neringib.htm.
DUNCAN, G. 2004-06. Gladiolus aureus Baker (Iridaceae). Internet 2
pp. http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/gladaureus.htm.
DUNCAN, G. 2004-09. Cyrtanthus falcatus R. A. Dyer (Amaryl-
lidaceae). Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/cyrtanthfalcat.htm.
DUNCAN, G. & ASHTON, L. 2005. Last chance for Gladiolus aureus.
Veld & Flora 9\: 18-21.
EBRAHIM, I. & KOOPMAN, R. 2004. The last two spiderheads. The
re-discovery of Serruria furcellata. Veld & Flora 90: 51.
EDWARDS, T.J., CROUCH, N.R. & STYLES, D. 2005. Drimia fla-
gellaris (Hyacinthaceae): a new discovery from KwaZulu-
Natal. South African Journal of Botany 71: 122-126.
EDWARDS, T, CROUCH, N.R. & SYMMONDS, R. 2004. Sexual
expression in Siphonochillus aethiopicus: evolutionary non-
sense? Plantlife 31: 27-29.
FENNELL, C.W., LINDSEY, K.L., McGAW, L.J., SPARG, S.G.,
STAFFORD, G.I., ELGORASHI, E.E., GRACE, O.M. & VAN
STADEN, J. 2004. Assessing African medicinal plants for effi-
cacy and safety: pharmacological screening and toxicology.
Journal of Ethnophannacology 94: 205-217.
FERREIRA, L. 2004-11. Galpinia transvaalica N.E.Br. (Lythraceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/galpintrans .htm.
FERREIRA, L. 2005. Compiler & Illustrator: Bird list/Voellys/Lenaane
la dinonyane. South African National Biodiversity Institute.
Pretoria.
FISH, L. 2004. La preparation des echantillons d'herbier. Meise
National Botanic Garden, Belgium.
FISH, L. 2004-04. Melica decumbens Thunb. (Poaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantklm/melicdecum.htm.
FISH, L. 2004-04. Themeda triandra Forssk. (Poaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/planttuv/themedatri.htm.
FOREST, R, SAVOLAINEN, V., CHASE, M.W., LUPIA, R.,
BRUNEAU, A. & CRANE, PR. 2005. Teasing apart molecular-
versus fossil- based error estimates when dating hylogenetic
trees: a case study in the birch family (Betulaceae). Sytematic
Botany 30: 118.
FORRESTER, J. 2004-04. Tetragonia decumbens Mill. (Aizoaceae).
Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/planttuv/tetragondec.htm.
FORRESTER, J. 2004-07. Ilex mitis (L.) Radik. (Aquifoliaceae).
Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/planthij/ilexmitis.htm.
FORRESTER, J. 2004-12, Phylica pubescens Alton (Rhamnaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/phylicpubes.htm.
FORRESTER, J. 2005, Wild and wet. Veld & Flora 91: 40, 41.
GERBER. A., CILLIERS, C.J., VAN GINKEL, C, & GLEN, R. 2004.
Ea.sy identification of aquatic plants. Department of Water
Affairs and Forestry, Pretoria.
GLEN, H.F. 2004-07. Raphia australis Oberm. & Strey (Arecaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www,plantzafrica.com/plantqrs/raphiaaust.htm.
GLEN, H.F, 2004a. What’s in a name? The Royal Connection. The
Gardener, June/July: 3.
GLEN, H.F. 2004b, What’s in a name? All swamped up! The Gardener,
Sept.: 12.
GLEN, H.F. 2004c. SAPPl What's in a name? The meaning of the
botanical names of trees? Jacana, Johannesburg.
GLEN, H.F. 2004d. What’s in a name? Linnaean puns — old but still
good! The Gardener, Oct.: 10.
GLEN, H.F. 2004e. What’s in a name? Aggie’s pants & heebie-jeebies.
The Gardener, Apr./May: 12.
GLEN, H.F. 2004f. What’s in a name? Tillandsia — a tall tale for a tree-
dwelling fiower. The Gardener, Aug,: 13.
GLEN. H.F. 2004g, What’s in a name? Tales about all and sundry! The
Gardener Nov.: 10.
GLEN, H.F. 2004h. What’s in a name? A long story for a short tree. The
Gardener Dec./Jan.: 25.
GLEN, H.F. 2005a. What’s in a name? Olympic glory, bay laurel and
bobotie. The Gardener, Feb.: 8.
GLEN, H.F. 2005b. What’s in a name? Princess Selaginella. The
Gardener Mar.: 1.
GLEN, H.F. 2005-02. Combretum woodii Diimmer (Combretaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/combretwood.htm.
GLEN, H.F. & NGWENYA, M.A. 2005-02. Maesa lanceolata Forssk.
(Maesaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantklm/maesalan.htm.
GLEN, H.F, & REYNOLDS, Y. 2004-07. Hyphaene coriacea Gaertn.
(Arecaceae). Internet 4 pp.
http://www,plantzafrica.com/planthij/hyphaencor.htm.
GLEN. H.F. & SMITH, G.F. 2004. Aloe L. (Asphodelaceae). Alster-
worthia International Special issue No. 5: 2-11.
GLEN, H.F., SMITH, G.F., BREUER, L, STEYN, E.M.A., ARCHER,
C., MANNING, J.C., WILLIAMSON, G., VAN JAARSVELD,
E.J. & MEYER, N.L. 2004. Asphodelaceae of southern Africa.
An annotated checklist. Alsterworthia International, Special
issue No. 5: 1-35. St Michaels on Wyre.
GLEN, R.P 2004-11. Hydrostachys polymorpha Klotzsch (Hydro-
stachyaceae). Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica .com/planthij/hydropoly.htm.
GOLDBLATT, P, BERNHARDT, P, VOGAN, P. & MANNING, J.C.
2004. Pollination by fungus gnats (Diptera: Mycetophilidae)
and self-recognition sites in Tolmiea menziesii (Saxifragaceae).
Plant Systematics and Evolution 244: 55-67.
GOLDBLATT,' P. & MANNING, J.C. 2004a. New species of I.xia
(Crocoideae) and Moraea (Iridoideae), and taxonomic notes on
some other African Iridaceae. Novon 14: 288-298.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2004b. Taxonomic notes and
new species of the southern African genus Babiana (Iridaceae:
Crocoideae). Bothalia 34: 87-96.
GOLDBLATT, P, MANNING, J.C., DAVIES, J., SAVOLAINEN, V.
& REZAI, S. 2004. Cyanixia, a new genus for the Socotran
endemic Babiana socotrana (Iridaceae-Crocoideae). Edin-
burgh Journal of Botany 60: 517-532.
GOLDBLATT, P, MANNING, J.C. & DUNLOP, G. 2004. Crocosmia
and Chasmanthe. Royal Horticultural Society Plant Collector
Guide. Royal Horticultural Society, Portland, Cambridge.
GOLDING, J.S., SIEBERT, S.J. & MALAN, E. 2004. Poster abstract:
An analysis of the human and financial resources used to pro-
duce the southern African plant Red Data Lists. Presented at the
30th Annual Congress of the South African Association of
Botanists, held at the University of KwaZulu-Natal, Durban,
19-22 January, 2004. SABONET News 9: 71.
GOLDMAN, T. & DAVIS, G, 2004. Conservation activism on the
Cape Flats. Veld & Flora 90: 111-113.
GRACE, O.M., CROUCH, N.R. & SMITH, G.F. 2004. Abstract:
Malaria and fever-associated plants of the FSA region: findings
of a bibliographic survey. Paper presented at the 30th Annual
Congress of the South African Association of Botanists at the
University of KwaZulu-Natal, Durban, 19-22 January, 2004.
South African Journal of Botany 70: 339.
HANKEY, A.J. 2004a. Birds of paradise. SA Gardening, May: 22-27.
HANKEY, A.J. 2004b. Flagships of the garden. SA Gardening. June:
28-31.
HANKEY, A.J. 2004c. A frog-friendly garden. SA Gardening, Dec.:
30-33.
HANKEY, A.J. 2004d. Our rich fauna & flora. My World, Oct.-Dec.:
50,51.
HANKEY, A.J. 2004e. Livingstone daisies. My World, Oct.-Dec.: 52,
53.
HANKEY, A.J. 2004-06. Pappea capensis Eckl. & Zeyh. (Sapinda-
ceae). Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/ plantnop/papcap.htm.
HANKEY, A.J. 2004-12. Cussonia spicata Thunb. (Araliaceae). Inter-
net 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/cussonspic .htm.
HANKEY, A.J. 2005. Agapanthus — the flower of love. My World 2:
58, 59.
HANKEY, A. & NOTTEN, A. 2004-05. Aloe arborescens Mill.
(Asphodelaceae). Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/ plantab/aloearbor.htm.
HANNAH, L„ MIDGLEY, G.F., HUGHES, G.O., & BOMHARD, B.
2005. The view from the Cape: extinction risk, protected areas.
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
201
and climate change. BioScience 55: 231-242.
HARRIS, S. 2004-09. Melianthus comosus Vahl (Melianthaceae).
Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica,com/plantklm/melicomo.htm.
HARRIS, S. 2004-09. Tiilbaghia violacea Harv. (Alliaceae). Internet 2
pp. http://www.plantzafrica.com/planttuv/tulbaghviol.htm.
HERMAN, RRJ. 2004. Die plantfamilie Asteraceae: 6. Die subfamilie
Asteroideae. SA Tydskhf vir Natuurwetenskap en Tegnologie
23:35-41.
HERMAN, RP.J. 2004-04. Family: Asteraceae (Compositae). Internet
10 pp. http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/asteraceae.htm.
HERMAN, RRJ. 2005-03. Dimorphotheca ecklonis DC. (= Osteo-
spermum ecklonis (DC.) Norl.) (Asteraceae/Compositae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/dimorphecklon.htm.
HERMAN. RRJ. & KOEKEMOER, M. 2004. Dicoma picta, the cor-
rect name for Cypselodontia eckloniana (Asteraceae). Bothalia
34: 106-108.
HERMAN, RRJ. & SWELANKOMO, N. 2004. An atlas of Asteraceae
cypselas: a preliminary report on the tribe Calenduleae.
Proceedings of the Microscopy Society of southern Africa 34:
49.
HERNANDEZ, H.M., GARCIA MENDOZA, A.J., MEVE, U„ OLD-
FIELD, S„ SMITH, G.F., STUPPY, W. & TAYLOR, N. 2004.
Cacti and succulents. In J. Marinelli, Plant. The ultimate visual
reference to plants and flowers of the world’. 326-355. Dorling
Kindersley, London.
HITCHCOCK, A. 2004. Threatened Plants Programme: Kirstenbosch
favours Cape Flats fynbos. SABONET News 9: 48-50.
HURTER, P.J.H. & VAN WYK, A.E. 2004a. A new species of Acacia
(Mimosoideae) from Mpumalanga, South Africa (Fabaceae).
Bothalia 34: 42—44.
HURTER. P.J.H. & VAN WYK, A.E. 2004b. A new species of Acacia
(Mimosoideae) from the province of Limpopo. South Africa
(Fabaceae). Bothalia 34: 109-112.
HUTTON-SQUIRE, T. & MOORE, A. 2004-10, Pelargonium tetragonum
L'Her. (Geraniaceae). Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/pelargtetragon.htm.
JAMIESON, H. 2004-06. Thamnochortus cinereus H.P.Linder
(Restionaceae). Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/planttuv/thamnochortcin.htm.
JAMIESON, H. 2004-07. Cannomois virgata (Rottb.) Steud.
(Restionaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/cannomvirg.htm.
JAMIESON, H. 2004-10. Rhodocoma capensis Steud. (Restionaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantqrs/rhodocomcap.htm.
JAMIESON, R. 2004-05. Agapanthus africanus (L. ) Hoffmanns. ( Aga-
panthaceae). Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/agapanafric.htm.
JAMIESON, R. 2004-07. Agapanthus dyeri FM.Leight. (Agapan-
thaceae). Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/agapandyer.htm.
JAMIESON, R. 2004-12. Agapanthus caulescens Leighton. (Agapan-
thaceae). Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/agapancaul.htm.
JODAMUS, N. 2004-04. Coleonema pulchellum l.WilUams (Rutaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/coleonpulchell.htm.
JODAMUS, N. 2004-10. Buddleja glomerata H.L.Wendl. (Buddle-
jaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/ plantab/buddlglom.htm.
JODAMUS, N. 2004-12. Polygala virgata Thunb. (Polygalaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/polyvirg .htm.
JOHNSON, I.M. 2004. Threatened Plants Programme. KwaZulu-Natal
NBG extends efforts through collaboration. SABONET News 9:
41.
JOHNSON, I.M. 2005-01. Vemonia galpinii Klatt (Asteraceae).
Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/planttuv/vemongalp .htm.
JOHNSON, I.M. 2005-01. Oplismenus hirtellus (L.) RBeauv. (Poaceae)
Internet 2 pp.
JOHNSON, I.M, & CURRY, C. 2005. Fossils and flowers. Veld &
Flora 9\: 38^0.
JOHNSON, I.M. & EDWARDS, T.J. 2004. Abstract: The conservation
biology and taxonomic status of the threatened endemic grass-
land daisy Gerbera aurantiaca. Paper presented at the 30th
Annual Congress of the South African Association of Botanists
at the University of KwaZulu-Natal, Durban, 19-22 January,
2004. South African Journal of Botany 70: 341.
JORDAAN, M. 2004. The spikethorns (Gymnosporia) in southern
Africa. Part 3: Section Buxifolia. Plantlife 30: 48-60.
JORDAAN, M. 2004-06. Gymnosporia harveyana Loes. (Celastra-
ceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/gymnospharv.htm.
KANYILE, S. 2004-10. Crinum moorei Hook.f. (Amaryllidaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/crinummoor .htm.
KGOPE. B.S. 2004, Differential impact of temperature stress on leaf
physiology in broad and narrow leafed savanna trees under nat-
ural conditions. South African Journal of Botany 70, Special
issue: 760-766.
KGOPE, B.S., MIDGLEY, G.F & BOND, W.J. 2004. Abstract: Atmos-
pheric COi: a powerful control of carbon economy and recov-
ery from injury in African savanna trees. Paper presented at the
30th Annual Congress of the South African Association of
Botanists at the University of KwaZulu-Natal, Durban, 19-22
January, 2004. South African Journal of Botany 70: 342.
KLOPPER, R.R. 2004a. Review: Easy guide to indigenous shrubs, by
Pitta Joffe, 2003. SABONET News 9: 55.
KLOPPER, R.R. 2004b. Review: Illustrated guide to the wildflowers
of northern South Africa, G. Germishuizen & B. Clarke, 2003.
SABONET News 9: 56.
KLOPPER, R.R. 2004c. Now you know! Dr Frederick Welwitsch
(1806-1872). Pteridoforum 69: 5, 6.
KLOPPER, R.R. 2004d. Now you know! C.FM. Swynnerton
(1877-1938). Pteridoforum 70: 6.
KLOPPER. R.R. 2004e. Herbaria are more than just dead plants.
Pteridoforum 71: 2-5.
KLOPPER, R.R. 2004L Now you know! Harry Bolus (1834-1911).
Pteridoforum 71: 5, 6.
KLOPPER, R.R. 2005a. Collecting good herbarium specimens (Part 1 ).
Pteridoforum 72: 1-5.
KLOPPER, R.R. 2005b. Now you know! John Medley Wood. Pteri-
doforum 72: 9, 10.
KLOPPER, R.R., SMITH, G.F, GAUTIER, L., CHATELAIN, C. &
SPICHIGER. R. 2005. Abstract: The African Plant Checklist
and Database Project. Proceedings of the Annual Congress of
the South African Association of Botanists 3 1 : 47. University of
the Free State, Bloemfontein, 11-13 January, 2005.
KOEKEMOER, M. 2004-06. Stoebe L. (Asteraceae). Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantqrs/stoebe.htm.
KOEKEMOER, M. 2004-09. Bryomorphe aretioides (Turcz.) Dmce
(Asteraceae). Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/bryomorph.htm.
KOEKEMOER, M. 2004-09. Phaenocoma prolifera (L.) D.Don
(Asteraceae). Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/phaenocoma.htm.
KOEKEMOER, M. 2005-01. Euryops speciosissimus DC. (Aster-
aceae). Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/euryopspecios.htm.
KOEKEMOER, M. 2005-01. Euryops wageneri Compton (Astera-
ceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/euryopwag.htm.
KOORBANALLY, N.A., KOORBANALLY, C., HARILAL, A. MUL-
HOLLAND, D.A. & CROUCH, N.R. 2004. Bufadienolides
from Drimia robusta and Urginea epigea (Hyacinthaceae).
Phytochemistry 65: 3069-3073.
KOORBAFIALLY, C., MULHOLLAND, D.A. & CROUCH, N.R,
2005. Eudesmane-type sesquiterpenoids from Urginea epigea
(Urgineoideae; Hyacinthaceae). Biochemical Systematics and
Ecology 33: 295-299.
KURZWEIL, H. 2004-11. Eulophia speciosa (R.Br. ex Lindl.) Bolus
(Orchidaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/eulophspec.htm.
KURZWEIL, H. 2005. Orchids of southern Africa — taxonomy, habi-
tats and distribution. Proceedings of the 17th World Orchid
Conference, Kuala Lumpur, 2002.
KURZWEIL, H. 2005a. The genus Disperis (Orchidaceae) in tropical
Asia. Malayan Orchid Journal 38: 78, 79, 82, 83.
KURZWEIL, H. 2005b. The structure of orchid flowers. Proceedings
of the 17th World Orchid Conference, Kuala Lumpur, 2002.
KURZWEIL, H. & BYTEBIER, B. 2004. The Orchid Specialist
Group. Orchids South Africa 35: 41 .
LANGLOIS, A., MULHOLLAND, D.A., CROUCH, N.R. & GRACE,
O.M. 2004. Aporphine alkaloid from Papaver aculeatum (sect.
Horrida’, Papaveraceae) of southern Africa. Biochemical
202
Bothalia 35.2 (2005)
Sysrematics and Ecology 32: 1087-1090,
LAVERGNE. S.. THUILLER. W.. MOLINA, J. & DEBUSSCHE. M.
2005. Environmental and human factors influencing rare plant
local occurrence, extinction and persistence: a 1 15 year study in
the Mediterranean region. Journal of Biogeography 32:
799-8 11.
LE ROUX. L-N. 2004-05a. Kirkia wilmsii Engl. (Kirkiacaea). Internet
3 pp. http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantklm/kirkwill.htm.
LE ROUX, L-N. 2004-05b. Lippia javanica (Burm.f. ) Spreng
(Verbenacaea). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantklm/lippiajavan.htm.
LE ROUX, L-N. 2004-07. Euphorbia ingens E.Mey. ex Boiss.
(Euphorbiacaea). Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/euphorbingen.htm.
LINDER. H.P., KURZWEIL. H. & JOHNSON, S.D. 2005. The south-
ern African orchid flora: composition, sources and endemism.
Journal of Biogeography 32: 29^7.
LITHUDZHA, E. & REYNOLDS, Y. 2004-06. Asystasia gangetica
(L.) T.Anderson subsp. micrantha (Nees) Ensermu (Acan-
thaceae). Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/ plantab/asystasiagan.htm.
LUO. Y-B.. ZHU, G-H. & KURZWEIL, H. 2005. The gynostemium of
Hemipiliopsis purpureopunctata and Senghasiella glaucifoiia,
two taxonomically disputed species of Habenariinae
(Orchidaceae). Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 147:
191-196.
MAKGAKGA, C. 2004-08. Cannabis sativa L. (Cannabaceae). Inter-
net 3 pp. http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/cannabis.htm.
MANNING, J.C. 2004a. Omithogalum laikipiense, a synonym of
Drimia macrocarpa. (Hyacinthaceae). Bothalia 34: 112.
MANNING, J.C. 2004b. Sasol Eerste veldgids tot fynhos van Suider-
Afrika. Struik, Cape Town.
MANNING, J.C. 2004c. Sasol First field guide to fynbos of southern
Africa. Struik, Cape Town.
MANNING, J.C. 2004d. Southern African wild flowers — jewels of the
veld. Struik. Cape Town.
MANNING, J.C. 2004-05. Eamily: Iridaceae. Internet 5 pp.
http://www.plantzaffica.com/planthij/iridaceae.htm.
MANNING, J.C. 2004-10. Family: Hyacinthaceae. Internet 5 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/planthij/hyacinth.htm.
MANNING, J.C. 2005-02. Chasmanthe aethiopica (L.) N.E.Br.
(Iridaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/chasmanaeth.htm.
MANNING, J.C. 2005-02. Crocosmia masoniorum (H.M.L. Bolus)
N.E.Br. (Iridaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/crocosmas.htm.
MANNING, J.C. & GOLDBLATT, P. 2004a. Two new species of
Romulea (Iridaceae: Crocoideae) from the western Karoo.
Northern Cape and notes on infrageneric classification and
range extensions. Bothalia 34: 17-22.
MANNING. J.C. & GOLDBLATT. P. 2004b, A new species of Therei-
anthus (Iridaceae: Crocoideae) from Western Cape, South
Africa, nomenclatural notes and a key to the genus. Bothalia
34: 10.3-106.
MANNING. J.C., GOLDBLATT, P. & FAY, M.F. 2004a. A revised
generic synopsis of Hyacinthaceae in sub-Saharan Africa, based
on molecular evidence, including new combinations and the
new tribe Pseudoprospereae. Edinburgh Journal of Botany 60:
533-568.
MANNING, J.C., GOLDBLATT, P. & FAY. M.F. 2004b. Abstract: A
revised generic synopsis of Hyacinthaceae in sub-Saharan
Africa, based on molecular evidence. Paper presented at the
30th Annual Congress of the South African Association of
Botanists at the University of KwaZulu-Natal, Durban, 19-22
January 2004, South African Journal of Botany 70: 343.
MAPIYEYE, P. 2004. Review: Biodiversity prospecting and access
and benefit sharing, by S.A. Laird & R. Wynberg, 2003.
SABONET News 9: 54.
MAPIYEYE. P & WOLFSON, M.M. 2004, Poster abstract: Southern
Africa Biodiversity Support Programme on access to biological
resources and benefit sharing. Poster presented at the 30th
Annual Congress of the South African Association of Botanists
at the University of KwaZulu-Natal. Durban. 19-22 January,
2004. South African Journal of Botany 70: 362.
MARAIS, R. 2004. Re.searchsmith garners awards far and wide.
SABONET News 9: 32, 33.
MBAMBEZELI, G. 2004-05. Kirkia acuniinala Oliv. (Simarubaceae).
Internet 2 pp.
hltp://www,plant/.africa.com/plantklm/kirkacum.htm.
MBAMBEZELI, G. 2004-08. Warburgia salutaris (Bertol.f.) Chiov.
(Canellaceae). Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantwxyz/warburg.htm.
MEYER. N.L. & SMITH, G.F. 2004a. xAstroworthia G.D. Rowley
(Asphodelaceae). Alstenvorthia International Special issue No.
5: 12.
MEYER. N.L. & SMITH, G.F. 2004b. Astroloba Uitewaal (Aspho-
delaceae). Alstenvorthia International Special issue No. 5: 12,
MIDGLEY, G.F. & MILLAR, D. 2005. Case study: biome and species
range shifts in two biodiversity hotspots. In TJ. Lovejoy & L.
Hannah, Climate change and biodiversity: chapter 17. Yale
University Press.
MILLS, A.J. & FEY, M.V. 2004a. Frequent fires intensify soil crusting:
physicochemical feedback in the pedoderm of long-term burn
experiments in South Africa. Geoderma 121: 45-64.
MILLS, A.J. & FEY, M.V. 2004b. A simple laboratory infiltration
method for measuring the tendency of soils to crust. Soil Use
and Management 20: 8-12.
MILLS. A.J. & FEY. M.V. 2004c. Effects of vegetation cover on the
tendency of soil to crust in South Africa. Soil Use and Mana-
gement 20: 308-317,
MILLS, A.J. & FEY, M.V. 2004d. Transformation of thicket to savan-
na reduces soil quality in the Eastern Cape, South Africa. Plant
and Soil 165: 153-163.
MILLS, A.J. & FEY, M.V. 2004e. Soil carbon and nitrogen in five con-
trasting biomes of South Africa. South African Journal of Plant
W Sot/ 21: 94-103.
MILLS, A.J., FEY, M.V. & JOHNSON, C.E. 2005. Ionic strength as a
measure of sulphate salinity stress: effects of sodium sulphate,
sodium chloride and manganese sulphate on kikuyu (Penni-
setum clandestiniim) growth and ion uptake. South African
Journal of Plant and Soil 2 1 : 209-2 13.
MOMBERG. B.A. 2004. Compiler: National Botanical Institute South
Africa: administration and research staff 31 March 2004, publi-
cations 1 April 2003 to 31 March 2004. Bothalia 34: 155-173.
MOODLEY, N., MULHOLLAND. D.A. & CROUCH, N.R. 2004.
Eucosterol-Type Nortriterpenoids from Menvilla natalensis.
Journal of Natural Products 67: 918-920.
MORT, M.E., SMITH, G.F., BURGOYNE, P. & CHESSELET, P.
2004. Abstract: Preliminary phylogenetic analysis of Crassula
(Crassulaceae) inferred from DNA sequence data. Abstracts of
the Congress of the International Organization for Succulent
Plant Study (lOS) 28: 49. BioCenter Klein-Flottbeck, Univer-
sity of Hamburg. Hamburg.
MOTETE, N., MIDGLEY, G.F. & PAMMENTER, N. 2004, Impact of
elevated COi on the phenology and canopy structure of a C4
grassland microcosm. South African Journal of Botany 70:
797-803.
MUKOMA, T. 2004. Threatened Plants Programme: Lowveld Garden
targets cycads, yam and Acacia. SABONET News 9: 45.
MUKOMA, T. 2004-05, Pelargonium tongaense Vorster (Gerani-
aceae). Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/pelargtong.htm.
MUKOMA, T. 2004-06. Plectranthus neochilus Schltr. (Lamiaceae).
Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/plectranneochil.htm.
MUKOMA, T. & LE ROUX, L-N. 2004-07. Encephalartos inopinu-s
R. A. Dyer. (Zamiaceae). Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/encephinopin.htm.
MULHOLLAND, D.A., CROUCH, N.R., POHL, T.L. & NDLOVU, E.
2004. A homoisoflavanone from Omithogalum longihractea-
tum (Ornithogaloideae: Hyacinthaceae). Biochemical Sy.stem-
atics and Ecology 32: 499-502.
MULHOLLAND, D.A.’, KOORBANALLY, C„ CROUCH, N.R. &
SANDOR, P. 2004. Xanthones from Drimiopsis maculata.
Journal of Natural Products 67: 1726-1728.
MUSIL C.F. (special issue ed.). 2004. South African Journal of Botany,
Special issue: Stress physiology 70: 683-824.
MUSIL C.F, SCHMIEDEL U. & MIDGLEY G.F. 2005. Lethal effects
of experimental warming approximating a future climate .sce-
nario on southern African quartz-field succulents: a pilot study.
New Phytologisi 165: 539-554.
NDOU. A.P 2004-10. Spirostachys africana (Euphorbiaceae). Internet
3 pp. http://www.plantzafrica.eom/plantqr.s/spirostachafri.htm,
NELSON, E.C. & OLIVER, E.G.H. 2004. Cape heaths in European
gardens: the early history of South African Erica species in cul-
tivation, their deliberate hybridization and the orthographic
bedlam. Bothalia ,34: 127-140.
NGWENYA, M.A. 2004-11, Xysmalohium involucralum (E.Mey)
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
203
Decne. (Apocynaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica .com/plantwxyz/xysmalobinvol.htm.
NGWENYA, M.A. & WILLIAMS, R. 2004. Abstract: Zulu Botanical
Knowledge Project. Paper presented at the 30th Annual
Congress of the South African Association of Botanists at the
University of KwaZulu-Natal, Durban, 19-22 January, 2004.
South African Journal of Botany 70: 347.
NIGRO, S.A., MAKUNGA, N.P. & GRACE, O.M. 2004. Medicinal
plants at the ethnobotany-biotechnology interface in Africa.
South African Journal of Botany 70: 89-96.
NKONKI, T. 2004-10. Lessertia DC. (Eabaceae). Internet 6 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantklm/lessertia.htm.
NKONKI, T. & VAN WYK. B-E. 2004. Abstract: A synopsis of the
genus Lessertia (Eabaceae, Galegeae). Paper presented at the
30th Annual Congress of the South African Association of
Botanists at the University of KwaZulu-Natal, Durban, 19-22
January, 2004. South African Journal of Botany 70: 347.
NOTTEN, A. 2004-04. Brunia albiflora E. Phillips (Bruniaceae).
Internet 5 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/brunalb.htm.
NOTTEN. A. 2004-06. Rhoicissus tomentosa (Lam.) Wild &
R.B.Drumm. (= R. capensis) (Vitaceae). Internet 6 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantqrs/rhoicistom.htm.
NOTTEN. A. 2004-07. Curtisia dentata (Burm.f.) C.A.Sm. (Coma-
ceae). Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/curtisdent.htm.
NOTTEN, A. 2004-08. Freesia alba (G.L.Mey.) Gumbl. (Iridaceae).
Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/freesalba .htm.
NOTTEN. A. 2004-08. Gnidia squarrosa (L.) Druce (Thymelaeaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/gnidiasquar.htm.
NOTTEN. A. 2004-11. Podalyria calyptrata (Retz.) Willd. (Eabaceae).
Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzaffica.com/plantnop/podalyrcalp.htm.
O’CONNOR, T.G., UYS, R.G. & MILLS, A.J. 2004. Ecological effects
of firebreaks in the montane grasslands of the southern
Drakensberg, South Africa. African Journal of Range and
Forage Science 21: 1-10.
OLIVER, E.G.H. 2004. Nomenclatural changes in Erica (Ericaceae).
Bothalia 34: 38.
OLIVER, E.G.H. & OLIVER, I.M. 2004. Two new species of Erica
(Ericaceae); one from Western Cape and one from KwaZulu-
Natal, South Africa. Bothalia 34: 11-15.
OLIVER, LB. 2004. Threatened Plants Programme: Karoo Desert
National Botanical Garden teams up with Windhoek NBRl.
SABONET News 9: 40.
OLIVER. LB. 2004-07. Pelargonium echinatum Curtis (Geraniaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.pIantzafrica.com/plantnop/pelargechinat.htm.
OLIVER, I.B. 2004-08. Pelargonium crithmifolium Sm. (Geraniaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/peIargcrith.htm.
OLIVER. I.B. & NDAM, N. 2004. Report on Plant Collecting
Workshop. In C.K. Willis. African Botanic Gardens Congress
'Partnerships and Linkages Proceedings of a congress held at
Durban Botanic Gardens, South Africa, 24—29 November 2002:
4, 5. Southern African Botanical Diversity Network Report No.
22. SABONET. Pretoria.
OLIVER. R. 2004-09. Helichrysum petiolare Hilliard & B.L.Burtt
(Asteraceae). Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/planthij/helichryspet.htm.
PARKER-ALLIE. R. RICHARDSON. D.M. & HOLMES. P.M. 2004.
The effects of past management practices for invasive alien
plant control on subsequent recovery of fynbos on the Cape
Peninsula. South Africa South African Journal of Botany,
Special issue: Stress physiology 70: 804—815.
PEROLD. S.M. 2004a. Studies in the genus Riccia (Marchantiales)
from southern Africa. 26. A new species in section Pilifen
Riccia radiata, is described. Bothalia 34: 23-26.
PEROLD, S.M. 2004b. Studies in the genus Riccia (Marchantiales)
from southern Africa. 27. Riccia lanceolata and R. radicosa
now also locally reported. Bothalia 34: 97-102.
PEROLD, S.M. 2005. Riccia mamrensis, a new species from Western
Cape, South Africa. Cryptogamie, Bryologie 26: 67-72.
PETERSEN, A., YOUNG, E.M., HOFFMAN, M.T., WYNN-JONES,
G.E. & MUSIL, C.F. 2004. The impact of livestock grazing on
landscape biophysical attributes in privately and communally
managed rangelands in Namaqualand. South African Journal of
Botany, Special issue: Stress physiology 70: 777-783.
PILLAY. D. & EBRAHIM, I. 2004. Poster abstract: Updating the Red
Data Book for South African plants — a National Botanical
Institute initiative. Poster presented at the 30th Annual
Congress of the South African Association of Botanists at the
University of KwaZulu-Natal, Durban, 19-22 January, 2004.
South African Journal of Botany 70: 364.
POWRIE, L. 2004. Common names of Karoo plants. Strelitzia 16.
National Botanical Institute, Pretoria.
RAIMONDO, D. 2004. The custodians for Rare and Endangered Wild
Flowers Programme. Veld & Flora 90: 50.
RAMPHO, E.T. 2004-12. Asclepias albens (E.Mey.) Schltr. (Apocy-
naceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/asclepalben.htm.
RAMPHO. E.T. & REYNOLDS, Y. 2005-01. Sorghum bicolor (L.)
Moench (Poaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantqrs/sorghum.htm.
RETIEF. E. 2004. Abstract: Contemporary classificatory paradigms in
higher Angiosperms: Boraginaceae, Lamiaceae and
Verbenaceae. Paper presented at the 30th Annual Congress of
the South African Association of Botanists at the University of
KwaZulu-Natal, Durban, 19-22 January, 2004. South African
Journal of Botany 70: 349.
RETIEF, E. 2004-08. Family: Boraginaceae. Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/boragin.htm.
RETIEF, E. 2004-08. O.xalis L. (Oxalidaceae). Internet 5 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/oxalis.htm.
RETIEF E. & SMITH, G.E. 2004. Abstract: Flora of the Free State.
Paper presented at the 30th Annual Congress of the South
African Association of Botanists at the University of KwaZulu-
Natal, Durban, 19-22 January 2004. South African Journal of
Botany 70: 350.
RETIEF, E. & SMITH, G.F 2005. Abstract: Conspectus of the Free
State flora. Proceedings of the Annual Congress of the South
African Association of Botanists 31: 85. University of the Free
State, Bloemfontein, 11-13 January, 2005.
ROFF, J. 2004. Touching hearts through experiencing nature. Soul-in-
education Conference. 7 July 2004, Pietermaritzburg, South
Africa. Internet 8 pp. http/Zwww.ecopsychology.org; www.eco-
literacy.org; www.eartheducation.org; www.sharingnature.com.
ROFF. J. & DIPPENAAR-SCHOEMAN, A. 2004. Description of a
new species of Cladomelea bolas spider from South Africa,
with notes on its behaviour (Araneae: Araneidae). African
Invertebrates 45: 1-6. Pietermaritzburg.
ROUGET. M., REYERS, B., JONAS, Z„ DRIVER, A., DESMET,
P.G., MAZE, K„ EGOH, B. & COWLING, R.M, 2004. South
African National Spatial Biodiversity Assessment 2004: techni-
cal report. Vol. 1: Terrestrial component. South African
National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.
ROUGET, M., RICHARDSON. D.M., NEL, J.L., LE MAITRE. D.C.,
EGOH. B. & MGIDI, T. 2004. Mapping the potential ranges of
major plant invaders in South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland
using climatic suitability. Diversity and Distributions 10:
475^84.
ROUX, J.P. 2004a. Dryopteris filipaleata (Pteridophyta: Pteropsida:
Dryopteridaceae), a new species from tropical east Africa.
Bothalia 34: 27-30.
ROUX, J.P. 2004b. Dryopteris gorgonea (Pteridophyta: Pteropsida:
Dryopteridaceae), a new species from the Cape Verde Islands.
Bothalia 34: 32-35.
ROUX, J.P. 2004c. A new combination in Lastreoptiis (Pteridophyta:
Tectariaceae) from Madagascar. Bothalia 34: 108, 109.
ROUX, J.P. 2004d. A re-evaluation of the Dryopteris fadenii
(Pteropsida: Dryopteridaceae) complex, with the new species
D. rodolfii. Webbia 59: 133-147.
ROUX, J.P. 2004e. Three new species of Dryopteris (Pteropsida:
Dryopteridaceae) from West Africa. Kew Bulletin 59: 207-217.
ROUX, J.P. 2005-01. Microsorum Link. Internet 4 pp.
http://www .plantzafrica.com/plantklm/microsorum.htm.
ROUX, J.P. 2005a. The fern genus Polystichum (Pteropsida:
Dryopteridaceae) in Macaronesia. Systematics and Biodiversity
2: 147-161.
ROUX, J.P. 2005b. New species in the fern genus Dryopteris
(Dryopteridaceae) from the islands in the Gulf of Guinea (West
Africa). Systematics and Biodiversity 2: 163-168.
ROUX, J.P. & KURZWEIL. H. 2004. Epiphytic orchids in garden trees
in the Western Cape. Orchids South Africa 35: 46-51.
RUTHERFORD, M.C., MUCINA, L. & POWRIE, L.W. 2004.
Abstract: Launch of the new vegetation map of South Africa,
204
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
Lesotho and Swaziland, Paper presented at the 30th Annual
Congress of the South African Association of Botanists at the
University of KwaZulu-Natal, Durban, 19-22 January, 2004.
South African Journal of Botany 70: 350.
SAVOLAINEN, V. & REEVES, G. 2004. A plea for DNA banking.
Science 304: 1445.
SCHMIEDEL, U. & MUSIL, C.F. 2004. Impact of climate change on
the ecology of the Succulent Karoo/South Africa, experimental
results from the quartz fields. Proceedings of the 28th Congress
of the International Organization for Succulent Plant Study:
Systematics, ecology and biological interactions of succulent
plants. 31 May to 6 June 2004. Hamburg, Germany.
SIEBERT, S.J., fish’, L„ UIRAS, M.M. & IZIDINE, S.A.'2004. Grass
assemblages and diversity of conservation areas on the coastal
plain south of Maputo Bay, Mozambique. Bothalia 34: 61-71.
SIEBERT, S.J. & SMITH, G.F. 2004. Lessons learned from the
SABONET Project while building capacity to document the
botanical diversity of southern Africa. Taxon 53: 119-126.
SIMMONS, R.E., BARNARD, R, DEAN, W.R.J., MIDGLEY, G.F.,
THUILLER, W. & HUGHES, G.O. 2004. Climate change and
birds: perspectives and prospects from southern Africa. Ostrich
75: 295-308.
SINGH, Y. 2004a. Getting to grips with Hypoxis. Plantlife 31: 30-33.
SINGH, Y. 2004b. Plant taxonomy in the 21st Century: meeting users’
needs in Lesotho. SABONET News 9: 29-32.
SINGH, Y. 2004-04. Hypoxis L. (Hypoxidaceae). Internet 5 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/planthij/hypoxis.htm.
SMITH, G.F. 2004a. Forum botanicum: 2002 Compton Prize awarded
to trio. SABONET News 9: 56. »
SMITH, G.F. 2004b. Agave. In J. Marinelli, Plant. The ultimate visual
reference to plants and flowers of the world: 330, 331. Dorling
Kindersley, London.
SMITH, G.F. 2004c. Aloe. In J, Marinelli, Plant. The ultimate visual
reference to plants and flowers of the world: 332, 333. Dorling
Kindersley, London.
SMITH, G.F. 2004d. Anacampseros papyracea subsp. papyracea. In J.
Marinelli, Plant. The ultimate visual reference to plants and
flowers of the world: 334. Dorling Kindersley, London.
SMITH, G.F. 2004e. Abstract: Challenges in succulent plant research: a
southern African perspective. Abstracts of the Congress of the
International Organization for Succulent Plant Study (lOS) 28:
62. BioCenter Klein-Flottbeck, University of Hamburg, Hamburg.
SMITH. G.F. 2004f. Chortolirion A. Berger (Asphodelaceae).
Al.sterworthia International, Special issue No. 5: 16.
SMITH. G.F. 2004g. Conophytum. In J. Marinelli, Plant. The ultimate
visual reference to plants and flowers of the world: 337.
Dorling Kindersley, London.
SMITH, G.F. 2004h. Cyphostemma juttae. In J. Marinelli, Plant. The
ultimate visual reference to plants and flowers of the world:
338. Dorling Kindersley, London.
SMITH, G.F. 20041. Fenstraria rhopalophylla subsp. aurantiaca. In J.
Marinelli, Plant. The ultimate visual reference to plants and
flowers of the world: 343. Dorling Kindersley, London.
SMITH. G.F. 2004j. Hans-Dieter Ihlenfeldt and his contributions
towards a better understanding of the southern African succu-
lent flora. Biodiversity and Ecology 2: 9-13.
SMITH, G.F. 2004k. Lithops karasmontana subsp. bella. In J.
Marinelli, Plant. The ultimate visual reference to plants and
flowers of the world: 345. Dorling Kindersley, London.
SMITH, G.F. 20041. Forum botanicum: South African Association of
Botani.sts thanks SABONET. SABONET News 9: 57.
SMITH, G.F. 2004m. Abstract: Systematics of Aloe and its relatives:
past, present and future. Abstracts of the Congress of the
International Organization for Succulent Plant Study (lOS) 28:
63. BioCenter Klein-Flottbeck, University of Hamburg,
Hamburg.
SMITH, G.F. 2004n. The rich and unique succulent Bora of southern
Africa. Biodiversity and Ecology 2: 43-49.
SMITH, G.F. 2004o. The African Plants Initiative: a big .step for conti-
nental taxonomy. Taxon 53: 1023-1025.
SMITH, G.F. 2004p. Eerste veldgids tot gras.se van Suider-Afrika.
Struik, Cape Town.
SMITH., G.F. 2004q. First field guide to gra.s.ses of .southern Africa.
Struik, Cape Town.
SMITH, G.F. 2005a. Agavaceae. In O.A. Leistner, Seed plants of .southern
tropical Africa: families and genera: 375. Southern African
Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 26. SABONET, Pretoria.
SMITH, G.F. 2005b. Asphodelaceae. In O.A. Leistner, Seed plants of
southern tropical Africa: families and genera: 384, 385.
Southern African Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 26.
SABONET, Pretoria.
SMITH, G.F. & CROUCH, N.R. 2004. Succulent flora of southern
Africa worthy of wonder. SABONET News 9: 33, 34.
SMITH, G.F, DONALDSON, J.S. & SINGH, Y. 2004. NBI research struc-
tures transformed for greater efficiency. SABONET News 9: 72.
SMITH. G.F. & STEENKAMP, Y, 2004. The Southern African
Botanical Diversity Network (SABONET): building capacity
and promoting taxonomy. In E. Zippel, W. Greuter & A.-D.
Stevens, Botanic gardens: awareness for biodiversity: 21-24.
Botanic Garden and Botanical Museum, Berlin-Dahlem.
SMITH, G.F. & STEYN, E.M.A. 2004. Agave hurteri Trelease
(Agavaceae): the perfect landscaping plant for large gardens.
Bradleya 22: 15-20.
SMITH, G.F, VAN WYK, A.E., STEYN, E.M.A. & RETIEF, E. 2004.
A first record of Echium simplex in South Africa.
(Boraginaceae). Bothalia 34: 44^7.
SMITH, G.F. & WILLIS, C.K. 2004. Exotic succulents Down Under: the
collection of the Royal Botanic Gardens in Sydney. Aloe 41 : 64-68.
SMITH, G.F. & WOLFSON, M.M. 2004. Mainstreaming biodiversity:
the role of taxonomy in bioregional planning activities in South
Africa. Taxon 53: 467, 468.
SMITH, T.J. 2004. Important plant areas (IPAs) in southern Africa.
SABONET News 9: 73.
SMITH, T.J. & SMITH, G.F. 2004. Selecting important plant areas in
southern Africa. South African Journal of Science 100: 434, 435.
SMITH, T.J., SMITH, G.F. & STEENKAMP, Y. 2004. Herbaria in
SABONET countries: building botanical capacity and meeting
end-user expectations. Southern African Botanical Diversity
Network Report No. 29. SABONET, Pretoria.
SMITH, T.J., STEENKAMP, Y. & SMITH, G.F. 2004. Poster abstract:
Herbaria and the end-users of botanical information in southern
Africa. Presented at the 30th Annual Congress of the South
African Association of Botanists, held at the University of
KwaZulu-Natal, Durban, 19-22 January, 2004. SABONET
News 9: 70; South African Journal of Botany 70: 367.
SNIJMAN, D. 2004-05. Family: Amaryllidaceae. Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/amaryllid.htm.
SNIJMAN, D. 2004-07. Gethyllis L. (Amaryllidaceae). Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/gethyllis.htm.
SNIJMAN, D.A. 2002 (2004). A remarkable new discovery in Clivia.
Herbertia 57: 35^0.
STEENKAMP, Y. 2004. News from South Africa: Botanical garden
renamed for Walter Sisulu. SABONET News 9: 77.
STEENKAMP, Y. & MOSSMER, M. 2004. New books from
SABONET. SABONET News 9: 34-37.
STEENKAMP, Y. & SMITH, T.J. 2004. The paper chase. SABONET
News 9: 57-68.
STEENKAMP, Y, SMITH, T.J. & MALAN, E. 2004. News from the
regional office: Farewells from SABONET staff; Praise for
daisy at SAAB Congress. SABONET News 9: 68-70.
STEENKAMP, Y, VAN WYK, A.E., SMITH, G.F. & STEYN, H.
2004. Poster abstract: Floristic endemism in southern Africa: a
numerical classification at generic level. Presented at the 30th
Annual Congress of the South African Association of Botanists,
held at the University of KwaZulu-Natal, Durban on 19-22
January, 2004. SABONET News 9:71; South African Journal of-
Botany 70: 368.
STEENKAMP, Y, VAN WYK, A.E., VICTOR, J., HOARE, D.,
SMITH, G.F, DOLD, T. & COWLING, R. 2004. Maputaland-
Pondoland-Albany. In R.A. Mittermeier, G.P. Robles, M.
Hoffmann, J.D. Pilgrim, T.M. Brooks, C.Goetsch Mittermeier,
J. Lamoreux & G.A.B. Da Fonseca, Hotspots revisited: Earth's
biologically richest and most endangered ecoregions: 218-229.
CEMEX, Monterrey, Mexico.
STEYN, E.M.A., SMITH, G.F. & VAN WYK, A.E. 2004a. Functional
and taxonomic significance of seed structure in Salix mucrona-
ta (Salicaceae). Bothalia 34: 53-59.
STEYN, E.M.A., SMITH, G.F. & VAN WYK, A.E. 2004b. Abstract:
Seed adaptations in Salix mucronata (Salicaceae). Proceedings
of the Annual Congre.ss of the South African Association of
Botanists 30: 38. University of KwaZulu-Natal. Durban.
STEYN, H.M. 2004-07. Colpias mollis E.Mey. ex Benth. (Scrophulari-
aceae). Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/colpmol .htm.
STEYN, H.M. 2004a. Klipblom: plant of the granite boulders. Veld
Flora 90: 96, 97.
STEYN, H.M. 2004b. Why the early bird won't see the daisies. Veld &
Flora 90: 98-100.
Bothalia 35.2 (2005)
205
STYLES, D. & CROUCH, N.R. 2004. John Medley Wood: the Father of
KwaZulu-Natal botany. Plantlife 30: 22-21.
STYLES, D„ NICHOLS, G„ GLEN, R. & HANKEY, A. 2004. An intro-
duction to wetland gardening. Plantlife 31: 38-52.
SWELANKOMO, N. 2004-12. Helichrysum odoratissimiim (L.) Sweet.
(Asteraceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.pIantzafnca.com/planthij/helichrysodor.htm
SYMONDS, A. & ROFF, J. 2004. Report on Workshop on environmen-
tal education and interpretation in botanical gardens. In C.K.
Willis, Afiican Botanic Gardens Congress ‘Partnerships and
Linkages’. Proceedings of a congress held at Durban Botanic
Gardens, South Africa. 24—29 November 2002: 7-9. Southern
African Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 22. SABONET,
Pretoria.
TARR, B. 2004-11 . Kniphofia gracilis Baker (Asphodelaceae). Internet 2
pp. http://www.plantzaffica.com/plantklm/kniphgracil.htm.
TARR. B. 2004-11. Polystachya pubescens (Lindl.) Rchb.f. (Orchi-
daceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.pIantzaffica.com/plantnop/polystachpub.htm.
TERRY, 1., MOORE. C., FORSTER, P, WALTER, G.H., MACHIN, P. &
DONALDSON, J.S. 2004. Pollination ecology of Macrozamia:
cone volatiles and pollinator specificity. In A. Lindstrom.
Proceedings of the 6th International Conference on Cycad
Biology, Chonburi, Thailand. I55-I69.
TERRY, I.L., MOORE, C., WALTER, G.H., FORSTER, P.I., ROEMER,
R.B., DONALDSON, J.S. & MACHIN, P. 2004. Association of
cone thermogenesis and volatiles with pollinator specificity in
Macrozamia cycads. Plant Systematics and Evolution 243:
233-247.
THUELLER, W. 2004. Patterns and uncertainties of species' range shifts
under climate change. Global Change Biology 10: 2020-2027.
THUILLER, W., ARAUJO, M.B., PEARSON, r’g., WHITTAKER,
R.J., BROTONS, L. & LAVOREL, S. 2004. Uncertainty in pre-
dictions of extinction risk. Nature 430: 34.
THUILLER. W, LAVOREL, S., MIDGLEY, G.F., LAVERGNE, S. &
REBELO. A.G. 2004. Relating plant traits and species distribu-
tions along bioclimatic gradients for 88 Leiicadendron species in
the Cape Floristic Region. Ecology 85: 1688-1699.
TURNER. S. 2004a. Threatened Plants Programme: Walter Sisulu NBG
co-operative conservation effort aids Aloe albida. SABONET
News 9: 50-52.
TURNER. S. 2004b. Partnerships and linkages: Witwatersrand National
Botanical Garden. South Africa. In C.K. Willis, African Botanic
Gardens Congress ‘Partnerships and Linkages'. Proceedings of a
congress held at Durban Botanic Gardens, South Affica, 24—29
November 2002: 57, 58. Southern African Botanical Diversity
Network Report No. 22. SABONET, Pretoria.
TURNER. R.C. & OLI'VER. E.G.H. 2004. A new species of indehiscent-
fruited Erica from the central Kouebokkeveld. Western Cape,
South Africa. Bothalia 34: 39^1 .
VAN DER WALT, L. 2004-04. Artemisia afra Jacq. ex Willd. (Asteraceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/artemisafra.htm
VAN DER WALT, L. 2004-08. Ballota africana (L.) Benth. (Lamiaceae).
Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/balIotafric.htm
VAN DER WALT, L. 2005. A fragrant garden. Veld & Flora 91 : 14-17.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. 2004a. The Kaoko and Ruacana petalidiums.
Veld & Flora 90: 60, 61 .
VAN JAARSVELD. E.J. 2004b. Vra vir Ernst. Beeld weekly article.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J, 2004c. Vra vir Ernst. Buite Burger (Western
Cape) weekly article.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. 2004-06. Gasteria croucheri (Hook.f ) Baker
( Aloaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/gastercrouch.htm.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. 2004-09. Aloe africana Mill. (Aloaceae).
Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/aloeafrican .htm.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. 2004-12. Ixianthes retzioides Benth. (Scrophu-
lariaceae). Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzaffica.com/ planthij/ixianthretz.htm.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. & HAMMER, S. 2004. An unusual new species
of Drosanthemum from Rooinek Pass in South Africa’s Western
Cape. Cactus & Succulent Journal (US) 76: 202-204.
VAN JAARSVELD. E.J. & KOUTNIK. D. 2004. Cotyledon and
Tylecodon. Umdaus Press, Hatfield, Pretoria.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J., LOW. B. & VAN WYK, A.E. (Braam). Aloe
kouebokkeveldensis: a new species from the Western Cape. Aloe
41:36, 37.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J., NORDENSTAM, B. & VAN WYK. A.E. 2004.
Adromischus schuldtianus subsp. brandhergensis, a new sub-
species and a checklist of the succulent flora of the Brandberg,
Namibia (Crassulaceae). Bothalia 34: 35-38.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. & PIENAAR, T. 2004. Aizoaceae. Die
Mittagsblumen Sudafrikas/Les Mesembs d’Afrique du Sud. Eugen
Ulmer, Stuttgardt, Paris.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. & VAN WYK, B. 2004a. Aloe omavandae
(Asphodelaceae), a new species from the Kaokoveld, northwest-
ern Namibia. Haseltonia 10: 41^3.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. & VAN WYK. A.E. 2004b. Plectranthus
mzimvubuensis, a new species from Eastern Cape, South Africa
(Lamiaceae). Bothalia 34: 30-32.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. & VAN WYK, A.E. 2004c. Gasteria doriniae,
a new species from the Eastern Cape, Aloe 41 : 81-83.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. & VOIGT, W. 2004. The burning mountain.
Veld & Flora 90: 152-157.
VAN WYK, B-E. & SMITH, G.F. 2004. Guide to the aloes of South
Africa, edn 2. Briza Publications, Pretoria.
VICTOR, J„ KOEKEMOER, M„ FISH. L„ SMITHIES, S. &
MOSSMER, M. 2004. Herbarium essentials. The southeni
African herbarium user manual. Southern African Botanical
Diversity Network Report No. 25.
VILJOEN, C. 2004-11, Felicia filifolia (Vent.) Burtt Davy suhsp. fi I if olia
(Asteraceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/feliciafili.htm
VOIGT, W. 2004. Ammocharis longifolia (L.) M.Roem. (Amaryl-
lidaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/ammocharlong.htm.
VOIGT, W. 2004-04a. Aloe dichotoma Masson var. ramosissima
(Pillans) Glen & D.S. Hardy (Aloaceae). Internet 2 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/aloedichram.htm.
VOIGT, W. 2004-04b. Nerine humilis (Jacqu.) Herb. (Amaryllidaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/nerinehum.htm.
VOIGT, W. 2004-05. Cadaba aphylla (Thunb.) Wild (Capparaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/cadabaph .htm.
VOIGT, W. 2004-08. Brunsvigia josephinae (Redoute) Ker Gawl.
(Amaryllidaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plan tzafrica.com/plantab/brunsvigjos.htm.
VON AHLEFELDT, D., CROUCH, N.R., NICHOLS, G., SYMMONDS,
R., MCKEAN, S„ SIBIYA, H. & CELE, M.P. (2003) 2004.
Medicinal plants traded on South Africa’s eastern seaboard,
Ethekwini Parks Department & University of Natal, Durban.
WAND, S.J.E. & MIDGLEY, G.F. 2004. Effects of atmospheric CO2 con-
centration and defoliation on the growth of Themeda triandra.
Grass and Forage Science 59: 215-226.
WELMAN, M. 2004-11. Lagenaria sphaerica (Sond.) Naudin (Cucur-
bitaceae). Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/ plantklm/lagensphaer.htm
WELMAN, M. 2004-12. Momordica balsamina L. (Cucurbitaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantklm/momordbalsam.htm
WELMAN, M. 2005-03a. Cucumis africanus L.f. (Cucurbitaceae).
Internet 4 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantcd/cucumafric.htm
WELMAN. M. 2005-03b. Kedrostis hirtella (Naudin) Cogn. (Cucu-
rbitaceae).Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantklm/kedhirt.htm
WILLIAMS, R. 2004-08. Xylotheca kraussiana Hochst. (Flacourtiaceae).
Internet 3 pp.
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantwxyz/ xylotheckraus.htm
WILLIS, C.K. 2004a. News from South Africa’s National Botanical
Gardens. African Botanic Gardens Network Bulletin No. 9: 4—6.
WILLIS, C.K. 2004b. Southern African Botanical gardens: regional
needs. In C.K. Willis, African Botanic Gardens Congress
‘Partnerships and Linkages’. Proceedings of a congress held at
Durban Botanic Gardens, South Africa, 24—29 November 2002:
37-39. Southern African Botanical Diversity Network Report No.
22. SABONET, Pretoria.
WILLIS, C.K. (ed.). 2004c. African Botanic Gardens Congress
‘Partnerships and Linkages’. Proceedings of a congress held at
Durban Botanic Gardens, South Africa, 24—29 November
2LF)2ICongres des Jardins Botaniques Africains ‘Relations et
Partenariats’ . Compte rendu d ’un congres tenu dans les Jardins
Botaniques de Durban, Afrique du Sud, 24—29 Novembre 2002.
Southern African Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 22.
SABONET, Pretoria.
206
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
WILLIS, C.K. & DALZELL, C. 2004. Southern Africa’s botanical gar-
dens. In C.K. Willis. African Botanic Gardens Congress
‘Partnerships and Linkages’. Proceedings of a congress held at
Durban Botanic Gardens, South Africa, 24—29 November 2002:
28, 29. Southern African Botanical Diversity Network Report
No. 22. SABONET, Pretoria.
WILLIS, C.K. & HUNTLEY, B.J. 2004. Establishing National
Botanical Gardens in South Africa. SABONET News 9: 5-13.
WINTER, J. 2004-09. Strelitzia juncea Link (Strelitziaceae). Internet 3
pp. http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantqrs/strelitzjun.htm
WINTER, J. 2004-11, Encephalartos altensteinii Lehm. (Zamiaceae).
Internet 3 pp,
http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantefg/encephalten.htm
WOLFSON, M.M, 2004. Scientists as users and providers: A South
African perspective. Presented at the International Expert
Workshop on Access to Genetic Resources and Benefit Sharing
held in Caemavaca, Mexico, 24—27 October, 2004. Published in
UNEP/CBD/WG-ABS/3/INE/6, a document prepared for the Ad
Hoc Open-Ended Working Group Meeting on Access and
Benefit-Sharing in Bangkok 14-18 February, 2005.
XABA, P. 2004-12. Metalasia muricata (L.) D.Don (Asteraceae). Internet
2 pp. http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantklm/metalmuri.htm.
Bothalia 35,2: 207-216 (2005)
Guide for authors to Bothalia
This guide is updated when necessary and includes an
index. Important points and latest additions appear in
bold type.
Bothalia is named in honour of General Louis Botha,
first Premier and Minister of Agriculture of the Union of
South Africa. This house journal of the South African
National Biodiversity Institute (SANBI), Pretoria, is
devoted to the furtherance of botanical science. The main
fields covered are taxonomy, ecology, anatomy and
cytology. Two parts of the journal and an index to con-
tents, authors and subjects are published annually.
1 Editorial policy
1.1 Bothalia welcomes original papers dealing with
flora and vegetation of southern Africa and related sub-
jects. Full-length papers and short notes, as well as book
reviews and obituaries of botanists, are accepted. The
editor should be notified that an article is part of a series
of manuscripts; please submit a list of the parts of a
series; all parts should preferably be published in one
journal.
1 .2 Submission of a manuscript to Bothalia implies that
it has not been published previously and is not being con-
sidered for publication elsewhere.
1.3 Authors whose first language is not English are
requested to have their MS edited by an English speaker
before submission.
1.4 Articles are assessed by referees, both local and
overseas. Authors are welcome to suggest possible refer-
ees to judge their work. Authors are responsible for the
factual correctness of their contributions. Bothalia main-
tains an editorial board (see title page) to ensure that
international standards are upheld.
1 .5 Page charges: as stated in our notification included
in volume 23,1 (May 1993), MSS submitted for publica-
tion in Bothalia are subject to payment of page charges
of R 125,00 per printed page, VAT included. The follow-
ing are exempt from these charges: 1, SANBI members;
2, persons/institutions who have been granted exemption
by the Executive Committee of the SANBI; 3, authors of
contributions requested by the Editor; 4, contributors to
the column ‘FSA contributions’. The Editor’s decision on
the number of pages is final. An invoice will be sent to
the author, who must arrange for payment as soon as pos-
sible to SANBI, Publications Section, Private Bag XlOl,
Pretoria 0001.
1.6 Deadline dates for submission of MS: for possible
inclusion of the MS for the May issue — August of the
previous year, and for the October issue — March of the
same year.
2 Requirements for a manuscript
2. 1 The original manuscript should be typed on one side
of A4-size paper, double line spacing throughout (includ-
ing abstract, tables, captions to figures, literature refer-
ences, etc.) and have a margin of at least 30 mm all
round. Three photocopies (all pages photocopied on both
sides of the paper, including figures, to reduce weight for
postage) of all items, including text, line drawings, tables
and lists should be submitted, and the author should
retain a complete set of copies. Three photographs (or
high quality photocopies) of each photograph/photo-
graph mosaic should be submitted for review purposes.
The electronic version should be submitted with the final
(accepted) manuscript (see 3).
2.2 Papers should conform to the general style and lay-
out of recent issues of Bothalia (from volume 26
onwards).
2.3 Material should be presented in the following
sequence: title page with title, name(s) of author(s), key-
words, abstract (and information that should be placed in
a footnote on the title page, such as address(es) of
author(s) and mention of granting agencies).
2.4 The sequence continues with Introduction and aims.
Contents (see 8), Material and methods. Results,
Interpretation (Discussion), Specimens examined (in
revisions and monographs). Acknowledgements,
References, Index of names (recommended for revisions
dealing with more than about 15 species). Tables,
Captions for figures and figures. In the case of short
notes, obituaries and book reviews, keywords and an
abstract are superfluous.
2.5 All pages must be numbered consecutively begin-
ning with the title page to those with references, tables,
captions for figures and figures.
2.6 Special characters: use your own word or code that
is unique and self-explanatory, enclosed between
ANGLE BRACKETS, e.g. <mu>m for pm. Please sup-
ply us with a list of the codes.
2.7 Use a non-breaking space (in MS Word — Ctrl, shift,
space) to keep two elements together on the same line,
e.g. 3 500.
2.8 DO NOT JUSTIEY LINES.
2.9 Do not break words, except hyphenated words.
2.10 A hyphen is designated as one dash, with no space
between the letter and the dash, e.g. ovate-lanceolate.
See also 17.6.
2.11 An N-dash is typed in MS Word code (alt -i- 0150)
or as three hyphens with no space between the letter and
the hyphen, e.g. 2 5 mm (typeset, it looks like this,
2-5 mm). See also 17.6.
2.12 An M-dash is typed in MS Word code (alt -l- 0151 )
or as two hyphens with no space between the letter and
the hyphen, e.g. computers- -what a blessing! (typeset, it
looks like this: computers — what). See also 17.6.
208
Bothalia 35.2 (2005)
2. 13 Do not use a double space anywhere between words,
after commas, full stops, colons, semicolons or exclama-
tion marks.
2.14 Use lower case x as times sign, with one space on
either side of the x, e.g. 2x3 mm.
2.15 Use single (not double) opening and closing quotes,
e.g. the so-called ‘stiffy’ refers to a rigid diskette. In
MS Word the codes are alt+0145 and alt-l-0146.
2.16 Keys — put only three leader dots before number of
taxon (with one space before and after each dot), regard-
less of how far or near the word is from the right margin,
e.g. ... ]. R. ovata (see 13.18, see 2.1).
3 Requirements for diskettes/stiffies/image files (text to
be submitted only with final/accepted version, see 2.1 )
3.1 USE NORMAL STYLE ONLY.
3.2 Electronic files can be provided on 1.4 MB stiffie
disks, or on CD.
3.3 Data must be in MSWord. An rtf file is preferable
because it retains the formatting.
3.4 All lines, headings, keys, etc., should start flush at
the margin, therefore NO INDENTATIONS, FOOT-
NOTES, TABS OR STYLES of any kind.
3.5 In MS Word, italics and bold should be used where
necessary.
3.6 Paragraphs and headings are delineated by a car-
riage return (ENTER) but no indentation.
3.7 Graphics i.e. drawings, graphs or photographs:
submit in a separate file, do not include it in the text.
3.8 Image files with a bigger file size than 2MB cannot
be e-mailed as the SANBI has a 2MB limitation on the
network’s firewall at Head Office. Files smaller than
2MB can be emailed to: momberg@sanbi.org.
3.9 If any image file was originated in CorelDraw up to
version 12 or Adobe Illustrator up to version CS 2,
please provide the image file as a CDR file (please
include fonts). The conversion to TIE or other file exten-
sions will be accommodated by the SANBI (see
12.2-12.4).
3.10 If extensive changes to image files are proposed by
the editor, the author will be contacted and the specific
image file will have to be re-submitted after the indicat-
ed corrections have been implemented.
3.11 Tracked changes must not be included when
submitting a MS on diskette or electronically.
4 Author(s)
When there are several authors, the covering letter
should indicate clearly which of them is responsible for
correspondence and, if possible, telephonically available
while the article is being processed. The contact address,
telephone number and email address should be men-
tioned if they differ from those given on the letterhead.
5 Title
The title should be as concise and as informative as pos-
sible. In articles dealing with taxonomy or closely related
subjects, the family of the taxon under discussion (see also
13.2) should be mentioned in brackets but author citations
should be omitted from plant names (see also 13.6).
6 Keywords
Up to 10 keywords (or index terms) should be pro-
vided in English in alphabetical sequence. The following
points should be borne in mind when selecting key-
words:
6.1 Keywords should be unambiguous, internationally
acceptable words and not recently coined little-known
words.
6.2 They should be in a noun form and verbs should be
avoided.
6.3 They should not consist of an adjective alone; adjec-
tives should be combined with nouns.
6.4 They should not contain prepositions.
6.5 The singular form should be used for processes and
properties, e.g. evaporation.
6.6 The plural form should be used for physical objects,
e.g. augers.
6.7 Location (province and/or country); taxa (species,
genus, family) and vegetation type (community, veld type,
biome) should be used as keywords.
6.8 Keywords should be selected hierarchically where
possible, e.g. both family and species should be included.
6.9 They should include terms used in the title.
6.10 They should answer the following questions:
6. 10. 1 What is the active concept in the document (acti-
vity, operation or process).
6. 10.2 What is the passive concept or object of the active
process (item on which the activity, operation or process
takes place).
6.10.3 What is the means of accomplishment or how is
the active concept achieved (technique, method, appara-
tus, operation or process).
6. 10.4 What is the environment in which the active con-
cept takes place (medium, location).
6.10.5 What are the independent (controlled) and depen-
dent variables?
6.11 Questions 6.10.1 to 6.10.3 should preferably also
be answered in the title.
7 Abstract
7. 1 Abstracts of no more than 200 words should be pro-
vided. Abstracts are of great importance and should con-
vey the essence of the article.
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
209
7.2 They should refer to the geographical area con-
cerned and, in taxonomic articles, mention the number of
taxa treated. They should not contain information not
appearing in the article.
7.3 In articles dealing with taxonomy or closely related
subjects all taxa from the rank of genus downwards should
be accompanied by their author citations (see also 13.6).
7.4 Names of new taxa and new combinations should not
be italicized but put in bold. If the article deals with too
many taxa, only the important ones should be mentioned.
8 Table of contents
A table of contents should be given for all articles
longer than about 60 typed pages, unless they follow the
strict format of a taxonomic revision.
9 Acknowledgements
Acknowledgements should be kept to the minimum
compatible with the requirements of courtesy. Please
give all the initials of the person(s) you are thanking.
10 Literature references
In text
10.1 Literature references in the text should be cited as
follows: ‘Jones & Smith ( 1986) stated...’, or ‘...(Jones &
Smith 1986)’ or (Ellis 1988: 67) when giving a reference
simply as authority for a statement. For treatment of lit-
erature references in taxonomic papers see 14.
10.2 When more than two authors are involved in the
paper, use the name of the first author followed by et al.
10.3 When referring to more than one literature refer-
ence, they should be arranged chronologically and sepa-
rated by a semicolon, e.g. (Nixon 1940; Davis 1976;
Anon. 1981, 1984).
10.4 Titles of books and names of journals should
preferably not be mentioned in the text. If there is good
reason for doing so, they should be treated as described
in 10.12 and 10.13.
10.5 Personal communications are given only in the text,
not in the list of references. Please add the person’s full
initials to identify the person more positively, e.g. C.
Boucher pers. comm.
In References at end of article
10.6 References of the same author are arranged in
chronological sequence.
10.7 Where two or more references by the same author are
listed in succession, the author’s name is repeated with
every reference, except in an obituary, where the name of
the deceased in the list of publications (not in the refer-
ences) is replaced by an N-dash.
10.8 All publications referred to in the text, including those
mentioned in full in the treatment of correct names in tax-
onomic papers, but no others, and no personal communi-
cations, are listed at the end of the manuscript under the
heading References.
10.9 The references are arranged alphabetically accord-
ing to authors and chronologically under each author,
with a, b, c, etc. added to the year, if the author has pub-
lished more than one work in a year. This sequence is
retained when used in the text, irrespective of the
chronology.
10.10 If an author has published both on his own and as
a senior author with others, the solo publications are list-
ed first and after that, in strict alphabetical sequence,
those published with one or more other authors.
10.1 1 Author names are typed in capital letters.
10.12 Titles of journals and of books are written out in
full and are italicized as follows: Transactions of the
Linnean Society of London 5: 171-217, or Biology and
ecology of weeds'. 24.
10.13 Titles of books should be given as in Taxonomic lit-
eranire, edn 2 by Stafleu & Cowan and names of journals as
in the latest edition of World list of scientific periodicals.
10.14 Examples of references:
Collective book or Flora
BROWN, N.E. 1909. Asclepiadaceae. In W.T. Thiselton-Dyer, Flora
capensis 6,2: 518-1036. Reeve, London.
CUNNINGHAM, A.B. 1994. Combining skills: participatory approaches
in biodiversity con,servation. In B.J. Huntley, Botanical diversity in south-
ern Africa. Strelitzia 1: 149-167. National Botanical Institute, Pretoria.
Book
DU TOIT, A.L. 1966. Geology of South Africa, edn 3: 10-50. S.M.
Haughton (ed.). Oliver & Boyd, London.
HUTCHINSON, J. 1946. A botanist in southern Africa: 69. Gawthorn,
London.
Journal
DAVIS, G. 1988. Description of a proteoid-restioid stand in Mesic
Mountain Fynbos of the southwestern Cape and some aspects of its
ecology. Bothalia 18: 279-287.
SMOOK, L. & GIBBS RUSSELL. G.E. 1985. Poaceae. Memoirs of the
Botanical Survey of South Africa No. 5 1 : 45-70.
STEBBINS, G.L. Jr. 1952. Aridity as a stimulus to plant evolution.
American Naturalist 86: 35^4.
In press, in preparation
TAYLOR. H.C. in press. A reconnaissance of the vegetation of Rooi-
berg State Forest. Technical Bulletin, Department of Forestry.
VOGEL. J.C. 1982. The age of the the Kuiseb river silt terrace at
Homeb. Palaeoecology of Africa 15. In press.
WEISSER. P.J.. GARLAND, J.F. & DREWS, B.K. in prep. Dune
advancement 1937-1977 and preliminary vegetation succession
chronology at Mlalazi Nature Reserve, Natal, South Africa. Bothalia.
Thesis
KRUGER, F.J. 1974. The physiography and plant communities of the
Jakkalsrivier Catchment. M.Sc. (Forestry) thesis. University of
Stellenbosch.
MUNDAY, J. 1980. The genus Monechma Hoch.st. {Acanthaceae tribe
Justiciae) in southern Africa. M.Sc. thesis. University of the
Witwatersrand, Johannesburg.
Miscellaneous paper, report, unpublished article, techni-
cal note, congress proceedings
ANON, no date. Eetbare plante van die Wolkberg. Botanical Research
Unit, Grahamstown. Unpublished.
210
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
BAWDEN, M.G. & CARROL, D.M. 1968. The land resources of
Lesotho. Land Resources Study No. 3, Land Resources Division,
Directorate of Overseas Surveys, Tolworth.
BOUCHER, C. 1981. Contributions of the Botanical Research
Institute. In A.E.F. Heydom, Proceedings of workshop research in
Cape estuaries: 105-107. National Research Institute for Oceanology,
CSIR, Stellenbosch.
NATIONAL BUILDING RESEARCH INSTITUTE 1959. Report of
the committee on the protection of building timbers in South Africa
against termites, woodboring beetles and fungi, edn 2. CSIR Research
Report No. 169.
1 1 Tables (also digital submissions)
11.1 Each table should be presented on a separate sheet
and be assigned an Arabic numeral, i.e. the first table
mentioned in the text is marked ‘Table 1’.
11.2 In the captions of tables the word ‘TABLE’ is writ-
ten in capital letters. See recent numbers of Bothalia for
the format required.
11.3 Avoid vertical lines, if at all possible. Tables can
often be reduced in width by interchanging primary hor-
izontal and vertical heads.
1 2 Figures (also digital submissions)
12.1 Eigures should be planned to fit, after reduction,
into a width of either 80, 118 or 165 mm, with a maxi-
mum vertical length of 230 mm. Allow space for the cap-
tion in the case of figures that will occupy a whole page.
12.2 Line drawings (artwork) should be in jet-black
Indian ink, preferably on fine art paper, 200 gsm, or
on draughtsman’s film. Lines should be clear enough
and letters/symbols large enough to stand reduction. If
submitted electronically, provide each drawing as a sep-
arate TIF or JPG file at 600 dots/pixels per inch
(dpi/ppi) and a hard copy of the figure.
12.3 Graphs and histograms should be submitted as
XLS files. Do not submit graphs in colour. If tints are
used they should be easily discernible. If the files were
generated in other software programmes, export
them as TIF or JPG files.
12.4 Photographs should be of excellent quality on glossy
paper with clear detail and moderate contrast so that the fig-
ures can be scanned without retouching them electroni-
cally, and they should be the same size as required in the
journal. If submitted electronically, provide as a TIF or JPG
file at 300 dpi/ppi and NOT AS A DOC, PDF, EXCEL
OR POWERPOINT FILE. Include a hard copy of good
quality.
1 2.5 Photograph mosaics should be submitted complete, the
component photographs mounted neatly on a white flexible
card base (can be curved around drum of scanner) leaving a
narrow gap of uniform width (2 mm) between each print.
Note that grouping photographs of markedly divergent con-
trast results in poor reproductions. If submitted electroni-
cally, lettering and scale bars must be included.
1 2.6 Lettering on photograph mosaics, in capital letters,
should be put on a small white disk ± 7 mm in diameter,
if the background is dark, and placed in the lower left
hand corner of the relevant photo.
12.7 If several illustrations are treated as components of a single
composite figure they should be designated by capital letters.
12.8 Note that the word ‘Figure’ should be written out in
full, both in the text and the captions and should begin
with a capital ‘F’ (but see 14.7 for taxonomic papers).
12.9 In the text the figure reference is then written as in the
following example: ‘The stamens (Figure 4A, B) are...’
12.10 In captions, ‘FIGURE’ is written in capital letters.
12.11 Scale bars or scale lines should be used on figures, or
appropriate magnifications should be put in the captions.
12.12 In figures accompanying taxonomic papers, vouch-
er specimens should be given in the relevant caption.
12.13 Figures are numbered consecutively with Arabic
numerals in the order they are referred to in the text.
These numbers, as well as the author’s name and an indi-
cation of the top of the figure, must be written in soft
pencil on the back of all figures.
12.14 Captions of figures must not be pasted under the
photograph or drawing and must also not be included in
any electronic version of the figures.
12.15 Captions for figures should be collected together
and typed at the end of the MS and headed Captions for
figures.
12.16 Authors should indicate in pencil in the text where
they would like the figures to appear.
12.17 Authors wishing to have the originals of figures
returned must inform the editor in the original covering let-
ter and must mark each original ‘To be returned to author’.
12.18 Authors wishing to use illustrations already pub-
lished elsewhere must obtain written permission before
submitting the manuscript and inform the editor of this fact.
12.19 It is strongly recommended that taxonomic arti-
cles include dot maps as figures to show the distribution
of taxa. Maps will be reduced to column width (80
mm): the dots and numbers used must be large enough
to stand reduction (recommended size: 5 mm diameter).
12.20 Blank distribution maps of southern Africa, Africa
and the world are available from the Bookshop, SANBI
Pretoria.
12.21 A dot map PC programme for distribution of taxa
in South Africa, called MAPPIT is available for purchase
from the Data Section, South African National
Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.
12.22 Arc View GIS maps are acceptable. The layout rep-
resenting all the appropriate themes (including grid lines)
should be submitted as an encapsulated file (EPS).
12.23 Colour figures are permitted only if: a) it will clar-
ify the article and b) the cost of reproduction and print-
ing is borne by the author.
12.24 Magnification of figures in the caption should
be given for the size as submitted.
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
211
13 Text
13.1 Asa nale, authors should use the plant names (but not
of all authors of plant names — see 13.6) as listed in PRE-
CIS (National Herbarium PREtoria Computerised
Information System).
13.2 Names of genera and infrageneric taxa are usually
italicized, with the author citation (where relevant; see
13.6) not italicized. Exceptions include names of new
taxa in the abstract, correct names given in the synopsis
or in paragraphs on species excluded from a given
supraspecific group in taxonomic articles; in checklists
and in indices, where the position is reversed, correct
names are not italicized and synonyms are italicized.
13.3 Names above generic level are not italicized.
13.4 In articles dealing with taxonomy, the complete sci-
entific name of a plant (with author citation) should be
given at the first mention in the text. The generic name
should be abbreviated to the initial thereafter, except
where intervening references to other genera with the
same initial could cause confusion (see 16.6).
13.5 In normal text, Latin words are italicized, but in the
synopsis of a species, Latin words such as nom. mid. and
et al. are not italicized (see 16.4, 17.9).
13.6 In accordance with Gamock-Jones & Webb ( 1996)
in Taxon 45: 285, 286, authors of plant names are not to
be added to plant names except in taxonomic papers.
Names of authors of plant names should agree with the
list published by the Royal Botanic Gardens. Kew, enti-
tled. Authors of plant names, edited by R.K. Brummitt &
C.E. Powell (1992).
13.7 Modem authors not included in the list should use
their full name and initials when publishing new plant
names. Other author names not in the list should be in
agreement with the recommendations of the Code.
13.8 Names of authors of publications are written out in
full, without initials, except in the synonymy in taxo-
nomic articles where they are treated like names of
authors of plant names.
13.9 Names of plant collectors are italicized whenever
they are linked to the number of a specimen. The collec-
tion number is also italicized, e.g. Acocks 14407.
13.10 Surnames beginning with ‘De’, ‘Du’ or ‘Van’
begin with a capital letter unless preceded by an initial.
13.11 For measurements use only units of the
International System of Units (SI). In taxonomic papers
only mm and m, should be used; in ecological papers
cm or m should be used.
13.12 The use of ‘±’ is preferred to c. or ca (see 17.7).
13.13 Numbers ‘one’ to ‘nine’ are spelt out in normal
text, and from 10 onwards they are written in Arabic
numerals.
13.14 In descriptions of plants, numerals are used
throughout. Write 2. 0-4.5 (not 2^.5) and 2.0^. 5 x 6-9.
When counting members write 2 or 3 (not 2-3), but 2-A.
13.15 Abbreviations should be used sparingly but con-
sistently. No full stops are placed after abbreviations
ending with the last letter of the full word (e.g. edition =
edn; editor = ed.); after units of measure; after compass
directions; after herbarium designations; after countries,
e.g. USA and after well-known institutions, e.g. CSIR.
13.16 Apart from multi-access keys, indented keys
should be used with couplets numbered la- lb, 2a-2b,
etc. (without full stops thereafter).
13.17 Keys consisting of a single couplet have no num-
bering.
13.18 Manuscripts of keys should be presented as in the
following example:
la Leaves closely arranged on elongated stem; a sub-
merged aquatic with only capitula exserted ... lb. £.
setacewn var. piimiliim
lb Leaves in basal rosettes; stems suppressed; small
marsh plants, ruderals or rarely aquatics:
2a Annuals, small, fast-growing pioneers, dying when
habitat dries up; capitula without coarse white setae;
receptacles cylindrical:
3a Anthers white .. .2. E. cinereiim
3b Anthers black ... 3. E. nigrum
2b Perennials, more robust plants; capitula sparsely to
densely covered with short setae:
13.19 Herbarium voucher specimens should be referred
to wherever possible, not only in taxonomic articles.
13.20 The word Figure should be written out in full and
should begin with a capital F, also in captions where the
whole word is in capital letters (see 12.8-12.10).
14 Species treatment in taxonomic papers
14.1 The procedure to be followed is illustrated in the
example (17.9), which should be referred to, because not
all steps are described in full detail.
14.2 The correct name (bold, not italicized) is to be fol-
lowed by its author citation (italicized) and the full liter-
ature reference, with the name of the publication written
out in full (not italicized).
14.3 Thereafter all literature references, including those
of the synonyms, should only reflect author, page and
year of publication, e.g. C.E.Hubb. in Kew Bulletin 15:
307 (1960); Boris et al.: 14 (1966); Boris: 89 (1967);
Sims: t. 38 (1977); Sims: 67 (1980).
14.4 The description and the discussion should consist
of paragraphs commencing, where possible, with itali-
cized leader words such as flowering time, etymology,
diagnostic characters, distribution and habitat, with a
colon following the leader word and the first word of
the sentence beginning with a lower case letter.
212
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
14.5 When more than one species of a given genus is dealt with
in a paper, the correct name of each species should be prefixed by
a sequential number followed by a full stop. Infraspecific taxa are
marked with small letters, e.g. lb., 12c., etc.
14.6 Names of authors are written as in 13.6, irrespec-
tive of whether the person in question is cited as the
author of a plant name or of a publication.
14.7 The word ‘figure’ is written as ‘fig.’, and ‘t.’ is used
for both ‘plate’ and ‘tablet’ (but see 12.8 for normal text).
14.8 Literature references providing good illustrations
of the species in question may be cited in a paragraph
commencing with the word Illustrations followed by a
colon. This paragraph is given after the last paragraph of
the synonymy, see 17.9.
14.9 When new combinations are made, the full litera-
ture reference must be given for the basionym, e.g.:
Antimima saturata (LBolus) H.E.K. Hartmann, comb. nov.
Ruschia saturata L. Bolus in Notes on Mesembrianthemum and allied
genera, part 2: 122 (1929). Mesembryanthemum atrocinctum N.E.Br.:
32 (1930). Type: Pillans BOL 18952 (BOL, holo.!).
15 Citation of specimens
15.1 Type specimen in synopsis: the following should be
given (if available): country (if not in RSA), province, grid
reference (at least for new taxa), locality as given by origi-
nal collector, modem equivalent of collecting locality in
square brackets (if relevant, e.g. Port Natal [now Durban]),
quarter-degree square, date of collection (optional), collec-
tor’s name and collecting number (both italicized).
15.2 The abbreviation s.n. (sine numero) is given after the
name of a collector who usually assigned numbers to his col-
lections but did not do so in the specimen in question (see
15.11), or the herbarium number can then be cited with no
space between the herbarium and its number e.g. Marloth
SAM69I (see 17.9). The herbaria in which the relevant
type(s) are housed are indicated by means of the abbrevia-
tions given in the latest edition of Index Herbarionim.
15.3 The holotype (holo.) and its location are mentioned
first, followed by a semicolon, the other herbaria are
arranged alphabetically, separated by commas.
15.4 Authors should indicate by means of an exclamation
mark (!) which of the types have been personally examined.
15.5 If only a photograph or microfiche was seen, write
as follows: Anon. 422 (X, holo.-BOL, photo.!).
15.6 Lectotypes or neotypes should be chosen for cor-
rect names without a holotype. It is not necessary to lec-
totypify synonyms.
1 5.7 When a lectotype or a neotype are newly chosen, this
should be indicated by using the phrase ‘here designated’
(see 17.9). If reference is made to a previously selected
lectotype or neotype, the name of the designating author
and the literature reference should be given. In cases
where no type was cited, and none has subsequently been
nominated, this may be stated as ‘not designated’.
15.8 In brief papers mentioning only a few species and a
few cited specimens the specimens should be arranged
according to the grid reference system: Provinces/countries
(typed in capitals) should be cited in the following order:
Namibia, Botswana, Limpopo (previously Northern Trans-
vaal, Northern Province), North-West (previously north-
eastern Cape and southwestern Transvaal), Gauteng (previ-
ously PWV), Mpumalanga (previously Eastern Transvaal),
Free State (previously Orange Free State), Swaziland,
KwaZulu-Natal (previously Natal), Lesotho, and Northern
Cape, Western Cape and Eastern Cape (Figure 1).
15.9 Grid references should be cited in numerical sequence.
15.10 Locality records for specimens should preferably
be given to within a quarter-degree square. Records from
the same one-degree square are given in alphabetical
order, i.e (-AC) precedes (-AD), etc. Records from the
same quarter-degree square are arranged alphabetically
according to the collectors’ names; the quarter-degree
references must be repeated for each specimen cited.
15.11 The relevant international code of the herbaria in
which a collection was seen should be given in brackets
after the collection number; the codes are separated by com-
mas. The following example will explain the procedure:
KWAZULU-NATAL.— 2731 (Louwsburg): 16 km E of Nongoma,
(-DD), Reiser 354 (BM, K, PRE); near Dwarsrand, Van der Merwe
4789 (BOL, M). 2829 (Harrismith): near Groothoek, (-AB), Smith 234;
Koffiefontein, (-AB), Taylor 720 (PRE); Cathedral Peak Forest
Station, (-CC), Marriot s.n. (KMG); Wilgerfontein, Roux 426. Grid ref.
unknown: Sterkstroom, Strydom 12 (NBG).
15.12 For records from outside southern Africa authors
should use degree squares without names, e.g.:
KENYA. — 0136: Nairobi plains beyond race course, Napier 485.
15.13 Monographs and revisions: in the case of all
major works of this nature it is assumed that the author has
investigated the relevant material in all major herbaria and
that he has provided the specimens seen with determinavit
labels. It is assumed further that the author has submitted
distribution maps for all relevant taxa and that the distribu-
tion has been described briefly in words in the text. Under
the heading ‘Vouchers’ no more than five specimens
should be cited, indicating merely the collector and the col-
lector’s number (both italicized). Specimens are alphabeti-
cally arranged according to collector’s name. If more than
one specimen by the same collector is cited, they are
arranged numerically and separated by a comma. A collec-
tor’s name and the voucher numher(s) is separated
from the next collector by a semicolon. The purpose of
the cited specimens is not to indicate distribution but to
convey the author’s concept of the taxon in question.
15.14 The herbaria in which the specimens are housed are
indicated by means of the abbreviation given in the latest
edition of Index Herbarionim. They are given between
brackets, arranged alphabetically and separated by com-
mas behind every specimen as in the following example:
Vouchers: Arnold 64 (PRE); Fisher 840 (NH, NU, PRE); Flanagan 831
(GRA, PRE), 840 (NH, PRE); Marloth 4926 (PRE, STE); Schelpe
6161, 6163, 6405 (BOL); Schlechter 4451 (BM, BOL, GRA, K, PRE).
15.15 If long lists of specimens are given, they must be
listed together before Acknowledgements under the head-
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
213
ing Specimens examined. They are arranged alphabetically
by the collector’s name and then numerically for each col-
lector. The species is indicated in brackets by the number
that was assigned to it in the text and any infraspecific taxa
by a small letter. If more than one genus is dealt with in a
given article, the first species of the first genus mentioned
is indicated as 1.1. This is followed by the international
herbarium designation. Note that the name of the collector
and the collection number are italicized:
Acocks 12497 (2.1b) BM. K, PRE; 14724 (1.13a) BOL, K, P. Archer
1507 (1.4) BM, G. Burchell 2847 (2.8c) MB, K, Barman 2401 (3.3)
MO, S. B.L. Bum 789 (2.6) B. KMG. STE.
16 Synonyms
16.1 In a monograph or a revision covering all of southern
Africa, all synonyms based on types of southern African ori-
gin. or used in southern African literature, should be included.
16.2 Illegitimate names are designated by nom. illeg.
after the reference, followed by non with the author and
date, if there is an earlier homonym.
16.3 Nomina nuda (nom. mid.) and invalidly published
names are excluded unless there is a special reason to
cite them, for example if they have been used in promi-
nent publications.
16.4 In normal text, Latin words are italicized, but in the
synopsis of a species Latin words such as nom. nud., et
al. are not italicized (see 13.5, 17.9).
16.5 Synonyms should be arranged chronologically into
groups of nomenclatural synonyms, i.e. synonyms based
on the same type, and the groups should be arranged
chronologically by basionyms, except for the basionym
of the correct name which is dealt with in the paragraph
directly after that of the correct name.
16.6 When a generic name is repeated in a given syn-
onymy it should be abbreviated to the initial, except
where intervening references to other genera with the
same initial could cause confusion (see 13.4).
1 7 Description and example of species treatment
17.1 Descriptions of all taxa of higher plants should,
where possible, follow the sequence: Habit; sexuality;
underground parts (if relevant). Indumentum (if it can be
easily described for the whole plant). Stems/branches.
Bark. Leaves', arrangement, petiole absent/present, pubes-
cence; blade: shape, size, apex, base, margin; midrib; above/
below, texture, colour; petiole; stipules. Inflorescence', type,
shape, position; bracts/bracteoles, involucral bracts: inner,
outer. Flowers', shape, sex. Receptacle. Calyx. Corolla.
Disc. Androeciuni. Gynoecium. Fndt. Seeds. Flowering
time. Chromosome number (reference). Consen’ation sta-
tus. Figure number (word written out in fuU).
17.2 As a mle, shape should be given before measurements.
17.3 In general, if an organ has more than one of the parts
being described, use the plural, otherwise use the singular,
for example,' petals of a flower but blade of a leaf.
17.4 Language must be as concise as possible, using par-
ticiples instead of verbs.
17.5 Dimension ranges should be cited as in 17.9.
17.6 Care must be exercised in the use of dashes and
hyphens. A hyphen is a short stroke joining two syllables of
a word. e.g. ovate-lanceolate or sea-green, with no space
between the letter and the stroke. An N-dash (en) is a
longer stroke commonly used instead of the word ‘to’
between numerals, ‘2-5 mm long’ (do not use it between
words but rather use the word ‘to’, e.g. ‘ovate to lanceo-
late’; it is produced by typing three hyphens with spaces in
between, or in MS Word the code is alt + 0150. An M-dash
(em) is a stroke longer than an N-dash and is used various-
ly, e.g. in front of a subspecific epithet instead of the full
species name; it is produced by typing two hyphens with
spaces in between, or in MS Word the code is alt + 0 1 5 1 .
See also 2.10-2.12.
17.7 The use of ‘±’ is preferred to c. or ca when describ-
ing shape, measurements, dimensions, etc. (see 13.12).
17.8 The decimal point replaces the comma in all units
of measurement, e.g. leaves 1.0-1. 5 mm long.
17.9 Example;
1. Englerophytum magalismontanum (Sond.)
T.D.Penn., The genera of Sapotaceae: 252 ( 1991). Type;
Gauteng, Magaliesberg, Zeyher 1849 (S, holo.-BOL,
photo.!).
Bequaertiodendron magalismontanum (Sond.) Heine & Hemsl.: 307
(1960); Codd: 72 (1964); Elsdon: 75 (1980).
Chrysophyllum magalismontanum Sond.: 721 (1850); Harv.: 812
(1867); Engl.: 434 (1904); Bottmar: 34 (1919). Zeyherella magalis-
montana (Sond.) Aubrev. & Pellegr.: 105 (1958); Justin: 97 (1973).
Chrysophyllum argyrophyllum Hiem: 721 (1850); Engl.: 43 (1904).
Boivinella argyrophylla (Hiem) Aubrev. & Pellegr.: 37 (1958); Justin et
al.: 98 (1973). Types: Angola. Welwitsch 4828 (BM!. lecto.. here des-
ignated; PREI); Angola, Welwitsch s.n. (BMI),
Chrysophyllum wilmsii Engl.: 4, t. 16 (1904); Masonet: 77 (1923);
Woodson: 244 (1937). Boivinella wilmsii (Engl.) Aubrev. & Pellegr.: 39
(1958); Justin: 99 (1973). Type: without locality and collector [B.
holo.t; Kl, PI. lecto., designated by Aubrev. & Pellegr.: 38 (1958).
PRE!,S!,W!,Z!].
Bequaemodendron fruticosa De Wild.: 37 (1923), non Bonpl.: 590
(1823); D.Bakker: 167 (1929); H.Fr.: 302 (1938); Davy: 640 (1954);
Breytenbach: 117 (1959); Clausen: 720 (1968); Palmer: 34 (1969).
Type: Mpumalanga. Tzaneen Dist.. Granville in Herb. Pillans K48625
(K. holo.l; Gl, PI, PREI. SI).
B. fragrans auct. non Oldemann; Glover: 149, t. 19 (1915); Henkel:
226 (1934); Stapelton: 6 ( 1954).
Illustrations: Harv.; 812 (1867); Henkel; t. 84 (1934?); Codd: 73
(1964); Palmer: 35 (1969).
Woody perennial; main branches up to 0.4 m long,
erect or decumbent, grey woolly-felted, leafy. Leaves lin-
ear to oblanceolate, 3-10(-23) x 1.0-1.5(-4.0) mm,
obtuse, base broad, half-clasping. Heads heterogamous,
campanulate, 7-8 x 5 mm, solitary, sessile at tip of axil-
lary shoots; involucral bracts in 5 or 6 series, inner
exceeding flowers, tips subopaque, white, very acute.
Receptacle nearly smooth. Flowers ± 23-30, 7-1 1 male,
16-21 bisexual, yellow, tipped pink. Achenes ± 0.75 mm
long, elliptic. Pappus bristles very many, equalling
corolla, scabridulous. Flowering time'. September.
Chromosome number: 2n = 22. Figure 23B.
214
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
18 New taxa
18.1 The name of a new taxon must be accompanied by
at least a Latin diagnosis. Authors should not provide
full-length Latin descriptions unless they have the
required expertise in Latin at their disposal.
18.2 It is recommended that descriptions of new taxa be
accompanied by a good illustration, preferably a line draw-
ing, or a photograph (second choice) and a distribution map.
18.3 Example:
109. Helichrysum jubilatum Hilliard, sp. nov., H.
alsinoidei DC. affinis, sed foliis ellipticis (nec spatu-
latis), inflorescentiis compositis a foliis non circumcinc-
tis, floribus femineis numero quasi dimidium hermaph-
roditorum aequantibus (nec capitulis homogamis vel
floribus femineis 1-3 tantum) distinguitur.
Herba annua e basi ramosa; caules erecti vel decum-
bentes, 100-250 mm longi, tenuiter albo-lanati, remote
foliati. Folia plerumque 8-30 x 5-15 mm, sub capitulis
minora, elliptica vel oblanceolata, obtusa vel acuta,
mucronata, basi semi-amplexicauli, utrinque cano-lanato-
arachnoidea. Capitida heterogama, campanulata, 3.5- 4.0 x
2.5 mm, pro parte maxima in paniculas cymosas terminales
aggregata; capitula subterminalia interdum solitaria vel 2
vel 3 ad apices ramulorum nudomm ad 30 mm longomm.
Bracteae involucrales 5-seriatae, gradatae, exteriores pellu-
cidae, pallide stramdneae, dorso lanatae, seriebus duabus
interioribus subaequalibus et flores quasi aequantibus, api-
cibus obtusis opacis niveis vix radiantibus. Receptacidum
fere laeve. Flores ± 35^1. Achenia 0.75 mm longa, pilis
myxogenis praedita. Pappi setae multae, corollam
aequantes, apicibus scabridis, basibus non cohaerentibus.
TYPE. — Northern Cape, 2817 (Vioolsdrif): Richters-
veld, (-CC), ± 5 miles E of Lekkersing on road to
Stinkfontein, kloof in hill south of road, annual, disc
whitish, 7-11-1962, Nordenstam 1823 (S, holo.; E, NH,
PRE).
19 New provinces of South Africa (Oct. 1996)
FIGURE I. — I, We.stern Cape; 2, Eastern Cape; 3. Northern Cape; 4,
Free State (previously Orange Free State); 5, KwaZulu-Natal
(previously Natal); 6, North-West (previously northeastern
Cape and southwestern Transvaal); 7, Gauteng (previously
PWV); 8, Mpumalanga (previously Eastern Transvaal); 9,
Limpopo (previously Northern Transvaal, Northern Province).
20 Proofs
Only page proofs are normally sent to authors. They
should be corrected in red ink and be returned to the edi-
tor as soon as possible. Do not add any new information.
21 Reprints
Authors receive 100 reprints free. If there is more than
one author, this number will have to be shared between
them.
22 Documents consulted
Guides to authors of the following publications were
made use of in the compilation of the present guide:
Annals of the Missouri Botanic Garden, Botanical
Journal of the Linnean Society, Flora of Australia,
Smithsonian Contributions to Botany, South African
Journal of Botany (including instructions to authors of
taxonomic papers). South African Journal of Science.
23 Address of editor
Manuscripts should be submitted to: The Editor,
Bothalia, South African National Biodiversity Institute,
Private Bag XI 01, Pretoria 0001.
24 FSA contributions
24. 1 Figures and text must conform to Bothalia format.
24.2 These articles will be considered as a full contribu-
tion to the Flora of southern Africa and will be listed as
published in the 'Plan of Flora of southern Africa' ,
which appears in all issues of the FSA series.
INDEX
abbreviation, 13.4, 13.15, 15.2. 15.14, 16.6
abstract, 2.1, 2.3, 7, 13.2
acknowledgements, 9
address of
authors, 2.3, 4
editor, 23
Adobe Illustrator up to version CS 2, 3.9
alphabetical, 6, 10.9, 1,0.10, 15.3, 15.10, 15.13, 15.14, 15.15
Arc View GIS maps, 12.22
Arabic numerals, 11.1, 12.13, 13.13
author(s), 1.3, 2,1,4, 10.14,12.16-12.18
address, 2.3, 4
citation, 5, 7.3, 13.2, 13.4, 14.2
first, 10.2
names, 2.3, 10.2, 10.7, 10.9, 10.11, 12,13, 13.7, 13.8, 14.3, 14.6,
15.7
names of plant names, 5,7.3, 13.1, 13.2, 13.6, 13.7, 13.8, 14.6
senior, 10.10
book reviews, 1.1, 2.4
books, 10.4, 10.12, 10.13, 10.14
Bothalia, 1, 2.2, 11,2, 24,1
brief taxonomic articles, 15.8
BRUMMITT, R.K. & POWELL, C.E. (eds) 1992. Authors of plant
names. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, 13.6
c., 13.12, 17.7
ca, 13.12, 17,7
Cape, 15.8, 18.3, 19
capitals, 11.2, 12.6, 12.7, 12.8, 12.10, 13.20, 15.8
captions, 2.1, 2.4, 2.5, 11.2, 12.8, 12.10, 12.12, 12.14, 12.15, 13.20
CD, 3.2
CDR file, 3.9
checklist, 13.2
chromosome number, 17.1, 17.9
chronological sequence, 10.3, 10.6, 10.9, 16.5
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
215
citation
author, 5, 7.3, 13.2, 13.4, 14.2
of specimens, 15
cm, 13.1 1
collection
date, 15.1
number. 13.9, 15.1, 15.2, 15.11, 15,13, 15.15
collective book. 10.14
collector, 13.9, 15.1, 15.2, 15.10. 15.13, 15.15
colon. 2.13, 14.4, 14.8
colour figures, 12.23
comma, 2.13, 15.3, 15.11. 15.13. 15.14, 17.8
compass directions, 13.15
composite figure, 12.7
congress proceedings. 10.14
contents, 8
CorelDraw up to version 12. 3.9
correspondence. 4
countries. 6.7, 15.8
deadline dates for submission of MS, 1.6
decimal point, 17.8
description and example of species treatment, 1 7
determinavit labels. 15.13
diagrams. 12.2
digital submissions of graphics, tables. 11.12
discussion. 2.4. 14.4
diskette. 3, 3.2
distribution maps, 12.19. 12.20, 12.21. 15.13. 18.2
documents consulted. 22
dot maps. 12.19. 12.20, 12.21. 15.13, 18.2
double
line spacing. 2.1
space. 2.13. 2.16
dpi (dots per inch), 12.2, 12.4
drawing paper, 12.2
drawings, 3.7, 12.2
Eastern Transvaal, see Mpumalanga. 15.8, 19
edition. 13.15
editor, 13.15. 23
editorial
board, 1.4
policy. 1
electronic files. 3.2, 3.8-3.10, 12.2, 12.4
email. 3.8
EPS file. 12.22
etal., 10.2, 13.5. 14.3, 17.9
example of
new taxa, 18.3
species treatment. 17.9
exclamation mark. 2.13, 15.4
Excel file. 12.4
family name. 5, 6.7
fig., 14.7
figure(s), 12, 13,20, 14.7, 17.1
colour, 12.23
digital submissions of, 12
reduction of, 12.1, 12.2, 12.19
returned. 12.17
file
extensions, 3.9, 12.2. 12.4
CDR. 3.9
EPS, 12.22
JPG. 12.2-12.4
PowerPoint. 12.4
RTF. 3.3
TIE. 3.9, 12.2-12.4
XLS, 12.3
firewall, 3.3
first author, 10.2
first language, 1 .3
flora. 10.14
Flora of southern Africa. 24
footnote, 2.3, 3.4
Free State (previously Orange Free State), 15.8, 19
FSA contributions, 24
full stop, 2.13, 13.15, 13.16, 14.5
GARNOCK-JONES, P.J. & WEBB, C.J. 1996. The requirement to cite
authors of plant names in botanical journals. Taxon 45; 285,
286, 13.6
Gauteng (previously PWV), 15.8, 17.9, 19
genera, 13.2
generic name, 13.3, 13.4, 16.6
geographical area, 7.2
granting agencies, 2.3
graphics. 3.7
digital submissions of, 12
graphs. 3.7, 12.3
grid reference system. 15.1, 15.8, 15.9, 15.11
headings, 3.4 3.6
sequence of, 2.3, 2.4
herbaria. 15.2, 15.3, 15.11, 15.13, 15.14
herbarium
code, 15.11
designations, 13.15, 15.15
numbers. 15.2
voucher specimens. 12.12, 13.19
here designated, 15.7, 17.9
histograms, 12.3
holo., 15.3, 15.5, 17.9, 18.3
holotype. 15.3, 15.6
homonym, 16.2
hyphenated words, 2.9
hyphen. 2.10-2.12, 17.6
illegitimate names (nom. illeg.). 16.2
illustrations, 12.2. 12.7, 12.18. 14.8, 17.9
previously published, 12.18
image files, 3.8-3.10
indentations, 3.4. 3.6
Index Herbariorum, 15.2. 15.14
index of names, 2.4
indices, 13.2
infrageneric taxa. 13.2
initials, 9, 10.5, 13.7
in prep., 10.14
in preparation, 10.14
in press, 10. 14
International
Code of Botanical Nomenclature. 13.7
System of Units (SI), 13.11
invalidly published names, 16.3
italics, 7.4. 10.12, 13.2, 13.3, 13.5, 13.9. 14.2, 15.1, 15.13, 15.15
journals, 10.4, 10.12, 10.14
names of, 10.4, 10.13
JPG file, 12.2-12.4
justify, 2.8
keys, 2.16. 3.4, 13.16. 13.17, 13.18
keywords, 2.3, 2.4, 6
KwaZulu-Natal (previously Natal), 15.8, 19
language, 1.3
Latin. 13.5, 16.4
descriptions, 18.1
layout, 2.2
lecto.. 15.6, 15.7, 17.9
lectotype, 15.6. 15.7, 17.9
lettering, 12.6
Limpopo (previously Northern Transvaal, Northern Province), 15.8, 19
line
drawings, 2.1, 12.2, 18.2
spacing, 2.1
literature
references, 2.1, 10, 10.7, 14.2, 14.3, 14.8, 14.9
within synonymy, 14.8
localities outside southern Africa, 15.12
locality. 15.1. 15.10
location, 6.7
m, 13.11
magnification of figures, 12.11, 12.24
manuscript
language, 1.3, 17.4
requirements, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2
sequence, 2.3, 2.4
map
Arc View GIS. 12.22
distribution. 12.20, 15.13, 18.2, 19
dot, 12.19, 12.19. 12.21
MAPPIT, 12.21
M-dash, 2.12, 17.6
mm, 13.1 1
216
Bothalia 35,2 (2005)
margin, 2.1, 2.16, 3.4, 17.1
material, 2.3, 2.4
measurements. 13.11, 17.2, 17.7, 17.8
methods, 2.4, 6.10.3
microfiche, 15.5
miscellaneous paper, 10.14
monograph, 2.4, 15.13, 16.1
Mpumalanga (previously Eastern Transvaal), 15.8, 19
MSWord, 2.7, 2.11, 2.12, 3.3, 3.5
name(s)
collector’s, 15.10
illegitimate, 16.2
invalidly published, 16.3
of author(s), 2.3, 10.2, 10.7, 10.9, 10.11, 12.13, 13.7, 13.8, 14.3,
14.6, 15.7
of authors of plant names, 5, 7.3, 13.1, 13.2, 13.6, 13.7, 13.8, 14.6
of publications, 13.8
Natal, see KwaZulu-Natal, 15.8, 19
N-dash, 2.11, 17.6
neotype, 15.6, 15.7
new
combinations. 7.4, 14.9
provinces of South Africa (Oct. 1996, April 2002), 15.8, 19
taxa, 7.4, 13.2, 13.7, 15.7, 18
nom. illeg., 16.2
nom. nud., 13.5, 16.3, 16.4
non-breaking space, 2.7
normal style, 3.1
Northern
Province, see Northern Transvaal, 15.8, 19
Transvaal, see Northern Province, Limpopo, 15.8, 19
North-West, 15.8, 19
notes, 1, 2.4
technical, 10.14
number
chromosome, 17.1, 17.9
herbarium. 15.2
numbering, 13.13
of figures, 12.13, 17.1
of keys, 13.16, 13.17
of pages, 2.5
of taxa, 14.5, 15.15
numerals, Arabic, 11.1, 12.13, 13.3
obituaries, 1.1, 2.4, 10.7
Orange Free State, see Free State, 15.8, 19
page charges, 1 .5
paragraghs, 3.6
PC diskettes, 3
PDF file, 12.4
pers. comm., 10.5, 10.8
personal communications (pers. comm.), 10.5, 10.8
photocopies, 2. 1
photograph, 3.7, 12.4, 12.5, 12.14, 15.5, 18.2
mosaic, 2.1, 12.5, 12.6
pixels, 12.2
plant
collectors, 13.9
name, 5, 13.4, 13.6, 13.7, 13.8, 14.6
plate (t.), 14.7
PowerPoint file, 12.4
ppi (pixels per inch), 12.2
PRECIS (National Herbarium PREtoria Computerised Information
System), 13.1
prepositions, 6.4
proceedings, 10.14
proofs, 20
provinces, 6,7, 15.1, 15.8
of South Africa, 15.8, 19
publications, 10.8, 13,8, 14.3
name of, 14.2
solo, 10,10
year of 10.9, 14.3
PWV, see Gauteng, 15.8, 19
quarter-degree squares, 15,1, 15.10
quotes, 2.15
reduction of figures, 12.1, 12.2, 12.19
referees, 1.4
reference, 2,4, 10.6, 10.7-10.9, 10.14
figure, 12.9
grid, 15.1, 15.8, 15.9, 15.11
list, 10.5, 10.8, 10.9
literature, 2.1, 10
report, 10.14
reprints, 21
requirements for
diskette, 3
manuscript, 2
results, 2.4
revision, 2.4, 8, 15.13, 16.1
RTF file, 3.3
scale bar, 12.11
semicolon, 2.13, 10.3, 15.3, 15.13
senior author. 10.10
sequence of headings, 2.3, 2.4
short notes, 1.1, 2.4
space
double, 2.13
non-breaking, 2.7
one, 2.16
special characters, 2.6
species treatment in taxonomic papers, 14
specimens examined, 2.4, 15.15
square brackets, 15.1, 17.9
STAFLEU, F.A. & COWAN, R.S. 1976-1988. Taxonomic literature.
Vols 1-7, 10.13
stiffy/stiffies, 3.2
style(s), 3.1, 3.4
submission of MS, 1 .2, 1 .6
surnames, 13.10
synopsis, 13.2, 13.5, 15.1, 16.4
synonymy, 13.8, 14.8, 16.6
t., 14.3, 14.7, 17.9
table(s), 2.1, 2.4, 2.5, 11
digital submissions, 1 1
of contents, 8
tablet (t.), 14.7
tabs, 3.4
taxa
name of 5, 7.4, 10.8, 13,2, 13.3
new, 7.4, 13.2, 13.7, 15.7, 18
numbering of, 14.5, 15.15
taxonomic
articles/papers, 7.2, 10.8, 12.12, 12.19, 13.2, 13.6, 13.8, 14
revision, 8
taxonomy, 5, 7.3, 13.4
technical note, 10.14
texf 2.1, 3.7, 10.1, 1Q.4, 10.5, 10.8, 10.9, 11,1, 12.8, 12.9, 12.13, 12.16,
13, 15.13, 15.15, 16.4
thesis, 10.14
TIFfile, 3.9, 12.2-12.4
times sign, 2,14
title, 2.3, 5, 6.9,6.11
of books, 10.4, 10.12, 10.13, 10.14
of journals, 10.4, 10.12, 10.13, 10.14
page, 2.3, 2.5
tracked changes, 3.1 1
Transvaal, 15.8, 17.9, 19
type, 15.2, 15.4, 15.7, 16.1, 16.5, 17.9
here designated, 15.7, 17.9
not designated, 15.7
specimen, 15.1
units of measure, 13.11, 13.15, 17.8
unpublished article, 10.14
voucher(s) specimens, 12.12, 13.19, 15.13, 15.4
Word for Windows, 3.3
World list of scientific periodicals, 10.13
XLS file, 12.3
year of publication, 10.9, 14.3
South African National Biodiversity Insti" ..e
^Latest publications
FLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA
Vol. 5 Part 1, Fascicle 2 Asphodelaceae (First part): Kniphofia
LE. Codd (2005)
One recently described species was added to the 47 original species treatments by the
late Dr L.E. Codd, former director of the Botanical Research Institute (1963-1973). A
detailed key to species is followed by a description and distribution of each species, with
an accompanying line drawing by Gillian Condy or a black and white copy of paintings by
Cythna Letty; 25 distribution maps; a list of references; and an index to species,
synonyms and exiuded names, 240 x 180 mm. pp. 106.
Soft cover: ISBN 1-919976-03-5.
Price SADC countries R80. 00/other countries $20.00.
Seed plants of southern tropical Africa: families and genera
Southern African Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 26 (SABONED
O.A. Leistner (2005)
This book documents the flora of Angola, Malawi, Mozambique, Zambia, and Zimbabwe.
The flora of the five countries, as reflected here, comprises 228 families, 2 032 genera,
and 1 1 637 species. The book is intended as a companion volume to Seed plants of
southern Africa: families and genera, which covered Namibia, Botswana, South Africa,
Swaziland and Lesotho, and is aimed at the serious student of our botanical diversity. It
provides identification keys to all families and genera of seed plants indigenous to and
naturalised in the region. Families and genera are critically described, together with
notes on their distribution and size, both local and worldwide, and with lists of the most
important literature. The latest views on relationships of families are reflected by means
of dendrograms, and the classification of genera within the larger families is given. For
easy reference, genera are arranged alphabetically within their family, and families are
presented in alphabetical sequence within the three major groups: gymnosperms,
dicotyledons and monocotyledons. A comprehensive glossary and an index to family and
genus names conclude the work. Published by the Southern African Botanical Diversity
Network (SABONET), c/othe South African National Biodiversity Institute (SANBI),
Pretoria. 297 x 210 mm. pp. 498.
Soft cover: ISBN 1-919976-07-8.
Price SADC countries R1 50.00/other countries $38.00.
Vo*k«tieSf
Jfmuaing ‘?(artts of
AFRICA
June 2306
FLOWERING PLANTS OF AFRICA
Uol. 59. Plates 2201-2220 (due June 2005)
Twenty full-colour plates and descriptions of plants appear in this biennial series, which
has become a collector's item of the South African flora. This issue includes a new
combination and new status Hibiscus, a cliff-dvzelling species aiAloe from Namibia,
an !xia with glorious sprays of bright sea-green flowers, four members of the orchid
family and one of various species of Hoodia said to have been used for centuries by the
San and other people in southern Africa to curb the effects of hunger and thirst. The
botanical art is mainly the work of the resident artist, Gillian Condy; other artists
contributing to this issue are Sandie Burrows, Andrew Kamiti, Fay Anderson, Auriol
Batten, Elbe Joubert and Vicki Thomas. There is a guide for authors and artists and an
index to species. 250 x 190 mm. pp. 146.
Soft cover; ISBN 1-919976-15-9.
Price SADC countries R190.Q0/other countries $48.00
Catalogue on
vueb site or
available from
SANBI Bookshop
Tel;+27 12 843 5001
Fax:+27 12 804 3211
national ffiff
biodiversity
institute
SAN BJ ^
bookshop situateid at the SA National Biodiversity Institute in Pretoria
Oct. 2005
0)
c
o
'4J
CD
rj
ij
o
ZJ
>>
o
c
CD
=!
O
O
iJ
4-3
O
0
X!
3
CO
CO
0
0
M—
0
o
c
0
C_
0
_0
o
T3
c
0
0
cn
0
O-J
0
o
D.
<
ORDER FORM
ORDER FROM:
SANBI Bookshop
Private Bag XI 01
Pretoria
0001 SOUTH AFRICA
Tel.: +27 12 843 5001
Fax: +27 12 804-321 1
E-mail: bookshop@sanbi.org
Web site: www.sanbi.org
PERSONAL DETAIL&t
TITLE: INITIALS:
BUSINESS/ORGANISATION:
ACCOUNT Number
POSTAL ADDRESS:
COUNTRY:....
TEL. NO. (W):
CELL:
SURNAME:
STUDENT Number
POSTAL CODE:
(H): ....
. FAX:
BOTSOC card number
SUBSCRIPTION: I would like to subscibe to BOTHALIA SADC customer
□ 1 year: SADC R200, 00/other countries $50,00 Other I I
CH 2 years: 2004/5 SADC R360. 00/other countries US$ 72.00
CH 2005/6 SADC R380. 00/other countries US$ 95.00
LII 2006/7 SADC R400. 00/other countries US$ 100.00
PAYMENT:
A. Enclosed is my cheque/money order no for the amount of R
or US$ payable to the South African National Biodiversity institute
B. Please charge my credit card:
Visa MasterCard American Express
Expiry date:
SIGNATURE: DATE:
*SADC countries: Angola, Botswana, Lesotho, Malawi, Mauritius, Mozambique, Namibia, South Africa, Swaziland, Tanzania,
Zambia, Zimbabwe
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION (2005)
SADC R200,00 Other countries US$50.00
TWO-YEAR SUBSCRIPTION
2004/5: SADC R360,00 Other countries US$72.00
2005/6: SADC R380,00 Other countries US$95.00
2006/7: SADC R400,00 Other countries US$100.00
BOTHALIA SPECIALS
Contents to vols 1-20
by H.F. Glen, B.A. Momberg & E. Potgieter (1991)
A brief history of Bothalia; a list of all papers published; a list of all authors, co-authors, keywords and titles; and tables with
publication dates, major subjects covered and some information on authors.
Price: SADC countries, R15.00 / Other countries US$4.00
Contents to vols 21-25
bv B.A. Momberg & J.M. Mulvenna (1996)
List of papers alphabetically arranged according to senior author and dates and including all co-authors in alphabetical listing.
Subject index compiled from keywords and titles, with reference to individual articles.
Price: SADC countries, R15.00 / Other countries US$4.00
Contents to vols 26-30
by B.A. Momberg (2000)
List of papers alphabetically arranged according to senior author and dates and including all co-authors in alphabetical listing.
Subject index compiled from keywords and titles, with reference to individual articles.
Price: SADC countries, R18.00 / Other countries US$5.00
Set of all available issues
up to and including: Volume 33; Contents to Vols 1-20; 21-25; and 26-30; all existing indices.
Price: SADC countries, R500.00 / Other countries, US$125.00
I he history of the
B otanical Research Institute
by Denise Fourie
a reprint of this article in Bothalia 28,2 with an attractive cover
Price: SADC countries, R30.00 / Other countries, US$8.00
All prices include VAT. Prices are subject to change from time to time. Postage is excluded. Please consult the latest catalogue.
Available from: The Bookshop, South African National Biodiversity Institute, Private Bag XlOl, Pretoria 0001, RSA
Tel. (012) 804-3200 • Fax. (012) 804-3211 • email; bookshop@sanbi.org
BOTHALIA
Volume 35,2
Oct. 2005
CONTENTS
1. Eremiolirion, a new genus of southern African Tecophilaeaceae, and taxonomic notes on Cyanella
alba. J.C. MANNING, F. FOREST and C.A. MANNHEIMER 115
2. The genus Erica (Ericaceae) in southern Africa: taxonomic notes 2. E.G.H. OLIVER and I.M.
OLIVER 121
3. Two new Plectranthus species (Lamiaceae) and new distribution records from the Pondoland Centre
of Plant Endemism, South Africa. T.J. EDWARDS 149
4. A new species of Namaquanula (Amaryllidaceae: Amaryllideae) from Namibia with notes on the
genus. D.A. SNIJMAN 153
5. Notes on African plants:
History of the Association for the Promotion of Scientific Botanical Research. D.J.B. KILLICK
and O.A. LEISTNER 163
Asphodelaceae. Gasteria tukhelensis, a new species from KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa. E.J.
VAN JAARSVELD and A.E. VAN WYK 164
Boraginaceae. Ehretia namibiensis subsp. namibiensis: a new distribution record in the Flora
A/r/ca (FSA) region. S.P. BESTER and E. RETIEE 163
Fabaceae. Acacia ormocarpoides (Mimosoideae), a new species from Sekhukhuneland, South
Africa. P.J.H. HURTER and A.E- VAN WYK 166
Lamiaceae. Aeollanthus rydingianus, a new species from northern Namibia and southern
Angola.E.J. VAN JAARSVELD and A.E. VAN WYK 157
Lamiaceae. Plectranthus porcatus, a new species endemic to the Sekhukhuneland Centre of
Plant Endemism, Limpopo Province, South Africa. P.J.D. WINTER and E.J. VAN JAARS-
VELD 169
Mesembryanthemaceae. Oscularia cremnophila, a rare new species from Western Cape, South
Africa. E.J. VAN JAARSVELD, P. DESMET and A.E. VAN WYK 160
6. Ovule and seed structure in Scolopia zeyheri (Scolopieae), with notes on the embryology of Salica-
ceae. E.M.A. STEYN, A.E. VAN WYK and G.F SMITH 175
7. Book reviews 185
8. South African National Biodiversity Institute: administration and research staff 31 March 2005, publi-
cations 1 April 2004-31 March 2005. Compiler: B.A. MOMBERG 187
9. Guide for authors to Bothalia ' 207
Abstracted, indexed or listed in • AETFAT Index • AGRICOLA • AGRIS • BIOSIS: Biological Abstracts/RRM • CABS • CABACCESS • CAB
ABSTRACTS • ISI: Current Contents. Scisearch, Research Alert • Kew Record of Taxonomic Literature • Taxon: reviews and notices.
ISSN 006 8241
© Published by and obtainable from; South African National Biodiversity Institute. Private Bag XlOl , Pretoria 0001, South Africa. Tel. (012) 843-5000.
Fax (012) 804-3211. email: book.shop@sanbi.org website: www.sanbi.org. Typesetting and page layout; N. van Wyk (SANBI). Printing: Afri.scot
Printers. PO. Box 75353, Lynnwood Ridge, 0040 Pretoria. Tel (012) 349-28(X)/l. Fax (012) 349-2802.